Compare commits

..
Author SHA1 Message Date
dkf 2fc7d70aae Handle global/namespace variables better. 2018-10-30 19:16:02 +00:00
dkf d25a1b6008 Tidy up further (comments, helper macros). More tests 2018-10-30 18:57:27 +00:00
dkf 8239b51d76 Neater magic 2018-10-30 18:04:02 +00:00
dkf ea40e19e74 Fix the branch; still needs cleaning up 2018-10-30 15:40:39 +00:00
dkf 15d3ad49dd merge core-8-branch 2018-10-30 15:07:34 +00:00
mlafon 36da2eea0e Add [info linkedname] introspection command 2017-05-04 22:27:23 +00:00
842 changed files with 53747 additions and 57205 deletions
+7 -10
View File
@@ -1,12 +1,9 @@
*.a
compat/zlib/win32/zdll.lib
compat/zlib/win32/zlib1.dll
compat/zlib/win64/zdll.lib
compat/zlib/win64/zlib1.dll
compat/zlib/win64/libz.dll.a
compat/zlib/zlib.3.pdf
*.bmp
*.dll
*.exe
*.gif
*.gz
*.jpg
*.lib
*.pdf
*.png
*.xlsx
*.zip
*.png
+1 -2
View File
@@ -1,7 +1,6 @@
compat/zlib/contrib/dotzlib/DotZLib/UnitTests.cs
compat/zlib/contrib/vstudio/readme.txt
compat/zlib/contrib/vstudio/*/zlib.rc
compat/zlib/contrib/vstudio/*/*.sln
compat/zlib/win32/*.txt
compat/zlib/win64/*.txt
libtommath/*.dsp
@@ -17,4 +16,4 @@ win/rules-ext.vc
win/targets.vc
win/tcl.dsp
win/tcl.dsw
win/tcl.hpj.in
win/tcl.hpj.in
-19
View File
@@ -1,12 +1,9 @@
*.a
*.dll
*.dylib
*.dylib.E
*.exe
*.exp
*.la
*.lib
*.lo
*.o
*.obj
*.pdb
@@ -14,7 +11,6 @@
*.sl
*.so
*/Makefile
*/autom4te.cache
*/config.cache
*/config.log
*/config.status
@@ -23,18 +19,14 @@
*/tcltest*
*/versions.vc
*/version.vc
*/libtcl.vfs
*/libtcl_*.zip
html
libtommath/bn.ilg
libtommath/bn.ind
libtommath/pretty.build
libtommath/tommath.src
libtommath/*.log
libtommath/*.pdf
libtommath/*.pl
libtommath/*.sh
libtommath/doc/*
libtommath/tombc/*
libtommath/pre_gen/*
libtommath/pics/*
@@ -44,25 +36,14 @@ libtommath/etc/*
libtommath/demo/*
libtommath/*.out
libtommath/*.tex
macosx/configure
unix/autoMkindex.tcl
unix/dltest.marker
unix/dltest/*.bundle
unix/dltest/*.dll
unix/dltest/*.dylib
unix/dltest/*.o
unix/dltest/*.sl
unix/dltest/*.so
unix/tcl.pc
unix/tclIndex
unix/Tcl-Info.plist
unix/Tclsh-Info.plist
unix/pkgs/*
win/Debug*
win/Release*
win/*.manifest
win/pkgs/*
win/coffbase.txt
win/tcl.hpj
win/nmakehlp.out
win/nmhlp-out.txt
-1
View File
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
u
-40
View File
@@ -1,40 +0,0 @@
# Set the default behavior, in case people don't have core.autocrlf set.
* eol=lf
* text=auto
# Explicitly declare text files you want to always be normalized and converted
# to native line endings on checkout.
*.3 text
*.c text
*.css text
*.enc text
*.h text
*.htm text
*.html text
*.java text
*.js text
*.json text
*.n text
*.svg text
*.ts text
*.tcl text
*.test text
# Declare files that will always have CRLF line endings on checkout.
*.bat eol=crlf
*.sln eol=crlf
*.vc eol=crlf
# Denote all files that are truly binary and should not be modified.
*.a binary
*.bmp binary
*.dll binary
*.exe binary
*.gif binary
*.gz binary
*.jpg binary
*.lib binary
*.pdf binary
*.png binary
*.xlsx binary
*.zip binary
-37
View File
@@ -1,37 +0,0 @@
name: Linux Build and Test
on: [push]
jobs:
build:
runs-on: ubuntu-latest
steps:
- name: Checkout
uses: actions/checkout@v2
- name: Configure
working-directory: unix
run: |
mkdir "${HOME}/install dir"
./configure ${CFGOPT} "--prefix=$HOME/install dir" || (cat config.log && exit 1)
- name: Build
working-directory: unix
run: |
make all
- name: Build Test Harness
working-directory: unix
run: |
make tcltest
- name: Run Tests
working-directory: unix
run: |
make test
- name: Test-Drive Installation
working-directory: unix
run: |
make install
- name: Create Distribution Package
working-directory: unix
run: |
make dist
- name: Convert Documentation to HTML
working-directory: unix
run: |
make html-tcl
-37
View File
@@ -1,37 +0,0 @@
name: Linux Build and Test
on: [push]
jobs:
build:
runs-on: ubuntu-latest
steps:
- name: Checkout
uses: actions/checkout@v2
- name: Configure
working-directory: unix
run: |
mkdir "${HOME}/install dir"
./configure ${CFGOPT} "--prefix=$HOME/install dir" || (cat config.log && exit 1)
- name: Build
working-directory: unix
run: |
make all
- name: Build Test Harness
working-directory: unix
run: |
make tcltest
- name: Run Tests
working-directory: unix
run: |
make test
- name: Test-Drive Installation
working-directory: unix
run: |
make install
- name: Create Distribution Package
working-directory: unix
run: |
make dist
- name: Convert Documentation to HTML
working-directory: unix
run: |
make html-tcl
-22
View File
@@ -1,22 +0,0 @@
name: Windows Build and Test
on: [push]
jobs:
build:
runs-on: windows-latest
steps:
- name: Checkout
uses: actions/checkout@v2
- name: Init MSVC
uses: ilammy/msvc-dev-cmd@v1
- name: Build
working-directory: win
run: |
nmake -f makefile.vc all
- name: Build Test Harness
working-directory: win
run: |
nmake -f makefile.vc tcltest
- name: Run Tests
working-directory: win
run: |
nmake -f makefile.vc test
-65
View File
@@ -1,65 +0,0 @@
*.a
*.bundle
*.dll
*.dylib
*.dylib.E
*.exe
*.exp
*.lib
*.o
*.obj
*.pdb
*.res
*.sl
*.so
.fslckout
Makefile
Tcl-Info.plist
Tclsh-Info.plist
autom4te.cache
config.cache
config.log
config.status
config.status.lineno
html
manifest.uuid
_FOSSIL_
*/tclConfig.sh
*/tclsh*
*/tcltest*
*/versions.vc
*/version.vc
*/libtcl.vfs
*/libtcl_*.zip
libtommath/bn.ilg
libtommath/bn.ind
libtommath/pretty.build
libtommath/tommath.src
libtommath/*.log
libtommath/*.pdf
libtommath/*.pl
libtommath/*.sh
libtommath/doc/*
libtommath/tombc/*
libtommath/pre_gen/*
libtommath/pics/*
libtommath/mtest/*
libtommath/logs/*
libtommath/etc/*
libtommath/demo/*
libtommath/*.out
libtommath/*.tex
macosx/configure
unix/autoMkindex.tcl
unix/dltest.marker
unix/tcl.pc
unix/tclIndex
unix/pkgs/*
win/Debug*
win/Release*
win/*.manifest
win/pkgs/*
win/coffbase.txt
win/tcl.hpj
win/nmakehlp.out
win/nmhlp-out.txt
-15
View File
@@ -5,22 +5,7 @@
<projects>
</projects>
<buildSpec>
<buildCommand>
<name>org.eclipse.cdt.managedbuilder.core.genmakebuilder</name>
<triggers>clean,full,incremental,</triggers>
<arguments>
</arguments>
</buildCommand>
<buildCommand>
<name>org.eclipse.cdt.managedbuilder.core.ScannerConfigBuilder</name>
<triggers>full,incremental,</triggers>
<arguments>
</arguments>
</buildCommand>
</buildSpec>
<natures>
<nature>org.eclipse.cdt.core.cnature</nature>
<nature>org.eclipse.cdt.managedbuilder.core.managedBuildNature</nature>
<nature>org.eclipse.cdt.managedbuilder.core.ScannerConfigNature</nature>
</natures>
</projectDescription>
-472
View File
@@ -1,472 +0,0 @@
language: c
addons:
apt:
sources:
- ubuntu-toolchain-r-test
packages:
- binutils-mingw-w64-i686
- binutils-mingw-w64-x86-64
- gcc-mingw-w64
- gcc-mingw-w64-base
- gcc-mingw-w64-i686
- gcc-mingw-w64-x86-64
- gcc-multilib
jobs:
include:
# Testing on Linux GCC
- name: "Linux/GCC/Shared"
os: linux
dist: focal
compiler: gcc
env:
- BUILD_DIR=unix
- name: "Linux/GCC/Shared: UTF_MAX=4"
os: linux
dist: focal
compiler: gcc
env:
- BUILD_DIR=unix
- CFGOPT=CFLAGS=-DTCL_UTF_MAX=4
- name: "Linux/GCC/Shared: NO_DEPRECATED"
os: linux
dist: focal
compiler: gcc
env:
- BUILD_DIR=unix
- CFGOPT="CFLAGS=-DTCL_NO_DEPRECATED=1"
- name: "Linux/GCC/Static"
os: linux
dist: focal
compiler: gcc
env:
- CFGOPT="--disable-shared"
- BUILD_DIR=unix
- name: "Linux/GCC/Debug"
os: linux
dist: focal
compiler: gcc
env:
- BUILD_DIR=unix
- CFGOPT="--enable-symbols"
- name: "Linux/GCC/Mem-Debug"
os: linux
dist: focal
compiler: gcc
env:
- BUILD_DIR=unix
- CFGOPT="--enable-symbols=mem"
# C++ build.
- name: "Linux/G++/Shared"
os: linux
dist: focal
compiler: g++
env:
- BUILD_DIR=unix
- CFGOPT="CC=g++ CFLAGS=-Dregister=dont+use+register"
# Newer/Older versions of GCC
- name: "Linux/GCC 10/Shared"
os: linux
dist: focal
compiler: gcc-10
addons:
apt:
packages:
- g++-10
env:
- BUILD_DIR=unix
- name: "Linux/GCC 5/Shared"
os: linux
dist: bionic
compiler: gcc-5
addons:
apt:
packages:
- g++-5
env:
- BUILD_DIR=unix
# Testing on Linux Clang
- name: "Linux/Clang/Shared"
os: linux
dist: focal
compiler: clang
env:
- BUILD_DIR=unix
- name: "Linux/Clang/Shared:NO_DEPRECATED"
os: linux
dist: xenial
compiler: clang
env:
- BUILD_DIR=unix
- CFGOPT="CFLAGS=-DTCL_NO_DEPRECATED=1"
- name: "Linux/Clang/Static"
os: linux
dist: focal
compiler: clang
env:
- CFGOPT="--disable-shared"
- BUILD_DIR=unix
- name: "Linux/Clang/Debug"
os: linux
dist: focal
compiler: clang
env:
- BUILD_DIR=unix
- CFGOPT="--enable-symbols"
- name: "Linux/Clang/Mem-Debug"
os: linux
dist: focal
compiler: clang
env:
- BUILD_DIR=unix
- CFGOPT="--enable-symbols=mem"
# Testing on Mac, various styles
- name: "macOS/Clang/Xcode 12/Shared"
os: osx
osx_image: xcode12.2
env:
- BUILD_DIR=macosx
install: []
script: &mactest
- make all
# The styles=develop avoids some weird problems on OSX
- make test styles=develop
- name: "macOS/Clang/Xcode 12/Shared/Unix-like"
os: osx
osx_image: xcode12.2
env:
- BUILD_DIR=unix
- CFGOPT="--enable-dtrace"
- name: "macOS/Clang/Xcode 12/Shared/libtommath"
os: osx
osx_image: xcode12.2
env:
- BUILD_DIR=macosx
install: []
script: *mactest
addons:
homebrew:
packages:
- libtommath
- name: "macOS/Clang++/Xcode 12/Shared"
os: osx
osx_image: xcode12.2
env:
- BUILD_DIR=unix
- CFGOPT="CC=clang++ --enable-framework --enable-dtrace CFLAGS=-Dregister=dont+use+register CPPFLAGS=-D__private_extern__=extern"
script:
- make all tcltest
# Newer MacOS versions
- name: "macOS/Clang/Xcode 12/Universal Apps/Shared"
os: osx
osx_image: xcode12u
env:
- BUILD_DIR=macosx
install: []
script: *mactest
# Older MacOS versions
- name: "macOS/Clang/Xcode 11/Shared"
os: osx
osx_image: xcode11.7
env:
- BUILD_DIR=macosx
install: []
script: *mactest
- name: "macOS/Clang/Xcode 10/Shared"
os: osx
osx_image: xcode10.3
env:
- BUILD_DIR=macosx
install: []
script: *mactest
- name: "macOS/Clang/Xcode 9/Shared"
os: osx
osx_image: xcode9.4
env:
- BUILD_DIR=macosx
install: []
script: *mactest
- name: "macOS/Clang/Xcode 8/Shared"
os: osx
osx_image: xcode8.3
env:
- BUILD_DIR=macosx
install: []
script: *mactest
# Test with mingw-w64 cross-compile
# Doesn't run tests because wine is only an imperfect Windows emulation
- name: "Linux-cross-Windows/GCC/Shared/no test"
os: linux
dist: focal
compiler: x86_64-w64-mingw32-gcc
env:
- BUILD_DIR=win
- CFGOPT="--host=x86_64-w64-mingw32 --enable-64bit"
script: &crosstest
- make all tcltest
# Include a high visibility marker that tests are skipped outright
- >
echo "`tput setaf 3`SKIPPED TEST: CROSS COMPILING`tput sgr0`"
# Test with mingw-w64 (32 bit) cross-compile
# Doesn't run tests because wine is only an imperfect Windows emulation
- name: "Linux-cross-Windows-32/GCC/Shared/no test"
os: linux
dist: focal
compiler: i686-w64-mingw32-gcc
env:
- BUILD_DIR=win
- CFGOPT=--host=i686-w64-mingw32
script: *crosstest
# Test on Windows with MSVC native
- name: "Windows/MSVC/Shared"
os: windows
compiler: cl
env: &vcenv
- BUILD_DIR=win
- VCDIR="/C/Program Files (x86)/Microsoft Visual Studio/2017/BuildTools/VC/Auxiliary/Build"
before_install: &vcpreinst
- rm -rf tests/safe-stock8*.test
- touch generic/tclStubInit.c generic/tclOOStubInit.c generic/tclOOScript.h
- PATH="$PATH:$VCDIR"
- cd ${BUILD_DIR}
install: []
script:
- cmd.exe //C vcvarsall.bat x64 '&&' nmake '-f' makefile.vc all tcltest
- cmd.exe //C vcvarsall.bat x64 '&&' nmake '-f' makefile.vc test
- name: "Windows/MSVC/Shared: UTF_MAX=4"
os: windows
compiler: cl
env: *vcenv
before_install: *vcpreinst
install: []
script:
- cmd.exe //C vcvarsall.bat x64 '&&' nmake 'OPTS=utfmax' '-f' makefile.vc all tcltest
- cmd.exe //C vcvarsall.bat x64 '&&' nmake 'OPTS=utfmax' '-f' makefile.vc test
- name: "Windows/MSVC/Shared: NO_DEPRECATED"
os: windows
compiler: cl
env: *vcenv
before_install: *vcpreinst
install: []
script:
- cmd.exe //C vcvarsall.bat x64 '&&' nmake 'OPTS=nodep' '-f' makefile.vc all tcltest
- cmd.exe //C vcvarsall.bat x64 '&&' nmake 'OPTS=nodep' '-f' makefile.vc test
- name: "Windows/MSVC/Static"
os: windows
compiler: cl
env: *vcenv
before_install: *vcpreinst
install: []
script:
- cmd.exe //C vcvarsall.bat x64 '&&' nmake 'OPTS=static,msvcrt' '-f' makefile.vc all tcltest
- cmd.exe //C vcvarsall.bat x64 '&&' nmake 'OPTS=static,msvcrt' '-f' makefile.vc test
- name: "Windows/MSVC/StaticPackage"
os: windows
compiler: cl
env: *vcenv
before_install: *vcpreinst
install: []
script:
- cmd.exe //C vcvarsall.bat x64 '&&' nmake 'OPTS=static,staticpkg,msvcrt' '-f' makefile.vc all tcltest
- cmd.exe //C vcvarsall.bat x64 '&&' nmake 'OPTS=static,staticpkg,msvcrt' '-f' makefile.vc test
- name: "Windows/MSVC/Debug"
os: windows
compiler: cl
env: *vcenv
before_install: *vcpreinst
install: []
script:
- cmd.exe //C vcvarsall.bat x64 '&&' nmake 'OPTS=symbols' '-f' makefile.vc all tcltest
- cmd.exe //C vcvarsall.bat x64 '&&' nmake 'OPTS=symbols' '-f' makefile.vc test
- name: "Windows/MSVC/Mem-Debug"
os: windows
compiler: cl
env: *vcenv
before_install: *vcpreinst
install: []
script:
- cmd.exe //C vcvarsall.bat x64 '&&' nmake 'STATS=memdbg' '-f' makefile.vc all tcltest
- cmd.exe //C vcvarsall.bat x64 '&&' nmake 'STATS=memdbg' '-f' makefile.vc test
# Test on Windows with MSVC native (32-bit)
- name: "Windows/MSVC-x86/Shared"
os: windows
compiler: cl
env: *vcenv
before_install: *vcpreinst
install: []
script:
- cmd.exe //C vcvarsall.bat x86 '&&' nmake '-f' makefile.vc all tcltest
- cmd.exe //C vcvarsall.bat x86 '&&' nmake '-f' makefile.vc test
- name: "Windows/MSVC-x86/Shared: UTF_MAX=4"
os: windows
compiler: cl
env: *vcenv
before_install: *vcpreinst
install: []
script:
- cmd.exe //C vcvarsall.bat x86 '&&' nmake 'OPTS=utfmax' '-f' makefile.vc all tcltest
- cmd.exe //C vcvarsall.bat x86 '&&' nmake 'OPTS=utfmax' '-f' makefile.vc test
- name: "Windows/MSVC-x86/Shared: NO_DEPRECATED"
os: windows
compiler: cl
env: *vcenv
before_install: *vcpreinst
install: []
script:
- cmd.exe //C vcvarsall.bat x86 '&&' nmake 'OPTS=nodep' '-f' makefile.vc all tcltest
- cmd.exe //C vcvarsall.bat x86 '&&' nmake 'OPTS=nodep' '-f' makefile.vc test
- name: "Windows/MSVC-x86/Static"
os: windows
compiler: cl
env: *vcenv
before_install: *vcpreinst
install: []
script:
- cmd.exe //C vcvarsall.bat x86 '&&' nmake 'OPTS=static,msvcrt' '-f' makefile.vc all tcltest
- cmd.exe //C vcvarsall.bat x86 '&&' nmake 'OPTS=static,msvcrt' '-f' makefile.vc test
- name: "Windows/MSVC-x86/Debug"
os: windows
compiler: cl
env: *vcenv
before_install: *vcpreinst
install: []
script:
- cmd.exe //C vcvarsall.bat x86 '&&' nmake 'OPTS=symbols' '-f' makefile.vc all tcltest
- cmd.exe //C vcvarsall.bat x86 '&&' nmake 'OPTS=symbols' '-f' makefile.vc test
- name: "Windows/MSVC-x86/Mem-Debug"
os: windows
compiler: cl
env: *vcenv
before_install: *vcpreinst
install: []
script:
- cmd.exe //C vcvarsall.bat x86 '&&' nmake 'STATS=memdbg' '-f' makefile.vc all tcltest
- cmd.exe //C vcvarsall.bat x86 '&&' nmake 'STATS=memdbg' '-f' makefile.vc test
# Test on Windows with GCC native
- name: "Windows/GCC/Shared"
os: windows
compiler: gcc
env:
- BUILD_DIR=win
- CFGOPT="--enable-64bit"
before_install: &makepreinst
- rm -rf tests/safe-stock8*.test
- touch generic/tclStubInit.c generic/tclOOStubInit.c generic/tclOOScript.h
- choco install -y make zip
- cd ${BUILD_DIR}
- name: "Windows/GCC/Shared: UTF_MAX=4"
os: windows
compiler: gcc
env:
- BUILD_DIR=win
- CFGOPT="--enable-64bit CFLAGS=-DTCL_UTF_MAX=4"
before_install: *makepreinst
- name: "Windows/GCC/Shared: NO_DEPRECATED"
os: windows
compiler: gcc
env:
- BUILD_DIR=win
- CFGOPT="--enable-64bit CFLAGS=-DTCL_NO_DEPRECATED=1"
before_install: *makepreinst
- name: "Windows/G++/Shared"
os: windows
compiler: g++
env:
- BUILD_DIR=win
- CFGOPT="CC=g++ --enable-64bit"
before_install: *makepreinst
script:
- make all tcltest
- name: "Windows/GCC/Static"
os: windows
compiler: gcc
env:
- BUILD_DIR=win
- CFGOPT="--enable-64bit --disable-shared"
before_install: *makepreinst
- name: "Windows/GCC/Debug"
os: windows
compiler: gcc
env:
- BUILD_DIR=win
- CFGOPT="--enable-64bit --enable-symbols"
before_install: *makepreinst
- name: "Windows/GCC/Mem-Debug"
os: windows
compiler: gcc
env:
- BUILD_DIR=win
- CFGOPT="--enable-64bit --enable-symbols=mem"
before_install: *makepreinst
# Test on Windows with GCC native (32-bit)
- name: "Windows/GCC-x86/Shared"
os: windows
compiler: gcc
env:
- BUILD_DIR=win
before_install: *makepreinst
- name: "Windows/GCC-x86/Shared: UTF_MAX=4"
os: windows
compiler: gcc
env:
- BUILD_DIR=win
- CFGOPT="CFLAGS=-DTCL_UTF_MAX=4"
before_install: *makepreinst
- name: "Windows/GCC-x86/Shared: NO_DEPRECATED"
os: windows
compiler: gcc
env:
- BUILD_DIR=win
- CFGOPT="CFLAGS=-DTCL_NO_DEPRECATED=1"
before_install: *makepreinst
- name: "Windows/G++-x86/Shared"
os: windows
compiler: g++
env:
- BUILD_DIR=win
- CFGOPT="CC=g++"
before_install: *makepreinst
script:
- make all tcltest
- name: "Windows/GCC-x86/Static"
os: windows
compiler: gcc
env:
- BUILD_DIR=win
- CFGOPT="--disable-shared"
before_install: *makepreinst
- name: "Windows/GCC-x86/Debug"
os: windows
compiler: gcc
env:
- BUILD_DIR=win
- CFGOPT="--enable-symbols"
before_install: *makepreinst
- name: "Windows/GCC-x86/Mem-Debug"
os: windows
compiler: gcc
env:
- BUILD_DIR=win
- CFGOPT="--enable-symbols=mem"
before_install: *makepreinst
# "make dist" only
- name: "Linux: make dist"
os: linux
dist: focal
compiler: gcc
env:
- BUILD_DIR=unix
script:
- make dist
before_install:
- rm -rf tests/safe-stock8*.test
- touch generic/tclStubInit.c generic/tclOOStubInit.c generic/tclOOScript.h
- cd ${BUILD_DIR}
install:
- mkdir "$HOME/install dir"
- ./configure ${CFGOPT} "--prefix=$HOME/install dir" || (cat config.log && exit 1)
before_script:
- export ERROR_ON_FAILURES=1
script:
- make all tcltest || echo "Something wrong, maybe a hickup, let's try again"
- make test
- make install
+2 -2
View File
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
A NOTE ON THE CHANGELOG:
Starting in early 2011, Tcl source code has been under the management of
fossil, hosted at https://core.tcl-lang.org/tcl/ . Fossil presents a "Timeline"
fossil, hosted at http://core.tcl.tk/tcl/ . Fossil presents a "Timeline"
view of changes made that is superior in every way to a hand edited log file.
Because of this, many Tcl developers are now out of the habit of maintaining
this log file. You may still find useful things in it, but the Timeline is
@@ -1847,7 +1847,7 @@ a better first place to look now.
* tools/uniClass.tcl: [FRQ 3473670]: Various Unicode-related
* tools/uniParse.tcl: speedups/robustness. Enhanced tools to be
* generic/tclUniData.c: able to handle characters > 0xFFFF. Done in
* generic/tclUniData.c: able to handle characters > 0xffff. Done in
* generic/tclUtf.c: all branches in order to simplify merges for
* generic/regc_locale.c: new Unicode versions (such as 6.1)
+1 -1
View File
@@ -1779,7 +1779,7 @@
* generic/tclCmdMZ.c: Fixed infinite loop bug with [regexp -all]
[Bug: 4981].
* tests/*.test: Changed all occurrences of "namespace import
* tests/*.test: Changed all occurances of "namespace import
::tcltest" to "namespace import -force ::tcltest" [Bug: 3948].
2000-04-09 Brent Welch <welch@scriptics.com>
+2 -2
View File
@@ -351,7 +351,7 @@
* mac/tclMacFile.c: fixed bug in permission checking code
* mac/tclMacLoad.c: corrected utf-8 handling, comparison of package
* mac/tclMacLoad.c: corrected utf8 handling, comparison of package
names to code fragment names changed to only match on the length of
package name, this allows for fragment names with version numbers
appended.
@@ -3525,7 +3525,7 @@
* generic/tclVar.c (Tcl_UnsetObjCmd): Rewrote argument parser to avoid
a read off the end of the argument array that could occur when
executing something like [unset -nocomplain] was executed. Improved
the error message given when not enough arguments are given (-nocomplain
the error message given when too few arguments are given (-nocomplain
should obviously be *before* --, not after it) and also modified the
test suite to take account of that and the documentation to use the
same improvement. [Bug 405769]
+1 -1
View File
@@ -1753,7 +1753,7 @@
2002-07-05 Reinhard Max <max@suse.de>
* generic/tclClock.c (FormatClock): Convert the format string to utf-8
* generic/tclClock.c (FormatClock): Convert the format string to UTF8
before calling TclpStrftime, so that non-ASCII characters don't get
mangled when the result string is being converted back.
* tests/clock.test: Added a test for that.
+2 -2
View File
@@ -2302,7 +2302,7 @@
934511].
* doc/CrtCommand.3: Added note that the arguments given to the command
proc of a Tcl_CreateCommand are in utf-8 since Tcl 8.1. Closing [Patch
proc of a Tcl_CreateCommand are in utf8 since Tcl 8.1. Closing [Patch
414778].
* doc/ChnlStack.3: Removed the declaration that the interp argument to
@@ -2873,7 +2873,7 @@
2004-06-02 Jeff Hobbs <jeffh@ActiveState.com>
* win/tclWinFile.c (TclpFindExecutable): when using GetModuleFileNameA
(Win9x), convert from CP_ACP to WCHAR then convert back to utf-8.
(Win9x), convert from CP_ACP to WCHAR then convert back to utf8.
Adjunct to 2004-04-07 fix.
2004-06-02 David Gravereaux <davygrvy@pobox.com>
+1 -1
View File
@@ -2913,7 +2913,7 @@
* generic/tclCompCmds.c: Updated callers to call new routine.
* generic/tclDictObj.c: Updated callers to call new routine.
* tests/obj.test: Corrected bad tests that actually expected
values like "47" and "0xAC" to be accepted as booleans.
values like "47" and "0xac" to be accepted as booleans.
* generic/tclLiteral.c: Disabled the code that forces some literals
into the "int" Tcl_ObjType during registration. We can re-enable it if
+185
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,185 @@
README: Tcl
This is the Tcl 8.7a2 source distribution.
http://sourceforge.net/projects/tcl/files/Tcl/
You can get any source release of Tcl from the URL above.
Contents
--------
1. Introduction
2. Documentation
3. Compiling and installing Tcl
4. Development tools
5. Tcl newsgroup
6. The Tcler's Wiki
7. Mailing lists
8. Support and Training
9. Tracking Development
10. Thank You
1. Introduction
---------------
Tcl provides a powerful platform for creating integration applications that
tie together diverse applications, protocols, devices, and frameworks.
When paired with the Tk toolkit, Tcl provides the fastest and most powerful
way to create GUI applications that run on PCs, Unix, and Mac OS X.
Tcl can also be used for a variety of web-related tasks and for creating
powerful command languages for applications.
Tcl is maintained, enhanced, and distributed freely by the Tcl community.
Source code development and tracking of bug reports and feature requests
takes place at:
http://core.tcl.tk/
Tcl/Tk release and mailing list services are hosted by SourceForge:
http://sourceforge.net/projects/tcl/
with the Tcl Developer Xchange hosted at:
http://www.tcl.tk/
Tcl is a freely available open source package. You can do virtually
anything you like with it, such as modifying it, redistributing it,
and selling it either in whole or in part. See the file
"license.terms" for complete information.
2. Documentation
----------------
Extensive documentation is available at our website.
The home page for this release, including new features, is
http://www.tcl.tk/software/tcltk/8.7.html
Detailed release notes can be found at the file distributions page
by clicking on the relevant version.
http://sourceforge.net/projects/tcl/files/Tcl/
Information about Tcl itself can be found at
http://www.tcl.tk/about/
There have been many Tcl books on the market. Many are mentioned in the Wiki:
http://wiki.tcl.tk/_/ref?N=25206
To view the complete set of reference manual entries for Tcl 8.7 online,
visit the URL:
http://www.tcl.tk/man/tcl8.7/
2a. Unix Documentation
----------------------
The "doc" subdirectory in this release contains a complete set of
reference manual entries for Tcl. Files with extension ".1" are for
programs (for example, tclsh.1); files with extension ".3" are for C
library procedures; and files with extension ".n" describe Tcl
commands. The file "doc/Tcl.n" gives a quick summary of the Tcl
language syntax. To print any of the man pages on Unix, cd to the
"doc" directory and invoke your favorite variant of troff using the
normal -man macros, for example
ditroff -man Tcl.n
to print Tcl.n. If Tcl has been installed correctly and your "man" program
supports it, you should be able to access the Tcl manual entries using the
normal "man" mechanisms, such as
man Tcl
2b. Windows Documentation
-------------------------
The "doc" subdirectory in this release contains a complete set of Windows
help files for Tcl. Once you install this Tcl release, a shortcut to the
Windows help Tcl documentation will appear in the "Start" menu:
Start | Programs | Tcl | Tcl Help
3. Compiling and installing Tcl
-------------------------------
There are brief notes in the unix/README, win/README, and macosx/README about
compiling on these different platforms. There is additional information
about building Tcl from sources at
http://www.tcl.tk/doc/howto/compile.html
4. Development tools
---------------------------
ActiveState produces a high quality set of commercial quality development
tools that is available to accelerate your Tcl application development.
Tcl Dev Kit builds on the earlier TclPro toolset and provides a debugger,
static code checker, single-file wrapping utility, bytecode compiler and
more. More information can be found at
http://www.ActiveState.com/Tcl
5. Tcl newsgroup
----------------
There is a USENET news group, "comp.lang.tcl", intended for the exchange of
information about Tcl, Tk, and related applications. The newsgroup is a
great place to ask general information questions. For bug reports, please
see the "Support and bug fixes" section below.
6. Tcl'ers Wiki
---------------
A Wiki-based open community site covering all aspects of Tcl/Tk is at:
http://wiki.tcl.tk/
It is dedicated to the Tcl programming language and its extensions. A
wealth of useful information can be found there. It contains code
snippets, references to papers, books, and FAQs, as well as pointers to
development tools, extensions, and applications. You can also recommend
additional URLs by editing the wiki yourself.
7. Mailing lists
----------------
Several mailing lists are hosted at SourceForge to discuss development or
use issues (like Macintosh and Windows topics). For more information and
to subscribe, visit:
http://sourceforge.net/projects/tcl/
and go to the Mailing Lists page.
8. Support and Training
------------------------
We are very interested in receiving bug reports, patches, and suggestions
for improvements. We prefer that you send this information to us as
tickets entered into our tracker at:
http://core.tcl.tk/tcl/reportlist
We will log and follow-up on each bug, although we cannot promise a
specific turn-around time. Enhancements may take longer and may not happen
at all unless there is widespread support for them (we're trying to
slow the rate at which Tcl/Tk turns into a kitchen sink). It's very
difficult to make incompatible changes to Tcl/Tk at this point, due to
the size of the installed base.
The Tcl community is too large for us to provide much individual support
for users. If you need help we suggest that you post questions to
comp.lang.tcl. We read the newsgroup and will attempt to answer esoteric
questions for which no one else is likely to know the answer. In addition,
see the following Web site for links to other organizations that offer
Tcl/Tk training:
http://wiki.tcl.tk/training
9. Tracking Development
-----------------------
Tcl is developed in public. To keep an eye on how Tcl is changing, see
http://core.tcl.tk/
10. Thank You
-------------
We'd like to express our thanks to the Tcl community for all the
helpful suggestions, bug reports, and patches we have received.
Tcl/Tk has improved vastly and will continue to do so with your help.
-158
View File
@@ -1,158 +0,0 @@
# README: Tcl
This is the **Tcl 8.7a4** source distribution.
You can get any source release of Tcl from [our distribution
site](https://sourceforge.net/projects/tcl/files/Tcl/).
8.6.10
[![Build Status](https://github.com/tcltk/tcl/workflows/Linux%20Build%20and%20Test/badge.svg?branch=core-8-6-branch)](https://github.com/tcltk/tcl/actions?query=workflow%3A%22Linux+Build+and+Test%22+branch%3Acore-8-6-branch)
[![Build Status](https://github.com/tcltk/tcl/workflows/Windows%20Build%20and%20Test/badge.svg?branch=core-8-6-branch)](https://github.com/tcltk/tcl/actions?query=workflow%3A%22Windows+Build+and+Test%22+branch%3Acore-8-6-branch)
<br>
8.7a4
[![Build Status](https://github.com/tcltk/tcl/workflows/Linux%20Build%20and%20Test/badge.svg?branch=core-8-branch)](https://github.com/tcltk/tcl/actions?query=workflow%3A%22Linux+Build+and+Test%22+branch%3Acore-8-branch)
[![Build Status](https://github.com/tcltk/tcl/workflows/Windows%20Build%20and%20Test/badge.svg?branch=core-8-branch)](https://github.com/tcltk/tcl/actions?query=workflow%3A%22Windows+Build+and+Test%22+branch%3Acore-8-branch)
<br>
9.0a2
[![Build Status](https://github.com/tcltk/tcl/workflows/Linux%20Build%20and%20Test/badge.svg?branch=main)](https://github.com/tcltk/tcl/actions?query=workflow%3A%22Linux+Build+and+Test%22+branch%3Amain)
[![Build Status](https://github.com/tcltk/tcl/workflows/Windows%20Build%20and%20Test/badge.svg?branch=main)](https://github.com/tcltk/tcl/actions?query=workflow%3A%22Windows+Build+and+Test%22+branch%3Amain)
## Contents
1. [Introduction](#intro)
2. [Documentation](#doc)
3. [Compiling and installing Tcl](#build)
4. [Development tools](#devtools)
5. [Tcl newsgroup](#complangtcl)
6. [The Tcler's Wiki](#wiki)
7. [Mailing lists](#email)
8. [Support and Training](#support)
9. [Tracking Development](#watch)
10. [Thank You](#thanks)
## <a id="intro">1.</a> Introduction
Tcl provides a powerful platform for creating integration applications that
tie together diverse applications, protocols, devices, and frameworks.
When paired with the Tk toolkit, Tcl provides the fastest and most powerful
way to create GUI applications that run on PCs, Unix, and Mac OS X.
Tcl can also be used for a variety of web-related tasks and for creating
powerful command languages for applications.
Tcl is maintained, enhanced, and distributed freely by the Tcl community.
Source code development and tracking of bug reports and feature requests
takes place at [core.tcl-lang.org](https://core.tcl-lang.org/).
Tcl/Tk release and mailing list services are [hosted by
SourceForge](https://sourceforge.net/projects/tcl/)
with the Tcl Developer Xchange hosted at
[www.tcl-lang.org](https://www.tcl-lang.org).
Tcl is a freely available open source package. You can do virtually
anything you like with it, such as modifying it, redistributing it,
and selling it either in whole or in part. See the file
`license.terms` for complete information.
## <a id="doc">2.</a> Documentation
Extensive documentation is available at our website.
The home page for this release, including new features, is
[here](https://www.tcl.tk/software/tcltk/8.7.html).
Detailed release notes can be found at the
[file distributions page](https://sourceforge.net/projects/tcl/files/Tcl/)
by clicking on the relevant version.
Information about Tcl itself can be found at the [Developer
Xchange](https://www.tcl-lang.org/about/).
There have been many Tcl books on the market. Many are mentioned in
[the Wiki](https://wiki.tcl-lang.org/_/ref?N=25206).
The complete set of reference manual entries for Tcl 8.7 is [online,
here](https://www.tcl-lang.org/man/tcl8.7/).
### <a id="doc.unix">2a.</a> Unix Documentation
The `doc` subdirectory in this release contains a complete set of
reference manual entries for Tcl. Files with extension "`.1`" are for
programs (for example, `tclsh.1`); files with extension "`.3`" are for C
library procedures; and files with extension "`.n`" describe Tcl
commands. The file "`doc/Tcl.n`" gives a quick summary of the Tcl
language syntax. To print any of the man pages on Unix, cd to the
"doc" directory and invoke your favorite variant of troff using the
normal -man macros, for example
groff -man -Tpdf Tcl.n >output.pdf
to print Tcl.n to PDF. If Tcl has been installed correctly and your "man" program
supports it, you should be able to access the Tcl manual entries using the
normal "man" mechanisms, such as
man Tcl
### <a id="doc.win">2b.</a> Windows Documentation
The "doc" subdirectory in this release contains a complete set of Windows
help files for Tcl. Once you install this Tcl release, a shortcut to the
Windows help Tcl documentation will appear in the "Start" menu:
Start | Programs | Tcl | Tcl Help
## <a id="build">3.</a> Compiling and installing Tcl
There are brief notes in the `unix/README`, `win/README`, and `macosx/README`
about compiling on these different platforms. There is additional information
about building Tcl from sources
[online](https://www.tcl-lang.org/doc/howto/compile.html).
## <a id="devtools">4.</a> Development tools
ActiveState produces a high quality set of commercial quality development
tools that is available to accelerate your Tcl application development.
Tcl Dev Kit builds on the earlier TclPro toolset and provides a debugger,
static code checker, single-file wrapping utility, bytecode compiler and
more. More information can be found at
http://www.ActiveState.com/Tcl
## <a id="complangtcl">5.</a> Tcl newsgroup
There is a USENET news group, "`comp.lang.tcl`", intended for the exchange of
information about Tcl, Tk, and related applications. The newsgroup is a
great place to ask general information questions. For bug reports, please
see the "Support and bug fixes" section below.
## <a id="wiki">6.</a> Tcl'ers Wiki
There is a [wiki-based open community site](https://wiki.tcl-lang.org/)
covering all aspects of Tcl/Tk.
It is dedicated to the Tcl programming language and its extensions. A
wealth of useful information can be found there. It contains code
snippets, references to papers, books, and FAQs, as well as pointers to
development tools, extensions, and applications. You can also recommend
additional URLs by editing the wiki yourself.
## <a id="email">7.</a> Mailing lists
Several mailing lists are hosted at SourceForge to discuss development or use
issues (like Macintosh and Windows topics). For more information and to
subscribe, visit [here](https://sourceforge.net/projects/tcl/) and go to the
Mailing Lists page.
## <a id="support">8.</a> Support and Training
We are very interested in receiving bug reports, patches, and suggestions for
improvements. We prefer that you send this information to us as tickets
entered into [our issue tracker](https://core.tcl-lang.org/tcl/reportlist).
We will log and follow-up on each bug, although we cannot promise a
specific turn-around time. Enhancements may take longer and may not happen
at all unless there is widespread support for them (we're trying to
slow the rate at which Tcl/Tk turns into a kitchen sink). It's very
difficult to make incompatible changes to Tcl/Tk at this point, due to
the size of the installed base.
The Tcl community is too large for us to provide much individual support for
users. If you need help we suggest that you post questions to `comp.lang.tcl`
or ask a question on [Stack
Overflow](https://stackoverflow.com/questions/tagged/tcl). We read the
newsgroup and will attempt to answer esoteric questions for which no one else
is likely to know the answer. In addition, see the wiki for [links to other
organizations](https://wiki.tcl-lang.org/training) that offer Tcl/Tk training.
## <a id="watch">9.</a> Tracking Development
Tcl is developed in public. You can keep an eye on how Tcl is changing at
[core.tcl-lang.org](https://core.tcl-lang.org/).
## <a id="thanks">10.</a> Thank You
We'd like to express our thanks to the Tcl community for all the
helpful suggestions, bug reports, and patches we have received.
Tcl/Tk has improved vastly and will continue to do so with your help.
+40 -276
View File
@@ -2307,7 +2307,7 @@ to the standard channel, do not increment the refcount. The channel can
be NULL if there is for example no standard input. (JL)
9/6/96 (portability improvement) Changed parsing of backslash sequences
like \n to translate directly to absolute values like 0xA instead of
like \n to translate directly to absolute values like 0xa instead of
letting the compiler do the translation. This guarantees that the
translation is done the same everywhere. (JO)
@@ -8303,7 +8303,7 @@ reported usage of large expressions (porter)
Many optmizations, improvements, and tightened stack management in bytecode.
--- Released 8.6.1, September 20, 2013 --- https://core.tcl-lang.org/tcl/ for details
--- Released 8.6.1, September 20, 2013 --- http://core.tcl.tk/tcl/ for details
2013-09-27 (enhancement) improved ::env synchronization (fellows)
@@ -8451,7 +8451,7 @@ include ::oo::class (fellows)
2014-08-25 (TIP 429) New command [string cat] (leitgeb,ferrieux)
--- Released 8.6.2, August 27, 2014 --- https://core.tcl-lang.org/tcl/ for details
--- Released 8.6.2, August 27, 2014 --- http://core.tcl.tk/tcl/ for details
2014-08-28 (bug)[b9e1a3] Correct Method Search Order (nadkarni,fellows)
=> TclOO 1.0.3
@@ -8491,7 +8491,7 @@ include ::oo::class (fellows)
2014-11-06 (bug)[5adc35] Stop forcing EOF to be permanent (porter)
--- Released 8.6.3, November 12, 2014 --- https://core.tcl-lang.org/tcl/ for details
--- Released 8.6.3, November 12, 2014 --- http://core.tcl.tk/tcl/ for details
2014-11-21 (bug)[743338] Win: socket error encoding (ladayaroslav,nijtmans)
@@ -8527,7 +8527,7 @@ include ::oo::class (fellows)
2015-03-10 (enhancement) Revise OS X notifier for better Cocoa (walzer)
*** POTENTIAL INCOMPATIBILITY ***
--- Released 8.6.4, March 12, 2015 --- https://core.tcl-lang.org/tcl/ for details
--- Released 8.6.4, March 12, 2015 --- http://core.tcl.tk/tcl/ for details
2015-03-19 (bug)[e66e44] Win: Ctrl-C/Ctrl-Break in console not EOF (nadkarni)
@@ -8623,7 +8623,7 @@ improvements to regexp engine from Postgres (lane,porter,fellows,seltenreich)
2016-02-22 (bug)[9b4702] [info exists env(missing)] kills trace (nijtmans)
--- Released 8.6.5, February 29, 2016 --- https://core.tcl-lang.org/tcl/ for details
--- Released 8.6.5, February 29, 2016 --- http://core.tcl.tk/tcl/ for details
2016-03-01 (bug)[803042] mem leak due to reference cycle (porter)
@@ -8697,7 +8697,7 @@ improvements to regexp engine from Postgres (lane,porter,fellows,seltenreich)
2016-07-20 tzdata updated to Olson's tzdata2016f (venkat)
--- Released 8.6.6, July 27, 2016 --- https://core.tcl-lang.org/tcl/ for details
--- Released 8.6.6, July 27, 2016 --- http://core.tcl.tk/tcl/ for details
2016-09-07 (bug)[c09edf] Bad caching with custom resolver (neumann,nijtmans)
@@ -8794,56 +8794,7 @@ improvements to regexp engine from Postgres (lane,porter,fellows,seltenreich)
2017-07-17 (bug)[fb2208] Repeatable tclIndex generation (wiedemann,nijtmans)
--- Released 8.6.7, August 9, 2017 --- https://core.tcl-lang.org/tcl/ for details
Changes to 8.7a1 include all changes to the 8.6 line through 8.6.7,
plus the following, which focuses on the high-level feature changes
in this changeset (new minor version) rather than bug fixes:
2016-03-17 (bug)[0b8c38] socket accept callbacks always in global ns (porter)
*** POTENTIAL INCOMPATIBILITY ***
2016-07-01 Hack accommodations for legacy Itcl 3 disabled (porter)
2016-07-12 Make TCL_HASH_TYPE build-time configurable (nijtmans)
2016-07-19 (bug)[0363f0] Partial array search ID reform (porter)
2016-07-19 (feature removed) Tcl_ObjType "array search" unregistered (porter)
*** POTENTIAL INCOMPATIBILITY for Tcl_GetObjType("array search") ***
2016-10-04 Server socket on port 0 chooses port supporting IPv4 * IPv6 (max)
2016-11-25 [array names -regexp] supports backrefs (goth)
2017-01-04 (TIP 456) New routine Tcl_OpenTcpServerEx() (limeboy)
2017-01-04 (TIP 459) New subcommand [package files] (nijtmans)
2017-01-16 threaded allocator initialization repair (vasiljevic,nijtmans)
2017-01-30 Add to Win shell builtins: assoc ftype move (ashok)
2017-03-31 TCL_MEM_DEBUG facilities better support 64-bit memory (nijtmans)
2017-04-13 \u escaped content in msg files converted to true utf-8 (nijtmans)
2017-05-18 (TIP 458) New epoll or kqueue notifiers are default (alborboz)
2017-05-31 Purge build support for SunOS-4.* (stu)
2017-06-22 (TIP 463) New option [regsub ... -command ...] (fellows)
2017-06-22 (TIP 470) Tcl_GetDefineContextObject();[oo::define [self]] (fellows)
=> TclOO 1.2.0
2017-06-23 (TIP 472) Support 0d as prefix of decimal numbers (iyer,griffin)
2017-08-31 (bug)[2a9465] http state 100 continue handling broken (oehlmann)
2017-09-02 (bug)[0e4d88] replace command, delete trace kills namespace (porter)
--- Released 8.7a1, September 8, 2017 --- http://core.tcl.tk/tcl/ for details
--- Released 8.6.7, August 9, 2017 --- http://core.tcl.tk/tcl/ for details
2017-08-10 [array names -regexp] supports backrefs (goth)
@@ -8878,245 +8829,58 @@ in this changeset (new minor version) rather than bug fixes:
2017-12-19 (bug)[586e71] EvalObjv exception handling at level #0 (sebres,porter)
--- Released 8.6.8, December 22, 2017 --- https://core.tcl-lang.org/tcl/ for details
--- Released 8.6.8, December 22, 2017 --- http://core.tcl.tk/tcl/ for details
2018-02-11 (enhance) stop blocking conversion of object to/from class (coulter)
2018-02-12 (enhance) NR-enable [package require] (coulter)
2018-02-14 (bug)[9fd5c6] crash in object deletion, test oo-11.5 (coulter)
2018-02-14 (bug)[3c32a3] crash deleting object with class mixed in (coulter)
2018-02-15 (platform) stop using -lieee, removed from glibc-2.27 (porter)
***POTENTIAL INCOMPATIBILITY for math programs that embed Tcl***
2018-02-23 (bug)[8e6a9a] bad binary [string match], test string-11.55 (porter)
2018-03-05 (bug)[1873ea] repair multi-thread std channel init (sebres)
2018-03-09 (bug)[db36fa] broken bytecode for index values (porter)
2018-03-13 (bug) broken compiled [string replace], test string-14.19 (porter)
2018-03-14 (bug) [string trim*] engine crashed on invalid UTF (sebres)
2018-04-17 (bug) missing trace in compiled [array set], test var-20.11 (porter)
2018-04-22 (bug)[46a241] crash in unset array with search, var-13.[23] (goth)
2018-04-30 (bug)[27b682] race made [file delete] raise "no such file" (sebres)
2018-06-04 (bug)[925643] 32/64 cleanup of filesystem DIR operations (sebres)
2018-06-18 (bug) leaks in TclSetEnv and env cache (coulter)
2018-06-24 (bug)[3592747] [yieldto] dying namespace, tailcall-14.1 (coulter)
2018-07-09 (bug)[270f78] race in [file mkdir] (sebres)
2018-07-12 (bug)[3f7af0] [file delete] raised "permission denied" (sebres)
2018-07-26 (bug)[d051b7] overflow crash in [format] (sebres)
2018-08-29 revised quoting of [exec] args in generated command line (sebres)
***POTENTIAL INCOMPATIBILITY***
2018-09-20 HTTP Keep-Alive with pipelined requests (nash)
=> http 2.9.0
2018-09-27 (new)[TIP 505] [lreplace] accepts all out of range indices (porter)
2018-10-04 (bug) Prevent crash from NULL keyName (nijtmans)
=> registry 1.3.3
2018-10-26 (enhance) advance dde version (nijtmans)
=> dde 1.4.1
2018-10-27 tzdata updated to Olson's tzdata2018g (jima)
2018-10-29 Update tcltest package for Travis support (fellows)
=> tcltest 2.5.0
2018-11-09 (bug)[35a8f1] overlong string length of some lists (owens)
2018-11-16 (bug)[00d04c] Repair [binary encode base64] (sebres)
- Released 8.6.9, November 16, 2018 - details at http://core.tcl-lang.org/tcl/ -
2018-11-22 (bug)[7a9dc5] [file normalize ~/~foo] segfault (sebres)
2018-12-30 (bug)[3cf3a9] variable 'timezone' deprecated in vc2017 (nijtmans)
2019-01-09 (bug)[cc1e91] [list [list {*}[set a " "]]] regression (sebres)
2019-02-01 (bug)[e3f481] tests var-1.2[01] (sebres)
2019-03-01 (new) Update to Unicode 12.0 (nijtmans)
2019-03-05 (new)[TIP 527] New command [timerate] (sebres)
2019-03-08 (bug)[39fed4] [package require] memory validity (hume,porter)
2019-04-23 (new) New command tcl::unsupported::corotype (fellows)
2019-05-04 (bug) memlink when namespace deletion kills linked var (porter)
2019-05-28 (new) README file converted to README.md in Markdown (nijtmans)
2019-06-17 (bug)[8b9854] [info level 0] regression with ensembles (porter)
2019-06-20 (bug)[6bdadf] crash multi-arg write-traced [lappend] (fellows,porter)
2019-06-21 (bug)[f8a33c] crash Tcl_Exit before init (brooks,sebres)
2019-08-27 (bug)[fa6bf3] Bytecode fails epoch recovery at numLevel=0 (sebres)
2019-08-29 (bug)[fec0c1] C stack overflow compiling bytecode (ade,sebres)
2019-09-12 tzdata updated to Olson's tzdata2019c (jima)
2019-09-20 (new) registry/dde no longer need -DUNICODE (nijtmans)
=> registry 1.3.4
=> dde 1.4.2
2019-10-02 (bug)[16768d] Fix [info hostname] on NetBSD (rytaro)
2019-10-23 (new) libtommath updated to release 1.2.0 (nijtmans)
2019-10-25 OSX: system Tcl deprecated. End default use of its packages. (walzer)
2019-10-28 (bug)[bcd100] bad fs cache when system encoding changes (coulter)
2019-11-15 (bug)[135804] segfault in [next] after destroy (coulter,sebres)
- Released 8.6.10, Nov 21, 2019 - details at http://core.tcl-lang.org/tcl/ -
Changes to 8.7a3 include all changes to the 8.6 line through 8.6.10,
Changes to 8.7a1 include all changes to the 8.6 line through 8.6.7,
plus the following, which focuses on the high-level feature changes
in this changeset (new minor version) rather than bug fixes:
2017-11-01 (bug)[3c32a3] crash deleting class mixed into instance (coulter)
2016-03-17 (bug)[0b8c38] socket accept callbacks always in global ns (porter)
*** POTENTIAL INCOMPATIBILITY ***
2017-11-03 [TIP 345] eliminate the encoding 'identity' (porter)
2016-07-01 Hack accommodations for legacy Itcl 3 disabled (porter)
2017-11-04 (bug)[0d902e] [string first] on ASCII stored as Unicode (fellows)
2016-07-12 Make TCL_HASH_TYPE build-time configurable (nijtmans)
2017-11-17 [TIP 422] Mark all Tcl_*VA() routines deprecated. (nijtmans)
2016-07-19 (bug)[0363f0] Partial array search ID reform (porter)
2017-11-20 (support) Ended use of the obsolete values.h header (culler)
2016-07-19 (feature removed) Tcl_ObjType "array search" unregistered (porter)
*** POTENTIAL INCOMPATIBILITY for Tcl_GetObjType("array search") ***
2017-11-30 (bug)[8e1e31] [lsort] ordering of U+0000 (nijtmans)
2016-10-04 Server socket on port 0 chooses port supporting IPv4 * IPv6 (max)
2017-12-07 [TIP 487] Terminate support for pre-XP Windows (nijtmans)
2016-11-25 [array named -regexp] supports backrefs (goth)
2017-12-08 [TIP 477] Reform of nmake build (nadkarni)
2017-01-04 (TIP 456) New routine Tcl_OpenTcpServerEx() (limeboy)
2017-12-20 (bug)[ba1419] Crash: complex ensemble delete, namespace-7.8 (coulter)
2017-01-04 (TIP 459) New subcommand [package files] (nijtmans)
2018-01-17 [TIP 485] Removal of many deprecated features (nijtmans)
2017-01-16 threaded allocator initialization repair (vasiljevic,nijtmans)
2018-01-27 (bug) Crash in [join $l $l], join-4.1 (porter)
2017-01-30 Add to Win shell builtins: assoc ftype move (ashok)
2018-02-06 [TIP 493] Cease Distribution of http 1.0 (porter)
2017-03-31 TCL_MEM_DEBUG facilities better support 64-bit memory (nijtmans)
2018-02-06 [TIP 484] internal rep for native ints are all 64-bit (nijtmans)
2017-04-13 \u escaped content in msg files converted to true utf-8 (nijtmans)
2018-02-14 [TIP 476] Scan/Printf consistency (nijtmans)
2017-05-18 (TIP 458) New epoll or kqueue notifiers are default (alborboz)
2018-03-05 [TIP 351] [lsearch] striding
2017-05-31 Purge build support for SunOS-4.* (stu)
2018-03-05 [TIPs 330,336] tighten access to Interp fields (porter)
2017-06-22 (TIP 463) New option [regsub ... -command ...] (fellows)
2018-03-12 [TIP 462] [::tcl::process]
2017-06-22 (TIP 470) Tcl_GetDefineContextObject();[oo::define [self]] (fellows)
=> TclOO 1.2.0
2018-03-12 [TIP 490] add oo support for msgcat => msgcat 1.7.0 (oehlmann)
2017-06-23 (TIP 472) Support 0d as prefix of decimal numbers (iyer,griffin)
2018-03-12 [TIP 499] custom locale preference list (oehlmann)
2017-08-31 (bug)[2a9465] http state 100 continue handling broken (oehlmann)
2017-09-02 (bug)[0e4d88] replace command, delete trace kills namespace (porter)
--- Released 8.7a1, September 8, 2017 --- http://core.tcl.tk/tcl/ for details
2018-03-12 (TIP 490) add oo support for msgcat => msgcat 1.7.0 (oehlmann)
2018-03-12 (TIP 499) custom locale preference list (oehlmann)
=> msgcat 1.7.0
2018-03-20 [TIP 503] End CONST84 support for Tcl 8.3 (porter)
2018-03-30 Refactored [lrange] (spjuth)
2018-04-20 [TIP 389] Unicode beyond BMP (nijtmans)
2018-04-20 [TIP 421] [array for]
2018-05-11 [TIP 425] Windows panic callback use of UTF-8
2018-05-17 [TIP 491] Phase out --disable-threads support
2018-06-03 [TIP 500] TclOO Private Methods and Variables
2018-07-26 (bug)[ba921a] [string cat] of bytearrays (coulter,porter)
2018-09-02 [TIP 478] Many new features in TclOO (lester,fellows)
2018-09-04 (bug)[540bed] [binary format w] from bignum (nijtmans)
2018-09-12 [TIP 430] zipfs and embedded script library (woods)
2018-09-26 [TIP 508] [array default] (bonnet,fellows)
2018-09-27 [TIP 515] level value reform (nijtmans)
2018-09-27 [TIP 516] More OO slot operations (fellows)
2018-09-27 [TIP 426] [info cmdtype] (fellows)
2018-09-28 [TIP 509] Cross platform reentrant mutex
2018-10-08 [TIP 514] native integers are 64-bit
2018-10-12 [TIP 502] index value reform (porter)
2018-11-06 [TIP 406] http cookies (fellows)
2018-11-06 [TIP 445] Tcl_ObjType utilities (migrate to Tcl 9) (porter)
2018-11-06 [TIP 501] [string is dict]
2018-11-06 [TIP 519] inline export/unexport option for [oo::define]
2018-11-06 [TIP 523] [lpop]
2018-11-06 [TIP 524] TclOO custom dialects
2018-11-06 [TIP 506] Tcl_(Incr|Decr)RefCount macros -> functions (porter)
2018-11-15 [TIP 512] No stub for Tcl_SetExitProc()
2019-04-08 (bug)[45b9fa] crash in [try] (coulter)
2019-04-14 [TIP 160] terminal and serial channel controls
2019-04-14 [TIP 312] more types for Tcl_LinkVar
2019-04-14 [TIP 367] [lremove]
2019-04-14 [TIP 504] [string insert]
2019-04-16 [TIP 342] [dict getwithdefault]
2019-05-25 [TIP 431] [file tempdir]
2019-05-25 [TIP 383] [coroinject], [coroprobe]
2019-05-31 [TIP 544] Tcl_GetIntForIndex()
2019-06-12 Replace TclOffset() with offsetof()
2019-06-15 [TIP 461] string compare operators for [expr]
2019-06-16 [TIP 521] floating point classification functions for [expr]
2019-06-20 (bug)[6bdadf] crash multi-arg traced [lappend] (fellows)
2019-06-28 [TIP 547] New encodings utf-16, ucs-2
2019-09-14 [TIP 414] Tcl_InitSubsystems()
2019-09-14 [TIP 548] wchar_t conversion functions
- Released 8.7a3, Nov 21, 2019 --- http://core.tcl-lang.org/tcl/ for details -
+2 -3
View File
@@ -73,7 +73,6 @@ int fake_getnameinfo(const struct sockaddr *sa, size_t salen, char *host,
struct sockaddr_in *sin = (struct sockaddr_in *)sa;
struct hostent *hp;
char tmpserv[16];
(void)salen;
if (sa->sa_family != AF_UNSPEC && sa->sa_family != AF_INET)
return (EAI_FAMILY);
@@ -154,7 +153,7 @@ addrinfo *malloc_ai(int port, u_long addr, const struct addrinfo *hints)
{
struct addrinfo *ai;
ai = (struct addrinfo *)malloc(sizeof(*ai) + sizeof(struct sockaddr_in));
ai = malloc(sizeof(*ai) + sizeof(struct sockaddr_in));
if (ai == NULL)
return (NULL);
@@ -218,7 +217,7 @@ fake_getaddrinfo(const char *hostname, const char *servname,
}
if (!hostname) {
*res = malloc_ai(port, htonl(0x7F000001), hints);
*res = malloc_ai(port, htonl(0x7f000001), hints);
if (*res == NULL)
return (EAI_MEMORY);
return (0);
+36
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
/*
* fixstrtod.c --
*
* Source code for the "fixstrtod" procedure. This procedure is
* used in place of strtod under Solaris 2.4, in order to fix
* a bug where the "end" pointer gets set incorrectly.
*
* Copyright (c) 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
*
* See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
* of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
*/
#include <stdio.h>
#undef strtod
/*
* Declare strtod explicitly rather than including stdlib.h, since in
* somes systems (e.g. SunOS 4.1.4) stdlib.h doesn't declare strtod.
*/
extern double strtod(char *, char **);
double
fixstrtod(
char *string,
char **endPtr)
{
double d;
d = strtod(string, endPtr);
if ((endPtr != NULL) && (*endPtr != string) && ((*endPtr)[-1] == 0)) {
*endPtr -= 1;
}
return d;
}
+1 -2
View File
@@ -21,11 +21,10 @@ gettimeofday(
struct timezone *tz)
{
struct timeb t;
(void)tz;
ftime(&t);
tp->tv_sec = t.time;
tp->tv_usec = t.millitm * 1000;
tp->tv_usec = t. millitm * 1000;
return 0;
}
+6 -7
View File
@@ -13,7 +13,6 @@
#include <fcntl.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <unistd.h>
#include <string.h>
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -33,19 +32,19 @@
int
mkstemp(
char *tmpl) /* Template for filename. */
char *template) /* Template for filename. */
{
static const char alphanumerics[] =
"abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyzABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ0123456789";
char *a, *b;
register char *a, *b;
int fd, count, alphanumericsLen = strlen(alphanumerics); /* == 62 */
a = tmpl + strlen(tmpl);
while (a > tmpl && *(a-1) == 'X') {
a = template + strlen(template);
while (a > template && *(a-1) == 'X') {
a--;
}
if (a == tmpl) {
if (a == template) {
errno = ENOENT;
return -1;
}
@@ -72,7 +71,7 @@ mkstemp(
* Template is now realized; try to open (with correct options).
*/
fd = open(tmpl, O_RDWR|O_CREAT|O_EXCL, 0600);
fd = open(template, O_RDWR|O_CREAT|O_EXCL, 0600);
} while (fd == -1 && errno == EEXIST && --count > 0);
return fd;
+6 -6
View File
@@ -20,9 +20,9 @@ DIR *
opendir(
char *name)
{
DIR *dirp;
int fd;
const char *myname;
register DIR *dirp;
register int fd;
char *myname;
myname = ((*name == '\0') ? "." : name);
if ((fd = open(myname, 0, 0)) == -1) {
@@ -65,9 +65,9 @@ struct olddirect {
struct dirent *
readdir(
DIR *dirp)
register DIR *dirp)
{
struct olddirect *dp;
register struct olddirect *dp;
static struct dirent dir;
for (;;) {
@@ -101,7 +101,7 @@ readdir(
void
closedir(
DIR *dirp)
register DIR *dirp)
{
close(dirp->dd_fd);
dirp->dd_fd = -1;
-919
View File
@@ -1,919 +0,0 @@
/* A portable stdint.h
****************************************************************************
* BSD License:
****************************************************************************
*
* Copyright (c) 2005-2016 Paul Hsieh
* All rights reserved.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
* are met:
*
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
* documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
* derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
* OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.
* IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
* INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT
* NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
* DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
* THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
* (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
* THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
****************************************************************************
*
* Version 0.1.16.0
*
* The ANSI C standard committee, for the C99 standard, specified the
* inclusion of a new standard include file called stdint.h. This is
* a very useful and long desired include file which contains several
* very precise definitions for integer scalar types that is critically
* important for making several classes of applications portable
* including cryptography, hashing, variable length integer libraries
* and so on. But for most developers its likely useful just for
* programming sanity.
*
* The problem is that some compiler vendors chose to ignore the C99
* standard and some older compilers have no opportunity to be updated.
* Because of this situation, simply including stdint.h in your code
* makes it unportable.
*
* So that's what this file is all about. It's an attempt to build a
* single universal include file that works on as many platforms as
* possible to deliver what stdint.h is supposed to. Even compilers
* that already come with stdint.h can use this file instead without
* any loss of functionality. A few things that should be noted about
* this file:
*
* 1) It is not guaranteed to be portable and/or present an identical
* interface on all platforms. The extreme variability of the
* ANSI C standard makes this an impossibility right from the
* very get go. Its really only meant to be useful for the vast
* majority of platforms that possess the capability of
* implementing usefully and precisely defined, standard sized
* integer scalars. Systems which are not intrinsically 2s
* complement may produce invalid constants.
*
* 2) There is an unavoidable use of non-reserved symbols.
*
* 3) Other standard include files are invoked.
*
* 4) This file may come in conflict with future platforms that do
* include stdint.h. The hope is that one or the other can be
* used with no real difference.
*
* 5) In the current version, if your platform can't represent
* int32_t, int16_t and int8_t, it just dumps out with a compiler
* error.
*
* 6) 64 bit integers may or may not be defined. Test for their
* presence with the test: #ifdef INT64_MAX or #ifdef UINT64_MAX.
* Note that this is different from the C99 specification which
* requires the existence of 64 bit support in the compiler. If
* this is not defined for your platform, yet it is capable of
* dealing with 64 bits then it is because this file has not yet
* been extended to cover all of your system's capabilities.
*
* 7) (u)intptr_t may or may not be defined. Test for its presence
* with the test: #ifdef PTRDIFF_MAX. If this is not defined
* for your platform, then it is because this file has not yet
* been extended to cover all of your system's capabilities, not
* because its optional.
*
* 8) The following might not been defined even if your platform is
* capable of defining it:
*
* WCHAR_MIN
* WCHAR_MAX
* (u)int64_t
* PTRDIFF_MIN
* PTRDIFF_MAX
* (u)intptr_t
*
* 9) The following have not been defined:
*
* WINT_MIN
* WINT_MAX
*
* 10) The criteria for defining (u)int_least(*)_t isn't clear,
* except for systems which don't have a type that precisely
* defined 8, 16, or 32 bit types (which this include file does
* not support anyways). Default definitions have been given.
*
* 11) The criteria for defining (u)int_fast(*)_t isn't something I
* would trust to any particular compiler vendor or the ANSI C
* committee. It is well known that "compatible systems" are
* commonly created that have very different performance
* characteristics from the systems they are compatible with,
* especially those whose vendors make both the compiler and the
* system. Default definitions have been given, but its strongly
* recommended that users never use these definitions for any
* reason (they do *NOT* deliver any serious guarantee of
* improved performance -- not in this file, nor any vendor's
* stdint.h).
*
* 12) The following macros:
*
* PRINTF_INTMAX_MODIFIER
* PRINTF_INT64_MODIFIER
* PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER
* PRINTF_INT16_MODIFIER
* PRINTF_LEAST64_MODIFIER
* PRINTF_LEAST32_MODIFIER
* PRINTF_LEAST16_MODIFIER
* PRINTF_INTPTR_MODIFIER
*
* are strings which have been defined as the modifiers required
* for the "d", "u" and "x" printf formats to correctly output
* (u)intmax_t, (u)int64_t, (u)int32_t, (u)int16_t, (u)least64_t,
* (u)least32_t, (u)least16_t and (u)intptr_t types respectively.
* PRINTF_INTPTR_MODIFIER is not defined for some systems which
* provide their own stdint.h. PRINTF_INT64_MODIFIER is not
* defined if INT64_MAX is not defined. These are an extension
* beyond what C99 specifies must be in stdint.h.
*
* In addition, the following macros are defined:
*
* PRINTF_INTMAX_HEX_WIDTH
* PRINTF_INT64_HEX_WIDTH
* PRINTF_INT32_HEX_WIDTH
* PRINTF_INT16_HEX_WIDTH
* PRINTF_INT8_HEX_WIDTH
* PRINTF_INTMAX_DEC_WIDTH
* PRINTF_INT64_DEC_WIDTH
* PRINTF_INT32_DEC_WIDTH
* PRINTF_INT16_DEC_WIDTH
* PRINTF_UINT8_DEC_WIDTH
* PRINTF_UINTMAX_DEC_WIDTH
* PRINTF_UINT64_DEC_WIDTH
* PRINTF_UINT32_DEC_WIDTH
* PRINTF_UINT16_DEC_WIDTH
* PRINTF_UINT8_DEC_WIDTH
*
* Which specifies the maximum number of characters required to
* print the number of that type in either hexadecimal or decimal.
* These are an extension beyond what C99 specifies must be in
* stdint.h.
*
* Compilers tested (all with 0 warnings at their highest respective
* settings): Borland Turbo C 2.0, WATCOM C/C++ 11.0 (16 bits and 32
* bits), Microsoft Visual C++ 6.0 (32 bit), Microsoft Visual Studio
* .net (VC7), Intel C++ 4.0, GNU gcc v3.3.3
*
* This file should be considered a work in progress. Suggestions for
* improvements, especially those which increase coverage are strongly
* encouraged.
*
* Acknowledgements
*
* The following people have made significant contributions to the
* development and testing of this file:
*
* Chris Howie
* John Steele Scott
* Dave Thorup
* John Dill
* Florian Wobbe
* Christopher Sean Morrison
* Mikkel Fahnoe Jorgensen
*
*/
#include <stddef.h>
#include <limits.h>
#include <signal.h>
/*
* For gcc with _STDINT_H, fill in the PRINTF_INT*_MODIFIER macros, and
* do nothing else. On the Mac OS X version of gcc this is _STDINT_H_.
*/
#if ((defined(__SUNPRO_C) && __SUNPRO_C >= 0x570) || (defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER >= 1600) || (defined(__STDC__) && __STDC__ && defined(__STDC_VERSION__) && __STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L) || (defined (__WATCOMC__) && (defined (_STDINT_H_INCLUDED) || __WATCOMC__ >= 1250)) || (defined(__GNUC__) && (__GNUC__ > 3 || defined(_STDINT_H) || defined(_STDINT_H_) || defined (__UINT_FAST64_TYPE__)) )) && !defined (_PSTDINT_H_INCLUDED)
#include <stdint.h>
#define _PSTDINT_H_INCLUDED
# if defined(__GNUC__) && (defined(__x86_64__) || defined(__ppc64__)) && !(defined(__APPLE__) && defined(__MACH__))
# ifndef PRINTF_INT64_MODIFIER
# define PRINTF_INT64_MODIFIER "l"
# endif
# ifndef PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER
# define PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER ""
# endif
# else
# ifndef PRINTF_INT64_MODIFIER
# define PRINTF_INT64_MODIFIER "ll"
# endif
# ifndef PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER
# if (UINT_MAX == UINT32_MAX)
# define PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER ""
# else
# define PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER "l"
# endif
# endif
# endif
# ifndef PRINTF_INT16_MODIFIER
# define PRINTF_INT16_MODIFIER "h"
# endif
# ifndef PRINTF_INTMAX_MODIFIER
# define PRINTF_INTMAX_MODIFIER PRINTF_INT64_MODIFIER
# endif
# ifndef PRINTF_INT64_HEX_WIDTH
# define PRINTF_INT64_HEX_WIDTH "16"
# endif
# ifndef PRINTF_UINT64_HEX_WIDTH
# define PRINTF_UINT64_HEX_WIDTH "16"
# endif
# ifndef PRINTF_INT32_HEX_WIDTH
# define PRINTF_INT32_HEX_WIDTH "8"
# endif
# ifndef PRINTF_UINT32_HEX_WIDTH
# define PRINTF_UINT32_HEX_WIDTH "8"
# endif
# ifndef PRINTF_INT16_HEX_WIDTH
# define PRINTF_INT16_HEX_WIDTH "4"
# endif
# ifndef PRINTF_UINT16_HEX_WIDTH
# define PRINTF_UINT16_HEX_WIDTH "4"
# endif
# ifndef PRINTF_INT8_HEX_WIDTH
# define PRINTF_INT8_HEX_WIDTH "2"
# endif
# ifndef PRINTF_UINT8_HEX_WIDTH
# define PRINTF_UINT8_HEX_WIDTH "2"
# endif
# ifndef PRINTF_INT64_DEC_WIDTH
# define PRINTF_INT64_DEC_WIDTH "19"
# endif
# ifndef PRINTF_UINT64_DEC_WIDTH
# define PRINTF_UINT64_DEC_WIDTH "20"
# endif
# ifndef PRINTF_INT32_DEC_WIDTH
# define PRINTF_INT32_DEC_WIDTH "10"
# endif
# ifndef PRINTF_UINT32_DEC_WIDTH
# define PRINTF_UINT32_DEC_WIDTH "10"
# endif
# ifndef PRINTF_INT16_DEC_WIDTH
# define PRINTF_INT16_DEC_WIDTH "5"
# endif
# ifndef PRINTF_UINT16_DEC_WIDTH
# define PRINTF_UINT16_DEC_WIDTH "5"
# endif
# ifndef PRINTF_INT8_DEC_WIDTH
# define PRINTF_INT8_DEC_WIDTH "3"
# endif
# ifndef PRINTF_UINT8_DEC_WIDTH
# define PRINTF_UINT8_DEC_WIDTH "3"
# endif
# ifndef PRINTF_INTMAX_HEX_WIDTH
# define PRINTF_INTMAX_HEX_WIDTH PRINTF_UINT64_HEX_WIDTH
# endif
# ifndef PRINTF_UINTMAX_HEX_WIDTH
# define PRINTF_UINTMAX_HEX_WIDTH PRINTF_UINT64_HEX_WIDTH
# endif
# ifndef PRINTF_INTMAX_DEC_WIDTH
# define PRINTF_INTMAX_DEC_WIDTH PRINTF_UINT64_DEC_WIDTH
# endif
# ifndef PRINTF_UINTMAX_DEC_WIDTH
# define PRINTF_UINTMAX_DEC_WIDTH PRINTF_UINT64_DEC_WIDTH
# endif
/*
* Something really weird is going on with Open Watcom. Just pull some of
* these duplicated definitions from Open Watcom's stdint.h file for now.
*/
# if defined (__WATCOMC__) && __WATCOMC__ >= 1250
# if !defined (INT64_C)
# define INT64_C(x) (x + (INT64_MAX - INT64_MAX))
# endif
# if !defined (UINT64_C)
# define UINT64_C(x) (x + (UINT64_MAX - UINT64_MAX))
# endif
# if !defined (INT32_C)
# define INT32_C(x) (x + (INT32_MAX - INT32_MAX))
# endif
# if !defined (UINT32_C)
# define UINT32_C(x) (x + (UINT32_MAX - UINT32_MAX))
# endif
# if !defined (INT16_C)
# define INT16_C(x) (x)
# endif
# if !defined (UINT16_C)
# define UINT16_C(x) (x)
# endif
# if !defined (INT8_C)
# define INT8_C(x) (x)
# endif
# if !defined (UINT8_C)
# define UINT8_C(x) (x)
# endif
# if !defined (UINT64_MAX)
# define UINT64_MAX 18446744073709551615ULL
# endif
# if !defined (INT64_MAX)
# define INT64_MAX 9223372036854775807LL
# endif
# if !defined (UINT32_MAX)
# define UINT32_MAX 4294967295UL
# endif
# if !defined (INT32_MAX)
# define INT32_MAX 2147483647L
# endif
# if !defined (INTMAX_MAX)
# define INTMAX_MAX INT64_MAX
# endif
# if !defined (INTMAX_MIN)
# define INTMAX_MIN INT64_MIN
# endif
# endif
#endif
/*
* I have no idea what is the truly correct thing to do on older Solaris.
* From some online discussions, this seems to be what is being
* recommended. For people who actually are developing on older Solaris,
* what I would like to know is, does this define all of the relevant
* macros of a complete stdint.h? Remember, in pstdint.h 64 bit is
* considered optional.
*/
#if (defined(__SUNPRO_C) && __SUNPRO_C >= 0x420) && !defined(_PSTDINT_H_INCLUDED)
#include <sys/inttypes.h>
#define _PSTDINT_H_INCLUDED
#endif
#ifndef _PSTDINT_H_INCLUDED
#define _PSTDINT_H_INCLUDED
#ifndef SIZE_MAX
# define SIZE_MAX ((size_t)-1)
#endif
/*
* Deduce the type assignments from limits.h under the assumption that
* integer sizes in bits are powers of 2, and follow the ANSI
* definitions.
*/
#ifndef UINT8_MAX
# define UINT8_MAX 0xff
#endif
#if !defined(uint8_t) && !defined(_UINT8_T) && !defined(vxWorks)
# if (UCHAR_MAX == UINT8_MAX) || defined (S_SPLINT_S)
typedef unsigned char uint8_t;
# define UINT8_C(v) ((uint8_t) v)
# else
# error "Platform not supported"
# endif
#endif
#ifndef INT8_MAX
# define INT8_MAX 0x7f
#endif
#ifndef INT8_MIN
# define INT8_MIN INT8_C(0x80)
#endif
#if !defined(int8_t) && !defined(_INT8_T) && !defined(vxWorks)
# if (SCHAR_MAX == INT8_MAX) || defined (S_SPLINT_S)
typedef signed char int8_t;
# define INT8_C(v) ((int8_t) v)
# else
# error "Platform not supported"
# endif
#endif
#ifndef UINT16_MAX
# define UINT16_MAX 0xffff
#endif
#if !defined(uint16_t) && !defined(_UINT16_T) && !defined(vxWorks)
#if (UINT_MAX == UINT16_MAX) || defined (S_SPLINT_S)
typedef unsigned int uint16_t;
# ifndef PRINTF_INT16_MODIFIER
# define PRINTF_INT16_MODIFIER ""
# endif
# define UINT16_C(v) ((uint16_t) (v))
#elif (USHRT_MAX == UINT16_MAX)
typedef unsigned short uint16_t;
# define UINT16_C(v) ((uint16_t) (v))
# ifndef PRINTF_INT16_MODIFIER
# define PRINTF_INT16_MODIFIER "h"
# endif
#else
#error "Platform not supported"
#endif
#endif
#ifndef INT16_MAX
# define INT16_MAX 0x7fff
#endif
#ifndef INT16_MIN
# define INT16_MIN INT16_C(0x8000)
#endif
#if !defined(int16_t) && !defined(_INT16_T) && !defined(vxWorks)
#if (INT_MAX == INT16_MAX) || defined (S_SPLINT_S)
typedef signed int int16_t;
# define INT16_C(v) ((int16_t) (v))
# ifndef PRINTF_INT16_MODIFIER
# define PRINTF_INT16_MODIFIER ""
# endif
#elif (SHRT_MAX == INT16_MAX)
typedef signed short int16_t;
# define INT16_C(v) ((int16_t) (v))
# ifndef PRINTF_INT16_MODIFIER
# define PRINTF_INT16_MODIFIER "h"
# endif
#else
#error "Platform not supported"
#endif
#endif
#ifndef UINT32_MAX
# define UINT32_MAX (0xffffffffUL)
#endif
#if !defined(uint32_t) && !defined(_UINT32_T) && !defined(vxWorks)
#if (ULONG_MAX == UINT32_MAX) || defined (S_SPLINT_S)
typedef unsigned long uint32_t;
# define UINT32_C(v) v ## UL
# ifndef PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER
# define PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER "l"
# endif
#elif (UINT_MAX == UINT32_MAX)
typedef unsigned int uint32_t;
# ifndef PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER
# define PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER ""
# endif
# define UINT32_C(v) v ## U
#elif (USHRT_MAX == UINT32_MAX)
typedef unsigned short uint32_t;
# define UINT32_C(v) ((unsigned short) (v))
# ifndef PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER
# define PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER ""
# endif
#else
#error "Platform not supported"
#endif
#endif
#ifndef INT32_MAX
# define INT32_MAX (0x7fffffffL)
#endif
#ifndef INT32_MIN
# define INT32_MIN INT32_C(0x80000000)
#endif
#if !defined(int32_t) && !defined(_INT32_T) && !defined(vxWorks)
#if (LONG_MAX == INT32_MAX) || defined (S_SPLINT_S)
typedef signed long int32_t;
# define INT32_C(v) v ## L
# ifndef PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER
# define PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER "l"
# endif
#elif (INT_MAX == INT32_MAX)
typedef signed int int32_t;
# define INT32_C(v) v
# ifndef PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER
# define PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER ""
# endif
#elif (SHRT_MAX == INT32_MAX)
typedef signed short int32_t;
# define INT32_C(v) ((short) (v))
# ifndef PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER
# define PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER ""
# endif
#else
#error "Platform not supported"
#endif
#endif
/*
* The macro stdint_int64_defined is temporarily used to record
* whether or not 64 integer support is available. It must be
* defined for any 64 integer extensions for new platforms that are
* added.
*/
#undef stdint_int64_defined
#if (defined(__STDC__) && defined(__STDC_VERSION__)) || defined (S_SPLINT_S)
# if (__STDC__ && __STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L) || defined (S_SPLINT_S)
# define stdint_int64_defined
typedef long long int64_t;
typedef unsigned long long uint64_t;
# define UINT64_C(v) v ## ULL
# define INT64_C(v) v ## LL
# ifndef PRINTF_INT64_MODIFIER
# define PRINTF_INT64_MODIFIER "ll"
# endif
# endif
#endif
#if !defined (stdint_int64_defined)
# if defined(__GNUC__) && !defined(vxWorks)
# define stdint_int64_defined
__extension__ typedef long long int64_t;
__extension__ typedef unsigned long long uint64_t;
# define UINT64_C(v) v ## ULL
# define INT64_C(v) v ## LL
# ifndef PRINTF_INT64_MODIFIER
# define PRINTF_INT64_MODIFIER "ll"
# endif
# elif defined(__MWERKS__) || defined (__SUNPRO_C) || defined (__SUNPRO_CC) || defined (__APPLE_CC__) || defined (_LONG_LONG) || defined (_CRAYC) || defined (S_SPLINT_S)
# define stdint_int64_defined
typedef long long int64_t;
typedef unsigned long long uint64_t;
# define UINT64_C(v) v ## ULL
# define INT64_C(v) v ## LL
# ifndef PRINTF_INT64_MODIFIER
# define PRINTF_INT64_MODIFIER "ll"
# endif
# elif (defined(__WATCOMC__) && defined(__WATCOM_INT64__)) || (defined(_MSC_VER) && _INTEGRAL_MAX_BITS >= 64) || (defined (__BORLANDC__) && __BORLANDC__ > 0x460) || defined (__alpha) || defined (__DECC)
# define stdint_int64_defined
typedef __int64 int64_t;
typedef unsigned __int64 uint64_t;
# define UINT64_C(v) v ## UI64
# define INT64_C(v) v ## I64
# ifndef PRINTF_INT64_MODIFIER
# define PRINTF_INT64_MODIFIER "I64"
# endif
# endif
#endif
#if !defined (LONG_LONG_MAX) && defined (INT64_C)
# define LONG_LONG_MAX INT64_C (9223372036854775807)
#endif
#ifndef ULONG_LONG_MAX
# define ULONG_LONG_MAX UINT64_C (18446744073709551615)
#endif
#if !defined (INT64_MAX) && defined (INT64_C)
# define INT64_MAX INT64_C (9223372036854775807)
#endif
#if !defined (INT64_MIN) && defined (INT64_C)
# define INT64_MIN INT64_C (-9223372036854775808)
#endif
#if !defined (UINT64_MAX) && defined (INT64_C)
# define UINT64_MAX UINT64_C (18446744073709551615)
#endif
/*
* Width of hexadecimal for number field.
*/
#ifndef PRINTF_INT64_HEX_WIDTH
# define PRINTF_INT64_HEX_WIDTH "16"
#endif
#ifndef PRINTF_INT32_HEX_WIDTH
# define PRINTF_INT32_HEX_WIDTH "8"
#endif
#ifndef PRINTF_INT16_HEX_WIDTH
# define PRINTF_INT16_HEX_WIDTH "4"
#endif
#ifndef PRINTF_INT8_HEX_WIDTH
# define PRINTF_INT8_HEX_WIDTH "2"
#endif
#ifndef PRINTF_INT64_DEC_WIDTH
# define PRINTF_INT64_DEC_WIDTH "19"
#endif
#ifndef PRINTF_INT32_DEC_WIDTH
# define PRINTF_INT32_DEC_WIDTH "10"
#endif
#ifndef PRINTF_INT16_DEC_WIDTH
# define PRINTF_INT16_DEC_WIDTH "5"
#endif
#ifndef PRINTF_INT8_DEC_WIDTH
# define PRINTF_INT8_DEC_WIDTH "3"
#endif
#ifndef PRINTF_UINT64_DEC_WIDTH
# define PRINTF_UINT64_DEC_WIDTH "20"
#endif
#ifndef PRINTF_UINT32_DEC_WIDTH
# define PRINTF_UINT32_DEC_WIDTH "10"
#endif
#ifndef PRINTF_UINT16_DEC_WIDTH
# define PRINTF_UINT16_DEC_WIDTH "5"
#endif
#ifndef PRINTF_UINT8_DEC_WIDTH
# define PRINTF_UINT8_DEC_WIDTH "3"
#endif
/*
* Ok, lets not worry about 128 bit integers for now. Moore's law says
* we don't need to worry about that until about 2040 at which point
* we'll have bigger things to worry about.
*/
#ifdef stdint_int64_defined
typedef int64_t intmax_t;
typedef uint64_t uintmax_t;
# define INTMAX_MAX INT64_MAX
# define INTMAX_MIN INT64_MIN
# define UINTMAX_MAX UINT64_MAX
# define UINTMAX_C(v) UINT64_C(v)
# define INTMAX_C(v) INT64_C(v)
# ifndef PRINTF_INTMAX_MODIFIER
# define PRINTF_INTMAX_MODIFIER PRINTF_INT64_MODIFIER
# endif
# ifndef PRINTF_INTMAX_HEX_WIDTH
# define PRINTF_INTMAX_HEX_WIDTH PRINTF_INT64_HEX_WIDTH
# endif
# ifndef PRINTF_INTMAX_DEC_WIDTH
# define PRINTF_INTMAX_DEC_WIDTH PRINTF_INT64_DEC_WIDTH
# endif
#else
typedef int32_t intmax_t;
typedef uint32_t uintmax_t;
# define INTMAX_MAX INT32_MAX
# define UINTMAX_MAX UINT32_MAX
# define UINTMAX_C(v) UINT32_C(v)
# define INTMAX_C(v) INT32_C(v)
# ifndef PRINTF_INTMAX_MODIFIER
# define PRINTF_INTMAX_MODIFIER PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER
# endif
# ifndef PRINTF_INTMAX_HEX_WIDTH
# define PRINTF_INTMAX_HEX_WIDTH PRINTF_INT32_HEX_WIDTH
# endif
# ifndef PRINTF_INTMAX_DEC_WIDTH
# define PRINTF_INTMAX_DEC_WIDTH PRINTF_INT32_DEC_WIDTH
# endif
#endif
/*
* Because this file currently only supports platforms which have
* precise powers of 2 as bit sizes for the default integers, the
* least definitions are all trivial. Its possible that a future
* version of this file could have different definitions.
*/
#ifndef stdint_least_defined
typedef int8_t int_least8_t;
typedef uint8_t uint_least8_t;
typedef int16_t int_least16_t;
typedef uint16_t uint_least16_t;
typedef int32_t int_least32_t;
typedef uint32_t uint_least32_t;
# define PRINTF_LEAST32_MODIFIER PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER
# define PRINTF_LEAST16_MODIFIER PRINTF_INT16_MODIFIER
# define UINT_LEAST8_MAX UINT8_MAX
# define INT_LEAST8_MAX INT8_MAX
# define UINT_LEAST16_MAX UINT16_MAX
# define INT_LEAST16_MAX INT16_MAX
# define UINT_LEAST32_MAX UINT32_MAX
# define INT_LEAST32_MAX INT32_MAX
# define INT_LEAST8_MIN INT8_MIN
# define INT_LEAST16_MIN INT16_MIN
# define INT_LEAST32_MIN INT32_MIN
# ifdef stdint_int64_defined
typedef int64_t int_least64_t;
typedef uint64_t uint_least64_t;
# define PRINTF_LEAST64_MODIFIER PRINTF_INT64_MODIFIER
# define UINT_LEAST64_MAX UINT64_MAX
# define INT_LEAST64_MAX INT64_MAX
# define INT_LEAST64_MIN INT64_MIN
# endif
#endif
#undef stdint_least_defined
/*
* The ANSI C committee has defined *int*_fast*_t types as well. This,
* of course, defies rationality -- you can't know what will be fast
* just from the type itself. Even for a given architecture, compatible
* implementations might have different performance characteristics.
* Developers are warned to stay away from these types when using this
* or any other stdint.h.
*/
typedef int_least8_t int_fast8_t;
typedef uint_least8_t uint_fast8_t;
typedef int_least16_t int_fast16_t;
typedef uint_least16_t uint_fast16_t;
typedef int_least32_t int_fast32_t;
typedef uint_least32_t uint_fast32_t;
#define UINT_FAST8_MAX UINT_LEAST8_MAX
#define INT_FAST8_MAX INT_LEAST8_MAX
#define UINT_FAST16_MAX UINT_LEAST16_MAX
#define INT_FAST16_MAX INT_LEAST16_MAX
#define UINT_FAST32_MAX UINT_LEAST32_MAX
#define INT_FAST32_MAX INT_LEAST32_MAX
#define INT_FAST8_MIN INT_LEAST8_MIN
#define INT_FAST16_MIN INT_LEAST16_MIN
#define INT_FAST32_MIN INT_LEAST32_MIN
#ifdef stdint_int64_defined
typedef int_least64_t int_fast64_t;
typedef uint_least64_t uint_fast64_t;
# define UINT_FAST64_MAX UINT_LEAST64_MAX
# define INT_FAST64_MAX INT_LEAST64_MAX
# define INT_FAST64_MIN INT_LEAST64_MIN
#endif
#undef stdint_int64_defined
/*
* Whatever piecemeal, per compiler thing we can do about the wchar_t
* type limits.
*/
#if defined(__WATCOMC__) || defined(_MSC_VER) || defined (__GNUC__) && !defined(vxWorks)
# include <wchar.h>
# ifndef WCHAR_MIN
# define WCHAR_MIN 0
# endif
# ifndef WCHAR_MAX
# define WCHAR_MAX ((wchar_t)-1)
# endif
#endif
/*
* Whatever piecemeal, per compiler/platform thing we can do about the
* (u)intptr_t types and limits.
*/
#if (defined (_MSC_VER) && defined (_UINTPTR_T_DEFINED)) || defined (_UINTPTR_T)
# define STDINT_H_UINTPTR_T_DEFINED
#endif
#ifndef STDINT_H_UINTPTR_T_DEFINED
# if defined (__alpha__) || defined (__ia64__) || defined (__x86_64__) || defined (_WIN64) || defined (__ppc64__)
# define stdint_intptr_bits 64
# elif defined (__WATCOMC__) || defined (__TURBOC__)
# if defined(__TINY__) || defined(__SMALL__) || defined(__MEDIUM__)
# define stdint_intptr_bits 16
# else
# define stdint_intptr_bits 32
# endif
# elif defined (__i386__) || defined (_WIN32) || defined (WIN32) || defined (__ppc64__)
# define stdint_intptr_bits 32
# elif defined (__INTEL_COMPILER)
/* TODO -- what did Intel do about x86-64? */
# else
/* #error "This platform might not be supported yet" */
# endif
# ifdef stdint_intptr_bits
# define stdint_intptr_glue3_i(a,b,c) a##b##c
# define stdint_intptr_glue3(a,b,c) stdint_intptr_glue3_i(a,b,c)
# ifndef PRINTF_INTPTR_MODIFIER
# define PRINTF_INTPTR_MODIFIER stdint_intptr_glue3(PRINTF_INT,stdint_intptr_bits,_MODIFIER)
# endif
# ifndef PTRDIFF_MAX
# define PTRDIFF_MAX stdint_intptr_glue3(INT,stdint_intptr_bits,_MAX)
# endif
# ifndef PTRDIFF_MIN
# define PTRDIFF_MIN stdint_intptr_glue3(INT,stdint_intptr_bits,_MIN)
# endif
# ifndef UINTPTR_MAX
# define UINTPTR_MAX stdint_intptr_glue3(UINT,stdint_intptr_bits,_MAX)
# endif
# ifndef INTPTR_MAX
# define INTPTR_MAX stdint_intptr_glue3(INT,stdint_intptr_bits,_MAX)
# endif
# ifndef INTPTR_MIN
# define INTPTR_MIN stdint_intptr_glue3(INT,stdint_intptr_bits,_MIN)
# endif
# ifndef INTPTR_C
# define INTPTR_C(x) stdint_intptr_glue3(INT,stdint_intptr_bits,_C)(x)
# endif
# ifndef UINTPTR_C
# define UINTPTR_C(x) stdint_intptr_glue3(UINT,stdint_intptr_bits,_C)(x)
# endif
typedef stdint_intptr_glue3(uint,stdint_intptr_bits,_t) uintptr_t;
typedef stdint_intptr_glue3( int,stdint_intptr_bits,_t) intptr_t;
# else
/* TODO -- This following is likely wrong for some platforms, and does
nothing for the definition of uintptr_t. */
typedef ptrdiff_t intptr_t;
# endif
# define STDINT_H_UINTPTR_T_DEFINED
#endif
/*
* Assumes sig_atomic_t is signed and we have a 2s complement machine.
*/
#ifndef SIG_ATOMIC_MAX
# define SIG_ATOMIC_MAX ((((sig_atomic_t) 1) << (sizeof (sig_atomic_t)*CHAR_BIT-1)) - 1)
#endif
#endif
#if defined (__TEST_PSTDINT_FOR_CORRECTNESS)
/*
* Please compile with the maximum warning settings to make sure macros are
* not defined more than once.
*/
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include <string.h>
#define glue3_aux(x,y,z) x ## y ## z
#define glue3(x,y,z) glue3_aux(x,y,z)
#define DECLU(bits) glue3(uint,bits,_t) glue3(u,bits,) = glue3(UINT,bits,_C) (0);
#define DECLI(bits) glue3(int,bits,_t) glue3(i,bits,) = glue3(INT,bits,_C) (0);
#define DECL(us,bits) glue3(DECL,us,) (bits)
#define TESTUMAX(bits) glue3(u,bits,) = ~glue3(u,bits,); if (glue3(UINT,bits,_MAX) != glue3(u,bits,)) printf ("Something wrong with UINT%d_MAX\n", bits)
#define REPORTERROR(msg) { err_n++; if (err_first <= 0) err_first = __LINE__; printf msg; }
#define X_SIZE_MAX ((size_t)-1)
int main () {
int err_n = 0;
int err_first = 0;
DECL(I,8)
DECL(U,8)
DECL(I,16)
DECL(U,16)
DECL(I,32)
DECL(U,32)
#ifdef INT64_MAX
DECL(I,64)
DECL(U,64)
#endif
intmax_t imax = INTMAX_C(0);
uintmax_t umax = UINTMAX_C(0);
char str0[256], str1[256];
sprintf (str0, "%" PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER "d", INT32_C(2147483647));
if (0 != strcmp (str0, "2147483647")) REPORTERROR (("Something wrong with PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER : %s\n", str0));
if (atoi(PRINTF_INT32_DEC_WIDTH) != (int) strlen(str0)) REPORTERROR (("Something wrong with PRINTF_INT32_DEC_WIDTH : %s\n", PRINTF_INT32_DEC_WIDTH));
sprintf (str0, "%" PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER "u", UINT32_C(4294967295));
if (0 != strcmp (str0, "4294967295")) REPORTERROR (("Something wrong with PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER : %s\n", str0));
if (atoi(PRINTF_UINT32_DEC_WIDTH) != (int) strlen(str0)) REPORTERROR (("Something wrong with PRINTF_UINT32_DEC_WIDTH : %s\n", PRINTF_UINT32_DEC_WIDTH));
#ifdef INT64_MAX
sprintf (str1, "%" PRINTF_INT64_MODIFIER "d", INT64_C(9223372036854775807));
if (0 != strcmp (str1, "9223372036854775807")) REPORTERROR (("Something wrong with PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER : %s\n", str1));
if (atoi(PRINTF_INT64_DEC_WIDTH) != (int) strlen(str1)) REPORTERROR (("Something wrong with PRINTF_INT64_DEC_WIDTH : %s, %d\n", PRINTF_INT64_DEC_WIDTH, (int) strlen(str1)));
sprintf (str1, "%" PRINTF_INT64_MODIFIER "u", UINT64_C(18446744073709550591));
if (0 != strcmp (str1, "18446744073709550591")) REPORTERROR (("Something wrong with PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER : %s\n", str1));
if (atoi(PRINTF_UINT64_DEC_WIDTH) != (int) strlen(str1)) REPORTERROR (("Something wrong with PRINTF_UINT64_DEC_WIDTH : %s, %d\n", PRINTF_UINT64_DEC_WIDTH, (int) strlen(str1)));
#endif
sprintf (str0, "%d %x\n", 0, ~0);
sprintf (str1, "%d %x\n", i8, ~0);
if (0 != strcmp (str0, str1)) REPORTERROR (("Something wrong with i8 : %s\n", str1));
sprintf (str1, "%u %x\n", u8, ~0);
if (0 != strcmp (str0, str1)) REPORTERROR (("Something wrong with u8 : %s\n", str1));
sprintf (str1, "%d %x\n", i16, ~0);
if (0 != strcmp (str0, str1)) REPORTERROR (("Something wrong with i16 : %s\n", str1));
sprintf (str1, "%u %x\n", u16, ~0);
if (0 != strcmp (str0, str1)) REPORTERROR (("Something wrong with u16 : %s\n", str1));
sprintf (str1, "%" PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER "d %x\n", i32, ~0);
if (0 != strcmp (str0, str1)) REPORTERROR (("Something wrong with i32 : %s\n", str1));
sprintf (str1, "%" PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER "u %x\n", u32, ~0);
if (0 != strcmp (str0, str1)) REPORTERROR (("Something wrong with u32 : %s\n", str1));
#ifdef INT64_MAX
sprintf (str1, "%" PRINTF_INT64_MODIFIER "d %x\n", i64, ~0);
if (0 != strcmp (str0, str1)) REPORTERROR (("Something wrong with i64 : %s\n", str1));
#endif
sprintf (str1, "%" PRINTF_INTMAX_MODIFIER "d %x\n", imax, ~0);
if (0 != strcmp (str0, str1)) REPORTERROR (("Something wrong with imax : %s\n", str1));
sprintf (str1, "%" PRINTF_INTMAX_MODIFIER "u %x\n", umax, ~0);
if (0 != strcmp (str0, str1)) REPORTERROR (("Something wrong with umax : %s\n", str1));
TESTUMAX(8);
TESTUMAX(16);
TESTUMAX(32);
#ifdef INT64_MAX
TESTUMAX(64);
#endif
#define STR(v) #v
#define Q(v) printf ("sizeof " STR(v) " = %u\n", (unsigned) sizeof (v));
if (err_n) {
printf ("pstdint.h is not correct. Please use sizes below to correct it:\n");
}
Q(int)
Q(unsigned)
Q(long int)
Q(short int)
Q(int8_t)
Q(int16_t)
Q(int32_t)
#ifdef INT64_MAX
Q(int64_t)
#endif
#if UINT_MAX < X_SIZE_MAX
printf ("UINT_MAX < X_SIZE_MAX\n");
#else
printf ("UINT_MAX >= X_SIZE_MAX\n");
#endif
printf ("%" PRINTF_INT64_MODIFIER "u vs %" PRINTF_INT64_MODIFIER "u\n", UINT_MAX, X_SIZE_MAX);
return EXIT_SUCCESS;
}
#endif
+2 -1
View File
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
* This file isn't complete in the ANSI-C sense; it only declares things
* that are needed by Tcl. This file is needed even on many systems with
* their own stdlib.h (e.g. SunOS) because not all stdlib.h files declare
* all the procedures needed here (such as strtol/strtoul).
* all the procedures needed here (such as strtod).
*
* Copyright (c) 1991 The Regents of the University of California.
* Copyright (c) 1994-1998 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
@@ -29,6 +29,7 @@ extern char * malloc(unsigned int numBytes);
extern void qsort(void *base, int n, int size, int (*compar)(
const void *element1, const void *element2));
extern char * realloc(char *ptr, unsigned int numBytes);
extern double strtod(const char *string, char **endPtr);
extern long strtol(const char *string, char **endPtr, int base);
extern unsigned long strtoul(const char *string, char **endPtr, int base);
+6 -2
View File
@@ -21,15 +21,19 @@
#include <sys/types.h>
#ifdef __APPLE__
extern void * memchr(const void *s, int c, size_t n);
#else
extern char * memchr(const void *s, int c, size_t n);
#endif
extern int memcmp(const void *s1, const void *s2, size_t n);
extern void * memcpy(void *t, const void *f, size_t n);
extern char * memcpy(void *t, const void *f, size_t n);
#ifdef NO_MEMMOVE
#define memmove(d,s,n) (bcopy((s), (d), (n)))
#else
extern char * memmove(void *t, const void *f, size_t n);
#endif
extern void * memset(void *s, int c, size_t n);
extern char * memset(void *s, int c, size_t n);
extern int strcasecmp(const char *s1, const char *s2);
extern char * strcat(char *dst, const char *src);
+5 -5
View File
@@ -36,10 +36,10 @@
char *
strstr(
const char *string, /* String to search. */
const char *substring) /* Substring to try to find in string. */
register char *string, /* String to search. */
char *substring) /* Substring to try to find in string. */
{
const char *a, *b;
register char *a, *b;
/*
* First scan quickly through the two strings looking for a
@@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ strstr(
b = substring;
if (*b == 0) {
return (char *)string;
return string;
}
for ( ; *string != 0; string += 1) {
if (*string != *b) {
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ strstr(
a = string;
while (1) {
if (*b == 0) {
return (char *)string;
return string;
}
if (*a++ != *b++) {
break;
+252
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,252 @@
/*
* strtod.c --
*
* Source code for the "strtod" library procedure.
*
* Copyright (c) 1988-1993 The Regents of the University of California.
* Copyright (c) 1994 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
*
* See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
* of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
*/
#include "tclInt.h"
#ifndef TRUE
#define TRUE 1
#define FALSE 0
#endif
#ifndef NULL
#define NULL 0
#endif
static const int maxExponent = 511; /* Largest possible base 10 exponent. Any
* exponent larger than this will already
* produce underflow or overflow, so there's
* no need to worry about additional digits.
*/
static const double powersOf10[] = { /* Table giving binary powers of 10. Entry */
10., /* is 10^2^i. Used to convert decimal */
100., /* exponents into floating-point numbers. */
1.0e4,
1.0e8,
1.0e16,
1.0e32,
1.0e64,
1.0e128,
1.0e256
};
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* strtod --
*
* This procedure converts a floating-point number from an ASCII
* decimal representation to internal double-precision format.
*
* Results:
* The return value is the double-precision floating-point
* representation of the characters in string. If endPtr isn't
* NULL, then *endPtr is filled in with the address of the
* next character after the last one that was part of the
* floating-point number.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
double
strtod(
const char *string, /* A decimal ASCII floating-point number,
* optionally preceded by white space. Must
* have form "-I.FE-X", where I is the integer
* part of the mantissa, F is the fractional
* part of the mantissa, and X is the
* exponent. Either of the signs may be "+",
* "-", or omitted. Either I or F may be
* omitted, or both. The decimal point isn't
* necessary unless F is present. The "E" may
* actually be an "e". E and X may both be
* omitted (but not just one). */
char **endPtr) /* If non-NULL, store terminating character's
* address here. */
{
int sign, expSign = FALSE;
double fraction, dblExp;
const double *d;
register const char *p;
register int c;
int exp = 0; /* Exponent read from "EX" field. */
int fracExp = 0; /* Exponent that derives from the fractional
* part. Under normal circumstatnces, it is
* the negative of the number of digits in F.
* However, if I is very long, the last digits
* of I get dropped (otherwise a long I with a
* large negative exponent could cause an
* unnecessary overflow on I alone). In this
* case, fracExp is incremented one for each
* dropped digit. */
int mantSize; /* Number of digits in mantissa. */
int decPt; /* Number of mantissa digits BEFORE decimal
* point. */
const char *pExp; /* Temporarily holds location of exponent in
* string. */
/*
* Strip off leading blanks and check for a sign.
*/
p = string;
while (isspace(UCHAR(*p))) {
p += 1;
}
if (*p == '-') {
sign = TRUE;
p += 1;
} else {
if (*p == '+') {
p += 1;
}
sign = FALSE;
}
/*
* Count the number of digits in the mantissa (including the decimal
* point), and also locate the decimal point.
*/
decPt = -1;
for (mantSize = 0; ; mantSize += 1)
{
c = *p;
if (!isdigit(c)) {
if ((c != '.') || (decPt >= 0)) {
break;
}
decPt = mantSize;
}
p += 1;
}
/*
* Now suck up the digits in the mantissa. Use two integers to collect 9
* digits each (this is faster than using floating-point). If the mantissa
* has more than 18 digits, ignore the extras, since they can't affect the
* value anyway.
*/
pExp = p;
p -= mantSize;
if (decPt < 0) {
decPt = mantSize;
} else {
mantSize -= 1; /* One of the digits was the point. */
}
if (mantSize > 18) {
fracExp = decPt - 18;
mantSize = 18;
} else {
fracExp = decPt - mantSize;
}
if (mantSize == 0) {
fraction = 0.0;
p = string;
goto done;
} else {
int frac1, frac2;
frac1 = 0;
for ( ; mantSize > 9; mantSize -= 1) {
c = *p;
p += 1;
if (c == '.') {
c = *p;
p += 1;
}
frac1 = 10*frac1 + (c - '0');
}
frac2 = 0;
for (; mantSize > 0; mantSize -= 1) {
c = *p;
p += 1;
if (c == '.') {
c = *p;
p += 1;
}
frac2 = 10*frac2 + (c - '0');
}
fraction = (1.0e9 * frac1) + frac2;
}
/*
* Skim off the exponent.
*/
p = pExp;
if ((*p == 'E') || (*p == 'e')) {
p += 1;
if (*p == '-') {
expSign = TRUE;
p += 1;
} else {
if (*p == '+') {
p += 1;
}
expSign = FALSE;
}
if (!isdigit(UCHAR(*p))) {
p = pExp;
goto done;
}
while (isdigit(UCHAR(*p))) {
exp = exp * 10 + (*p - '0');
p += 1;
}
}
if (expSign) {
exp = fracExp - exp;
} else {
exp = fracExp + exp;
}
/*
* Generate a floating-point number that represents the exponent. Do this
* by processing the exponent one bit at a time to combine many powers of
* 2 of 10. Then combine the exponent with the fraction.
*/
if (exp < 0) {
expSign = TRUE;
exp = -exp;
} else {
expSign = FALSE;
}
if (exp > maxExponent) {
exp = maxExponent;
errno = ERANGE;
}
dblExp = 1.0;
for (d = powersOf10; exp != 0; exp >>= 1, ++d) {
if (exp & 01) {
dblExp *= *d;
}
}
if (expSign) {
fraction /= dblExp;
} else {
fraction *= dblExp;
}
done:
if (endPtr != NULL) {
*endPtr = (char *) p;
}
if (sign) {
return -fraction;
}
return fraction;
}
+1 -1
View File
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ strtol(
* hex, "0" means octal, anything else means
* decimal. */
{
const char *p;
register const char *p;
long result;
/*
+3 -3
View File
@@ -62,9 +62,9 @@ strtoul(
* hex, "0" means octal, anything else means
* decimal. */
{
const char *p;
unsigned long int result = 0;
unsigned digit;
register const char *p;
register unsigned long int result = 0;
register unsigned digit;
int anyDigits = 0;
int negative=0;
int overflow=0;
+76
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
/*
* unistd.h --
*
* Macros, constants and prototypes for Posix conformance.
*
* Copyright 1989 Regents of the University of California Permission to use,
* copy, modify, and distribute this software and its documentation for any
* purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
* copyright notice appear in all copies. The University of California makes
* no representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose.
* It is provided "as is" without express or implied warranty.
*/
#ifndef _UNISTD
#define _UNISTD
#include <sys/types.h>
#ifndef NULL
#define NULL 0
#endif
/*
* Strict POSIX stuff goes here. Extensions go down below, in the ifndef
* _POSIX_SOURCE section.
*/
extern void _exit(int status);
extern int access(const char *path, int mode);
extern int chdir(const char *path);
extern int chown(const char *path, uid_t owner, gid_t group);
extern int close(int fd);
extern int dup(int oldfd);
extern int dup2(int oldfd, int newfd);
extern int execl(const char *path, ...);
extern int execle(const char *path, ...);
extern int execlp(const char *file, ...);
extern int execv(const char *path, char **argv);
extern int execve(const char *path, char **argv, char **envp);
extern int execvpw(const char *file, char **argv);
extern pid_t fork(void);
extern char * getcwd(char *buf, size_t size);
extern gid_t getegid(void);
extern uid_t geteuid(void);
extern gid_t getgid(void);
extern int getgroups(int bufSize, int *buffer);
extern pid_t getpid(void);
extern uid_t getuid(void);
extern int isatty(int fd);
extern long lseek(int fd, long offset, int whence);
extern int pipe(int *fildes);
extern int read(int fd, char *buf, size_t size);
extern int setgid(gid_t group);
extern int setuid(uid_t user);
extern unsigned sleep(unsigned seconds);
extern char * ttyname(int fd);
extern int unlink(const char *path);
extern int write(int fd, const char *buf, size_t size);
#ifndef _POSIX_SOURCE
extern char * crypt(const char *, const char *);
extern int fchown(int fd, uid_t owner, gid_t group);
extern int flock(int fd, int operation);
extern int ftruncate(int fd, unsigned long length);
extern int ioctl(int fd, int request, ...);
extern int readlink(const char *path, char *buf, int bufsize);
extern int setegid(gid_t group);
extern int seteuidw(uid_t user);
extern int setreuid(int ruid, int euid);
extern int symlink(const char *, const char *);
extern int ttyslot(void);
extern int truncate(const char *path, unsigned long length);
extern int vfork(void);
#endif /* _POSIX_SOURCE */
#endif /* _UNISTD */
+1 -1
View File
@@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ waitpid(
int options) /* OR'ed combination of WNOHANG and
* WUNTRACED. */
{
WaitInfo *waitPtr, *prevPtr;
register WaitInfo *waitPtr, *prevPtr;
pid_t result;
WAIT_STATUS_TYPE status;
+1 -2
View File
@@ -37,7 +37,6 @@ static int decrypt_byte(unsigned long* pkeys, const z_crc_t* pcrc_32_tab)
unsigned temp; /* POTENTIAL BUG: temp*(temp^1) may overflow in an
* unpredictable manner on 16-bit systems; not a problem
* with any known compiler so far, though */
(void)pcrc_32_tab;
temp = ((unsigned)(*(pkeys+2)) & 0xffff) | 2;
return (int)(((temp * (temp ^ 1)) >> 8) & 0xff);
@@ -52,7 +51,7 @@ static int update_keys(unsigned long* pkeys,const z_crc_t* pcrc_32_tab,int c)
(*(pkeys+1)) += (*(pkeys+0)) & 0xff;
(*(pkeys+1)) = (*(pkeys+1)) * 134775813L + 1;
{
int keyshift = (int)((*(pkeys+1)) >> 24);
register int keyshift = (int)((*(pkeys+1)) >> 24);
(*(pkeys+2)) = CRC32((*(pkeys+2)), keyshift);
}
return c;
+1 -5
View File
@@ -14,11 +14,7 @@
#define _CRT_SECURE_NO_WARNINGS
#endif
#if defined(_WIN32)
#define FOPEN_FUNC(filename, mode) fopen(filename, mode)
#define FTELLO_FUNC(stream) _ftelli64(stream)
#define FSEEKO_FUNC(stream, offset, origin) _fseeki64(stream, offset, origin)
#elif defined(__APPLE__) || defined(IOAPI_NO_64)
#if defined(__APPLE__) || defined(IOAPI_NO_64)
// In darwin and perhaps other BSD variants off_t is a 64 bit value, hence no need for specific 64 bit functions
#define FOPEN_FUNC(filename, mode) fopen(filename, mode)
#define FTELLO_FUNC(stream) ftello(stream)
+1 -1
View File
@@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ void change_file_date(filename,dosdate,tmu_date)
SetFileTime(hFile,&ftm,&ftLastAcc,&ftm);
CloseHandle(hFile);
#else
#if defined(unix) || defined(__APPLE__)
#ifdef unix || __APPLE__
struct utimbuf ut;
struct tm newdate;
newdate.tm_sec = tmu_date.tm_sec;
+7 -11
View File
@@ -27,11 +27,7 @@
#endif
#endif
#if defined(_WIN32)
#define FOPEN_FUNC(filename, mode) fopen(filename, mode)
#define FTELLO_FUNC(stream) _ftelli64(stream)
#define FSEEKO_FUNC(stream, offset, origin) _fseeki64(stream, offset, origin)
#elif defined(__APPLE__) || defined(IOAPI_NO_64)
#if defined(__APPLE__) || defined(IOAPI_NO_64)
// In darwin and perhaps other BSD variants off_t is a 64 bit value, hence no need for specific 64 bit functions
#define FOPEN_FUNC(filename, mode) fopen(filename, mode)
#define FTELLO_FUNC(stream) ftello(stream)
@@ -74,8 +70,8 @@
#ifdef _WIN32
uLong filetime(f, tmzip, dt)
const char *f; /* name of file to get info on */
tm_zip *tmzip; /* return value: access, modific. and creation times */
char *f; /* name of file to get info on */
tm_zip *tmzip; /* return value: access, modific. and creation times */
uLong *dt; /* dostime */
{
int ret = 0;
@@ -96,9 +92,9 @@ uLong filetime(f, tmzip, dt)
return ret;
}
#else
#if defined(unix) || defined(__APPLE__)
#ifdef unix || __APPLE__
uLong filetime(f, tmzip, dt)
const char *f; /* name of file to get info on */
char *f; /* name of file to get info on */
tm_zip *tmzip; /* return value: access, modific. and creation times */
uLong *dt; /* dostime */
{
@@ -140,8 +136,8 @@ uLong filetime(f, tmzip, dt)
}
#else
uLong filetime(f, tmzip, dt)
const char *f; /* name of file to get info on */
tm_zip *tmzip; /* return value: access, modific. and creation times */
char *f; /* name of file to get info on */
tm_zip *tmzip; /* return value: access, modific. and creation times */
uLong *dt; /* dostime */
{
return 0;
+1 -1
View File
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
Microsoft Visual Studio Solution File, Format Version 11.00
# Visual Studio 2010
Project("{8BC9CEB8-8B4A-11D0-8D11-00A0C91BC942}") = "zlibvc", "zlibvc.vcxproj", "{8FD826F8-3739-44E6-8CC8-997122E53B8D}"
+1 -1
View File
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
Microsoft Visual Studio Solution File, Format Version 12.00
# Visual Studio 2012
Project("{8BC9CEB8-8B4A-11D0-8D11-00A0C91BC942}") = "zlibvc", "zlibvc.vcxproj", "{8FD826F8-3739-44E6-8CC8-997122E53B8D}"
+119 -119
View File
@@ -1,119 +1,119 @@
Microsoft Visual Studio Solution File, Format Version 12.00
# Visual Studio 2013
VisualStudioVersion = 12.0.40629.0
MinimumVisualStudioVersion = 10.0.40219.1
Project("{8BC9CEB8-8B4A-11D0-8D11-00A0C91BC942}") = "zlibvc", "zlibvc.vcxproj", "{8FD826F8-3739-44E6-8CC8-997122E53B8D}"
EndProject
Project("{8BC9CEB8-8B4A-11D0-8D11-00A0C91BC942}") = "zlibstat", "zlibstat.vcxproj", "{745DEC58-EBB3-47A9-A9B8-4C6627C01BF8}"
EndProject
Project("{8BC9CEB8-8B4A-11D0-8D11-00A0C91BC942}") = "testzlib", "testzlib.vcxproj", "{AA6666AA-E09F-4135-9C0C-4FE50C3C654B}"
EndProject
Project("{8BC9CEB8-8B4A-11D0-8D11-00A0C91BC942}") = "testzlibdll", "testzlibdll.vcxproj", "{C52F9E7B-498A-42BE-8DB4-85A15694366A}"
EndProject
Project("{8BC9CEB8-8B4A-11D0-8D11-00A0C91BC942}") = "minizip", "minizip.vcxproj", "{48CDD9DC-E09F-4135-9C0C-4FE50C3C654B}"
EndProject
Project("{8BC9CEB8-8B4A-11D0-8D11-00A0C91BC942}") = "miniunz", "miniunz.vcxproj", "{C52F9E7B-498A-42BE-8DB4-85A15694382A}"
EndProject
Global
GlobalSection(SolutionConfigurationPlatforms) = preSolution
Debug|Itanium = Debug|Itanium
Debug|Win32 = Debug|Win32
Debug|x64 = Debug|x64
Release|Itanium = Release|Itanium
Release|Win32 = Release|Win32
Release|x64 = Release|x64
ReleaseWithoutAsm|Itanium = ReleaseWithoutAsm|Itanium
ReleaseWithoutAsm|Win32 = ReleaseWithoutAsm|Win32
ReleaseWithoutAsm|x64 = ReleaseWithoutAsm|x64
EndGlobalSection
GlobalSection(ProjectConfigurationPlatforms) = postSolution
{8FD826F8-3739-44E6-8CC8-997122E53B8D}.Debug|Itanium.ActiveCfg = Debug|Win32
{8FD826F8-3739-44E6-8CC8-997122E53B8D}.Debug|Win32.ActiveCfg = Debug|Win32
{8FD826F8-3739-44E6-8CC8-997122E53B8D}.Debug|Win32.Build.0 = Debug|Win32
{8FD826F8-3739-44E6-8CC8-997122E53B8D}.Debug|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|x64
{8FD826F8-3739-44E6-8CC8-997122E53B8D}.Debug|x64.Build.0 = Debug|x64
{8FD826F8-3739-44E6-8CC8-997122E53B8D}.Release|Itanium.ActiveCfg = Release|Win32
{8FD826F8-3739-44E6-8CC8-997122E53B8D}.Release|Win32.ActiveCfg = Release|Win32
{8FD826F8-3739-44E6-8CC8-997122E53B8D}.Release|Win32.Build.0 = Release|Win32
{8FD826F8-3739-44E6-8CC8-997122E53B8D}.Release|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64
{8FD826F8-3739-44E6-8CC8-997122E53B8D}.Release|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64
{8FD826F8-3739-44E6-8CC8-997122E53B8D}.ReleaseWithoutAsm|Itanium.ActiveCfg = ReleaseWithoutAsm|Win32
{8FD826F8-3739-44E6-8CC8-997122E53B8D}.ReleaseWithoutAsm|Win32.ActiveCfg = ReleaseWithoutAsm|Win32
{8FD826F8-3739-44E6-8CC8-997122E53B8D}.ReleaseWithoutAsm|Win32.Build.0 = ReleaseWithoutAsm|Win32
{8FD826F8-3739-44E6-8CC8-997122E53B8D}.ReleaseWithoutAsm|x64.ActiveCfg = ReleaseWithoutAsm|x64
{8FD826F8-3739-44E6-8CC8-997122E53B8D}.ReleaseWithoutAsm|x64.Build.0 = ReleaseWithoutAsm|x64
{745DEC58-EBB3-47A9-A9B8-4C6627C01BF8}.Debug|Itanium.ActiveCfg = Debug|Win32
{745DEC58-EBB3-47A9-A9B8-4C6627C01BF8}.Debug|Win32.ActiveCfg = Debug|Win32
{745DEC58-EBB3-47A9-A9B8-4C6627C01BF8}.Debug|Win32.Build.0 = Debug|Win32
{745DEC58-EBB3-47A9-A9B8-4C6627C01BF8}.Debug|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|x64
{745DEC58-EBB3-47A9-A9B8-4C6627C01BF8}.Debug|x64.Build.0 = Debug|x64
{745DEC58-EBB3-47A9-A9B8-4C6627C01BF8}.Release|Itanium.ActiveCfg = Release|Win32
{745DEC58-EBB3-47A9-A9B8-4C6627C01BF8}.Release|Win32.ActiveCfg = Release|Win32
{745DEC58-EBB3-47A9-A9B8-4C6627C01BF8}.Release|Win32.Build.0 = Release|Win32
{745DEC58-EBB3-47A9-A9B8-4C6627C01BF8}.Release|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64
{745DEC58-EBB3-47A9-A9B8-4C6627C01BF8}.Release|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64
{745DEC58-EBB3-47A9-A9B8-4C6627C01BF8}.ReleaseWithoutAsm|Itanium.ActiveCfg = ReleaseWithoutAsm|Win32
{745DEC58-EBB3-47A9-A9B8-4C6627C01BF8}.ReleaseWithoutAsm|Win32.ActiveCfg = ReleaseWithoutAsm|Win32
{745DEC58-EBB3-47A9-A9B8-4C6627C01BF8}.ReleaseWithoutAsm|Win32.Build.0 = ReleaseWithoutAsm|Win32
{745DEC58-EBB3-47A9-A9B8-4C6627C01BF8}.ReleaseWithoutAsm|x64.ActiveCfg = ReleaseWithoutAsm|x64
{745DEC58-EBB3-47A9-A9B8-4C6627C01BF8}.ReleaseWithoutAsm|x64.Build.0 = ReleaseWithoutAsm|x64
{AA6666AA-E09F-4135-9C0C-4FE50C3C654B}.Debug|Itanium.ActiveCfg = Debug|Win32
{AA6666AA-E09F-4135-9C0C-4FE50C3C654B}.Debug|Win32.ActiveCfg = Debug|Win32
{AA6666AA-E09F-4135-9C0C-4FE50C3C654B}.Debug|Win32.Build.0 = Debug|Win32
{AA6666AA-E09F-4135-9C0C-4FE50C3C654B}.Debug|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|x64
{AA6666AA-E09F-4135-9C0C-4FE50C3C654B}.Debug|x64.Build.0 = Debug|x64
{AA6666AA-E09F-4135-9C0C-4FE50C3C654B}.Release|Itanium.ActiveCfg = Release|Win32
{AA6666AA-E09F-4135-9C0C-4FE50C3C654B}.Release|Win32.ActiveCfg = Release|Win32
{AA6666AA-E09F-4135-9C0C-4FE50C3C654B}.Release|Win32.Build.0 = Release|Win32
{AA6666AA-E09F-4135-9C0C-4FE50C3C654B}.Release|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64
{AA6666AA-E09F-4135-9C0C-4FE50C3C654B}.Release|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64
{AA6666AA-E09F-4135-9C0C-4FE50C3C654B}.ReleaseWithoutAsm|Itanium.ActiveCfg = ReleaseWithoutAsm|Win32
{AA6666AA-E09F-4135-9C0C-4FE50C3C654B}.ReleaseWithoutAsm|Win32.ActiveCfg = ReleaseWithoutAsm|Win32
{AA6666AA-E09F-4135-9C0C-4FE50C3C654B}.ReleaseWithoutAsm|Win32.Build.0 = ReleaseWithoutAsm|Win32
{AA6666AA-E09F-4135-9C0C-4FE50C3C654B}.ReleaseWithoutAsm|x64.ActiveCfg = ReleaseWithoutAsm|x64
{AA6666AA-E09F-4135-9C0C-4FE50C3C654B}.ReleaseWithoutAsm|x64.Build.0 = ReleaseWithoutAsm|x64
{C52F9E7B-498A-42BE-8DB4-85A15694366A}.Debug|Itanium.ActiveCfg = Debug|Win32
{C52F9E7B-498A-42BE-8DB4-85A15694366A}.Debug|Win32.ActiveCfg = Debug|Win32
{C52F9E7B-498A-42BE-8DB4-85A15694366A}.Debug|Win32.Build.0 = Debug|Win32
{C52F9E7B-498A-42BE-8DB4-85A15694366A}.Debug|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|x64
{C52F9E7B-498A-42BE-8DB4-85A15694366A}.Debug|x64.Build.0 = Debug|x64
{C52F9E7B-498A-42BE-8DB4-85A15694366A}.Release|Itanium.ActiveCfg = Release|Win32
{C52F9E7B-498A-42BE-8DB4-85A15694366A}.Release|Win32.ActiveCfg = Release|Win32
{C52F9E7B-498A-42BE-8DB4-85A15694366A}.Release|Win32.Build.0 = Release|Win32
{C52F9E7B-498A-42BE-8DB4-85A15694366A}.Release|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64
{C52F9E7B-498A-42BE-8DB4-85A15694366A}.Release|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64
{C52F9E7B-498A-42BE-8DB4-85A15694366A}.ReleaseWithoutAsm|Itanium.ActiveCfg = Release|Win32
{C52F9E7B-498A-42BE-8DB4-85A15694366A}.ReleaseWithoutAsm|Win32.ActiveCfg = Release|Win32
{C52F9E7B-498A-42BE-8DB4-85A15694366A}.ReleaseWithoutAsm|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64
{48CDD9DC-E09F-4135-9C0C-4FE50C3C654B}.Debug|Itanium.ActiveCfg = Debug|Win32
{48CDD9DC-E09F-4135-9C0C-4FE50C3C654B}.Debug|Win32.ActiveCfg = Debug|Win32
{48CDD9DC-E09F-4135-9C0C-4FE50C3C654B}.Debug|Win32.Build.0 = Debug|Win32
{48CDD9DC-E09F-4135-9C0C-4FE50C3C654B}.Debug|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|x64
{48CDD9DC-E09F-4135-9C0C-4FE50C3C654B}.Debug|x64.Build.0 = Debug|x64
{48CDD9DC-E09F-4135-9C0C-4FE50C3C654B}.Release|Itanium.ActiveCfg = Release|Win32
{48CDD9DC-E09F-4135-9C0C-4FE50C3C654B}.Release|Win32.ActiveCfg = Release|Win32
{48CDD9DC-E09F-4135-9C0C-4FE50C3C654B}.Release|Win32.Build.0 = Release|Win32
{48CDD9DC-E09F-4135-9C0C-4FE50C3C654B}.Release|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64
{48CDD9DC-E09F-4135-9C0C-4FE50C3C654B}.Release|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64
{48CDD9DC-E09F-4135-9C0C-4FE50C3C654B}.ReleaseWithoutAsm|Itanium.ActiveCfg = Release|Win32
{48CDD9DC-E09F-4135-9C0C-4FE50C3C654B}.ReleaseWithoutAsm|Win32.ActiveCfg = Release|Win32
{48CDD9DC-E09F-4135-9C0C-4FE50C3C654B}.ReleaseWithoutAsm|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64
{C52F9E7B-498A-42BE-8DB4-85A15694382A}.Debug|Itanium.ActiveCfg = Debug|Win32
{C52F9E7B-498A-42BE-8DB4-85A15694382A}.Debug|Win32.ActiveCfg = Debug|Win32
{C52F9E7B-498A-42BE-8DB4-85A15694382A}.Debug|Win32.Build.0 = Debug|Win32
{C52F9E7B-498A-42BE-8DB4-85A15694382A}.Debug|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|x64
{C52F9E7B-498A-42BE-8DB4-85A15694382A}.Debug|x64.Build.0 = Debug|x64
{C52F9E7B-498A-42BE-8DB4-85A15694382A}.Release|Itanium.ActiveCfg = Release|Win32
{C52F9E7B-498A-42BE-8DB4-85A15694382A}.Release|Win32.ActiveCfg = Release|Win32
{C52F9E7B-498A-42BE-8DB4-85A15694382A}.Release|Win32.Build.0 = Release|Win32
{C52F9E7B-498A-42BE-8DB4-85A15694382A}.Release|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64
{C52F9E7B-498A-42BE-8DB4-85A15694382A}.Release|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64
{C52F9E7B-498A-42BE-8DB4-85A15694382A}.ReleaseWithoutAsm|Itanium.ActiveCfg = Release|Win32
{C52F9E7B-498A-42BE-8DB4-85A15694382A}.ReleaseWithoutAsm|Win32.ActiveCfg = Release|Win32
{C52F9E7B-498A-42BE-8DB4-85A15694382A}.ReleaseWithoutAsm|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64
EndGlobalSection
GlobalSection(SolutionProperties) = preSolution
HideSolutionNode = FALSE
EndGlobalSection
EndGlobal
Microsoft Visual Studio Solution File, Format Version 12.00
# Visual Studio 2013
VisualStudioVersion = 12.0.40629.0
MinimumVisualStudioVersion = 10.0.40219.1
Project("{8BC9CEB8-8B4A-11D0-8D11-00A0C91BC942}") = "zlibvc", "zlibvc.vcxproj", "{8FD826F8-3739-44E6-8CC8-997122E53B8D}"
EndProject
Project("{8BC9CEB8-8B4A-11D0-8D11-00A0C91BC942}") = "zlibstat", "zlibstat.vcxproj", "{745DEC58-EBB3-47A9-A9B8-4C6627C01BF8}"
EndProject
Project("{8BC9CEB8-8B4A-11D0-8D11-00A0C91BC942}") = "testzlib", "testzlib.vcxproj", "{AA6666AA-E09F-4135-9C0C-4FE50C3C654B}"
EndProject
Project("{8BC9CEB8-8B4A-11D0-8D11-00A0C91BC942}") = "testzlibdll", "testzlibdll.vcxproj", "{C52F9E7B-498A-42BE-8DB4-85A15694366A}"
EndProject
Project("{8BC9CEB8-8B4A-11D0-8D11-00A0C91BC942}") = "minizip", "minizip.vcxproj", "{48CDD9DC-E09F-4135-9C0C-4FE50C3C654B}"
EndProject
Project("{8BC9CEB8-8B4A-11D0-8D11-00A0C91BC942}") = "miniunz", "miniunz.vcxproj", "{C52F9E7B-498A-42BE-8DB4-85A15694382A}"
EndProject
Global
GlobalSection(SolutionConfigurationPlatforms) = preSolution
Debug|Itanium = Debug|Itanium
Debug|Win32 = Debug|Win32
Debug|x64 = Debug|x64
Release|Itanium = Release|Itanium
Release|Win32 = Release|Win32
Release|x64 = Release|x64
ReleaseWithoutAsm|Itanium = ReleaseWithoutAsm|Itanium
ReleaseWithoutAsm|Win32 = ReleaseWithoutAsm|Win32
ReleaseWithoutAsm|x64 = ReleaseWithoutAsm|x64
EndGlobalSection
GlobalSection(ProjectConfigurationPlatforms) = postSolution
{8FD826F8-3739-44E6-8CC8-997122E53B8D}.Debug|Itanium.ActiveCfg = Debug|Win32
{8FD826F8-3739-44E6-8CC8-997122E53B8D}.Debug|Win32.ActiveCfg = Debug|Win32
{8FD826F8-3739-44E6-8CC8-997122E53B8D}.Debug|Win32.Build.0 = Debug|Win32
{8FD826F8-3739-44E6-8CC8-997122E53B8D}.Debug|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|x64
{8FD826F8-3739-44E6-8CC8-997122E53B8D}.Debug|x64.Build.0 = Debug|x64
{8FD826F8-3739-44E6-8CC8-997122E53B8D}.Release|Itanium.ActiveCfg = Release|Win32
{8FD826F8-3739-44E6-8CC8-997122E53B8D}.Release|Win32.ActiveCfg = Release|Win32
{8FD826F8-3739-44E6-8CC8-997122E53B8D}.Release|Win32.Build.0 = Release|Win32
{8FD826F8-3739-44E6-8CC8-997122E53B8D}.Release|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64
{8FD826F8-3739-44E6-8CC8-997122E53B8D}.Release|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64
{8FD826F8-3739-44E6-8CC8-997122E53B8D}.ReleaseWithoutAsm|Itanium.ActiveCfg = ReleaseWithoutAsm|Win32
{8FD826F8-3739-44E6-8CC8-997122E53B8D}.ReleaseWithoutAsm|Win32.ActiveCfg = ReleaseWithoutAsm|Win32
{8FD826F8-3739-44E6-8CC8-997122E53B8D}.ReleaseWithoutAsm|Win32.Build.0 = ReleaseWithoutAsm|Win32
{8FD826F8-3739-44E6-8CC8-997122E53B8D}.ReleaseWithoutAsm|x64.ActiveCfg = ReleaseWithoutAsm|x64
{8FD826F8-3739-44E6-8CC8-997122E53B8D}.ReleaseWithoutAsm|x64.Build.0 = ReleaseWithoutAsm|x64
{745DEC58-EBB3-47A9-A9B8-4C6627C01BF8}.Debug|Itanium.ActiveCfg = Debug|Win32
{745DEC58-EBB3-47A9-A9B8-4C6627C01BF8}.Debug|Win32.ActiveCfg = Debug|Win32
{745DEC58-EBB3-47A9-A9B8-4C6627C01BF8}.Debug|Win32.Build.0 = Debug|Win32
{745DEC58-EBB3-47A9-A9B8-4C6627C01BF8}.Debug|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|x64
{745DEC58-EBB3-47A9-A9B8-4C6627C01BF8}.Debug|x64.Build.0 = Debug|x64
{745DEC58-EBB3-47A9-A9B8-4C6627C01BF8}.Release|Itanium.ActiveCfg = Release|Win32
{745DEC58-EBB3-47A9-A9B8-4C6627C01BF8}.Release|Win32.ActiveCfg = Release|Win32
{745DEC58-EBB3-47A9-A9B8-4C6627C01BF8}.Release|Win32.Build.0 = Release|Win32
{745DEC58-EBB3-47A9-A9B8-4C6627C01BF8}.Release|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64
{745DEC58-EBB3-47A9-A9B8-4C6627C01BF8}.Release|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64
{745DEC58-EBB3-47A9-A9B8-4C6627C01BF8}.ReleaseWithoutAsm|Itanium.ActiveCfg = ReleaseWithoutAsm|Win32
{745DEC58-EBB3-47A9-A9B8-4C6627C01BF8}.ReleaseWithoutAsm|Win32.ActiveCfg = ReleaseWithoutAsm|Win32
{745DEC58-EBB3-47A9-A9B8-4C6627C01BF8}.ReleaseWithoutAsm|Win32.Build.0 = ReleaseWithoutAsm|Win32
{745DEC58-EBB3-47A9-A9B8-4C6627C01BF8}.ReleaseWithoutAsm|x64.ActiveCfg = ReleaseWithoutAsm|x64
{745DEC58-EBB3-47A9-A9B8-4C6627C01BF8}.ReleaseWithoutAsm|x64.Build.0 = ReleaseWithoutAsm|x64
{AA6666AA-E09F-4135-9C0C-4FE50C3C654B}.Debug|Itanium.ActiveCfg = Debug|Win32
{AA6666AA-E09F-4135-9C0C-4FE50C3C654B}.Debug|Win32.ActiveCfg = Debug|Win32
{AA6666AA-E09F-4135-9C0C-4FE50C3C654B}.Debug|Win32.Build.0 = Debug|Win32
{AA6666AA-E09F-4135-9C0C-4FE50C3C654B}.Debug|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|x64
{AA6666AA-E09F-4135-9C0C-4FE50C3C654B}.Debug|x64.Build.0 = Debug|x64
{AA6666AA-E09F-4135-9C0C-4FE50C3C654B}.Release|Itanium.ActiveCfg = Release|Win32
{AA6666AA-E09F-4135-9C0C-4FE50C3C654B}.Release|Win32.ActiveCfg = Release|Win32
{AA6666AA-E09F-4135-9C0C-4FE50C3C654B}.Release|Win32.Build.0 = Release|Win32
{AA6666AA-E09F-4135-9C0C-4FE50C3C654B}.Release|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64
{AA6666AA-E09F-4135-9C0C-4FE50C3C654B}.Release|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64
{AA6666AA-E09F-4135-9C0C-4FE50C3C654B}.ReleaseWithoutAsm|Itanium.ActiveCfg = ReleaseWithoutAsm|Win32
{AA6666AA-E09F-4135-9C0C-4FE50C3C654B}.ReleaseWithoutAsm|Win32.ActiveCfg = ReleaseWithoutAsm|Win32
{AA6666AA-E09F-4135-9C0C-4FE50C3C654B}.ReleaseWithoutAsm|Win32.Build.0 = ReleaseWithoutAsm|Win32
{AA6666AA-E09F-4135-9C0C-4FE50C3C654B}.ReleaseWithoutAsm|x64.ActiveCfg = ReleaseWithoutAsm|x64
{AA6666AA-E09F-4135-9C0C-4FE50C3C654B}.ReleaseWithoutAsm|x64.Build.0 = ReleaseWithoutAsm|x64
{C52F9E7B-498A-42BE-8DB4-85A15694366A}.Debug|Itanium.ActiveCfg = Debug|Win32
{C52F9E7B-498A-42BE-8DB4-85A15694366A}.Debug|Win32.ActiveCfg = Debug|Win32
{C52F9E7B-498A-42BE-8DB4-85A15694366A}.Debug|Win32.Build.0 = Debug|Win32
{C52F9E7B-498A-42BE-8DB4-85A15694366A}.Debug|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|x64
{C52F9E7B-498A-42BE-8DB4-85A15694366A}.Debug|x64.Build.0 = Debug|x64
{C52F9E7B-498A-42BE-8DB4-85A15694366A}.Release|Itanium.ActiveCfg = Release|Win32
{C52F9E7B-498A-42BE-8DB4-85A15694366A}.Release|Win32.ActiveCfg = Release|Win32
{C52F9E7B-498A-42BE-8DB4-85A15694366A}.Release|Win32.Build.0 = Release|Win32
{C52F9E7B-498A-42BE-8DB4-85A15694366A}.Release|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64
{C52F9E7B-498A-42BE-8DB4-85A15694366A}.Release|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64
{C52F9E7B-498A-42BE-8DB4-85A15694366A}.ReleaseWithoutAsm|Itanium.ActiveCfg = Release|Win32
{C52F9E7B-498A-42BE-8DB4-85A15694366A}.ReleaseWithoutAsm|Win32.ActiveCfg = Release|Win32
{C52F9E7B-498A-42BE-8DB4-85A15694366A}.ReleaseWithoutAsm|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64
{48CDD9DC-E09F-4135-9C0C-4FE50C3C654B}.Debug|Itanium.ActiveCfg = Debug|Win32
{48CDD9DC-E09F-4135-9C0C-4FE50C3C654B}.Debug|Win32.ActiveCfg = Debug|Win32
{48CDD9DC-E09F-4135-9C0C-4FE50C3C654B}.Debug|Win32.Build.0 = Debug|Win32
{48CDD9DC-E09F-4135-9C0C-4FE50C3C654B}.Debug|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|x64
{48CDD9DC-E09F-4135-9C0C-4FE50C3C654B}.Debug|x64.Build.0 = Debug|x64
{48CDD9DC-E09F-4135-9C0C-4FE50C3C654B}.Release|Itanium.ActiveCfg = Release|Win32
{48CDD9DC-E09F-4135-9C0C-4FE50C3C654B}.Release|Win32.ActiveCfg = Release|Win32
{48CDD9DC-E09F-4135-9C0C-4FE50C3C654B}.Release|Win32.Build.0 = Release|Win32
{48CDD9DC-E09F-4135-9C0C-4FE50C3C654B}.Release|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64
{48CDD9DC-E09F-4135-9C0C-4FE50C3C654B}.Release|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64
{48CDD9DC-E09F-4135-9C0C-4FE50C3C654B}.ReleaseWithoutAsm|Itanium.ActiveCfg = Release|Win32
{48CDD9DC-E09F-4135-9C0C-4FE50C3C654B}.ReleaseWithoutAsm|Win32.ActiveCfg = Release|Win32
{48CDD9DC-E09F-4135-9C0C-4FE50C3C654B}.ReleaseWithoutAsm|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64
{C52F9E7B-498A-42BE-8DB4-85A15694382A}.Debug|Itanium.ActiveCfg = Debug|Win32
{C52F9E7B-498A-42BE-8DB4-85A15694382A}.Debug|Win32.ActiveCfg = Debug|Win32
{C52F9E7B-498A-42BE-8DB4-85A15694382A}.Debug|Win32.Build.0 = Debug|Win32
{C52F9E7B-498A-42BE-8DB4-85A15694382A}.Debug|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|x64
{C52F9E7B-498A-42BE-8DB4-85A15694382A}.Debug|x64.Build.0 = Debug|x64
{C52F9E7B-498A-42BE-8DB4-85A15694382A}.Release|Itanium.ActiveCfg = Release|Win32
{C52F9E7B-498A-42BE-8DB4-85A15694382A}.Release|Win32.ActiveCfg = Release|Win32
{C52F9E7B-498A-42BE-8DB4-85A15694382A}.Release|Win32.Build.0 = Release|Win32
{C52F9E7B-498A-42BE-8DB4-85A15694382A}.Release|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64
{C52F9E7B-498A-42BE-8DB4-85A15694382A}.Release|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64
{C52F9E7B-498A-42BE-8DB4-85A15694382A}.ReleaseWithoutAsm|Itanium.ActiveCfg = Release|Win32
{C52F9E7B-498A-42BE-8DB4-85A15694382A}.ReleaseWithoutAsm|Win32.ActiveCfg = Release|Win32
{C52F9E7B-498A-42BE-8DB4-85A15694382A}.ReleaseWithoutAsm|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64
EndGlobalSection
GlobalSection(SolutionProperties) = preSolution
HideSolutionNode = FALSE
EndGlobalSection
EndGlobal
+119 -119
View File
@@ -1,119 +1,119 @@
Microsoft Visual Studio Solution File, Format Version 12.00
# Visual Studio 14
VisualStudioVersion = 14.0.25420.1
MinimumVisualStudioVersion = 10.0.40219.1
Project("{8BC9CEB8-8B4A-11D0-8D11-00A0C91BC942}") = "zlibvc", "zlibvc.vcxproj", "{8FD826F8-3739-44E6-8CC8-997122E53B8D}"
EndProject
Project("{8BC9CEB8-8B4A-11D0-8D11-00A0C91BC942}") = "zlibstat", "zlibstat.vcxproj", "{745DEC58-EBB3-47A9-A9B8-4C6627C01BF8}"
EndProject
Project("{8BC9CEB8-8B4A-11D0-8D11-00A0C91BC942}") = "testzlib", "testzlib.vcxproj", "{AA6666AA-E09F-4135-9C0C-4FE50C3C654B}"
EndProject
Project("{8BC9CEB8-8B4A-11D0-8D11-00A0C91BC942}") = "testzlibdll", "testzlibdll.vcxproj", "{C52F9E7B-498A-42BE-8DB4-85A15694366A}"
EndProject
Project("{8BC9CEB8-8B4A-11D0-8D11-00A0C91BC942}") = "minizip", "minizip.vcxproj", "{48CDD9DC-E09F-4135-9C0C-4FE50C3C654B}"
EndProject
Project("{8BC9CEB8-8B4A-11D0-8D11-00A0C91BC942}") = "miniunz", "miniunz.vcxproj", "{C52F9E7B-498A-42BE-8DB4-85A15694382A}"
EndProject
Global
GlobalSection(SolutionConfigurationPlatforms) = preSolution
Debug|Itanium = Debug|Itanium
Debug|Win32 = Debug|Win32
Debug|x64 = Debug|x64
Release|Itanium = Release|Itanium
Release|Win32 = Release|Win32
Release|x64 = Release|x64
ReleaseWithoutAsm|Itanium = ReleaseWithoutAsm|Itanium
ReleaseWithoutAsm|Win32 = ReleaseWithoutAsm|Win32
ReleaseWithoutAsm|x64 = ReleaseWithoutAsm|x64
EndGlobalSection
GlobalSection(ProjectConfigurationPlatforms) = postSolution
{8FD826F8-3739-44E6-8CC8-997122E53B8D}.Debug|Itanium.ActiveCfg = Debug|Win32
{8FD826F8-3739-44E6-8CC8-997122E53B8D}.Debug|Win32.ActiveCfg = Debug|Win32
{8FD826F8-3739-44E6-8CC8-997122E53B8D}.Debug|Win32.Build.0 = Debug|Win32
{8FD826F8-3739-44E6-8CC8-997122E53B8D}.Debug|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|x64
{8FD826F8-3739-44E6-8CC8-997122E53B8D}.Debug|x64.Build.0 = Debug|x64
{8FD826F8-3739-44E6-8CC8-997122E53B8D}.Release|Itanium.ActiveCfg = Release|Win32
{8FD826F8-3739-44E6-8CC8-997122E53B8D}.Release|Win32.ActiveCfg = Release|Win32
{8FD826F8-3739-44E6-8CC8-997122E53B8D}.Release|Win32.Build.0 = Release|Win32
{8FD826F8-3739-44E6-8CC8-997122E53B8D}.Release|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64
{8FD826F8-3739-44E6-8CC8-997122E53B8D}.Release|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64
{8FD826F8-3739-44E6-8CC8-997122E53B8D}.ReleaseWithoutAsm|Itanium.ActiveCfg = ReleaseWithoutAsm|Win32
{8FD826F8-3739-44E6-8CC8-997122E53B8D}.ReleaseWithoutAsm|Win32.ActiveCfg = ReleaseWithoutAsm|Win32
{8FD826F8-3739-44E6-8CC8-997122E53B8D}.ReleaseWithoutAsm|Win32.Build.0 = ReleaseWithoutAsm|Win32
{8FD826F8-3739-44E6-8CC8-997122E53B8D}.ReleaseWithoutAsm|x64.ActiveCfg = ReleaseWithoutAsm|x64
{8FD826F8-3739-44E6-8CC8-997122E53B8D}.ReleaseWithoutAsm|x64.Build.0 = ReleaseWithoutAsm|x64
{745DEC58-EBB3-47A9-A9B8-4C6627C01BF8}.Debug|Itanium.ActiveCfg = Debug|Win32
{745DEC58-EBB3-47A9-A9B8-4C6627C01BF8}.Debug|Win32.ActiveCfg = Debug|Win32
{745DEC58-EBB3-47A9-A9B8-4C6627C01BF8}.Debug|Win32.Build.0 = Debug|Win32
{745DEC58-EBB3-47A9-A9B8-4C6627C01BF8}.Debug|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|x64
{745DEC58-EBB3-47A9-A9B8-4C6627C01BF8}.Debug|x64.Build.0 = Debug|x64
{745DEC58-EBB3-47A9-A9B8-4C6627C01BF8}.Release|Itanium.ActiveCfg = Release|Win32
{745DEC58-EBB3-47A9-A9B8-4C6627C01BF8}.Release|Win32.ActiveCfg = Release|Win32
{745DEC58-EBB3-47A9-A9B8-4C6627C01BF8}.Release|Win32.Build.0 = Release|Win32
{745DEC58-EBB3-47A9-A9B8-4C6627C01BF8}.Release|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64
{745DEC58-EBB3-47A9-A9B8-4C6627C01BF8}.Release|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64
{745DEC58-EBB3-47A9-A9B8-4C6627C01BF8}.ReleaseWithoutAsm|Itanium.ActiveCfg = ReleaseWithoutAsm|Win32
{745DEC58-EBB3-47A9-A9B8-4C6627C01BF8}.ReleaseWithoutAsm|Win32.ActiveCfg = ReleaseWithoutAsm|Win32
{745DEC58-EBB3-47A9-A9B8-4C6627C01BF8}.ReleaseWithoutAsm|Win32.Build.0 = ReleaseWithoutAsm|Win32
{745DEC58-EBB3-47A9-A9B8-4C6627C01BF8}.ReleaseWithoutAsm|x64.ActiveCfg = ReleaseWithoutAsm|x64
{745DEC58-EBB3-47A9-A9B8-4C6627C01BF8}.ReleaseWithoutAsm|x64.Build.0 = ReleaseWithoutAsm|x64
{AA6666AA-E09F-4135-9C0C-4FE50C3C654B}.Debug|Itanium.ActiveCfg = Debug|Win32
{AA6666AA-E09F-4135-9C0C-4FE50C3C654B}.Debug|Win32.ActiveCfg = Debug|Win32
{AA6666AA-E09F-4135-9C0C-4FE50C3C654B}.Debug|Win32.Build.0 = Debug|Win32
{AA6666AA-E09F-4135-9C0C-4FE50C3C654B}.Debug|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|x64
{AA6666AA-E09F-4135-9C0C-4FE50C3C654B}.Debug|x64.Build.0 = Debug|x64
{AA6666AA-E09F-4135-9C0C-4FE50C3C654B}.Release|Itanium.ActiveCfg = Release|Win32
{AA6666AA-E09F-4135-9C0C-4FE50C3C654B}.Release|Win32.ActiveCfg = Release|Win32
{AA6666AA-E09F-4135-9C0C-4FE50C3C654B}.Release|Win32.Build.0 = Release|Win32
{AA6666AA-E09F-4135-9C0C-4FE50C3C654B}.Release|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64
{AA6666AA-E09F-4135-9C0C-4FE50C3C654B}.Release|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64
{AA6666AA-E09F-4135-9C0C-4FE50C3C654B}.ReleaseWithoutAsm|Itanium.ActiveCfg = ReleaseWithoutAsm|Win32
{AA6666AA-E09F-4135-9C0C-4FE50C3C654B}.ReleaseWithoutAsm|Win32.ActiveCfg = ReleaseWithoutAsm|Win32
{AA6666AA-E09F-4135-9C0C-4FE50C3C654B}.ReleaseWithoutAsm|Win32.Build.0 = ReleaseWithoutAsm|Win32
{AA6666AA-E09F-4135-9C0C-4FE50C3C654B}.ReleaseWithoutAsm|x64.ActiveCfg = ReleaseWithoutAsm|x64
{AA6666AA-E09F-4135-9C0C-4FE50C3C654B}.ReleaseWithoutAsm|x64.Build.0 = ReleaseWithoutAsm|x64
{C52F9E7B-498A-42BE-8DB4-85A15694366A}.Debug|Itanium.ActiveCfg = Debug|Win32
{C52F9E7B-498A-42BE-8DB4-85A15694366A}.Debug|Win32.ActiveCfg = Debug|Win32
{C52F9E7B-498A-42BE-8DB4-85A15694366A}.Debug|Win32.Build.0 = Debug|Win32
{C52F9E7B-498A-42BE-8DB4-85A15694366A}.Debug|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|x64
{C52F9E7B-498A-42BE-8DB4-85A15694366A}.Debug|x64.Build.0 = Debug|x64
{C52F9E7B-498A-42BE-8DB4-85A15694366A}.Release|Itanium.ActiveCfg = Release|Win32
{C52F9E7B-498A-42BE-8DB4-85A15694366A}.Release|Win32.ActiveCfg = Release|Win32
{C52F9E7B-498A-42BE-8DB4-85A15694366A}.Release|Win32.Build.0 = Release|Win32
{C52F9E7B-498A-42BE-8DB4-85A15694366A}.Release|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64
{C52F9E7B-498A-42BE-8DB4-85A15694366A}.Release|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64
{C52F9E7B-498A-42BE-8DB4-85A15694366A}.ReleaseWithoutAsm|Itanium.ActiveCfg = Release|Win32
{C52F9E7B-498A-42BE-8DB4-85A15694366A}.ReleaseWithoutAsm|Win32.ActiveCfg = Release|Win32
{C52F9E7B-498A-42BE-8DB4-85A15694366A}.ReleaseWithoutAsm|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64
{48CDD9DC-E09F-4135-9C0C-4FE50C3C654B}.Debug|Itanium.ActiveCfg = Debug|Win32
{48CDD9DC-E09F-4135-9C0C-4FE50C3C654B}.Debug|Win32.ActiveCfg = Debug|Win32
{48CDD9DC-E09F-4135-9C0C-4FE50C3C654B}.Debug|Win32.Build.0 = Debug|Win32
{48CDD9DC-E09F-4135-9C0C-4FE50C3C654B}.Debug|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|x64
{48CDD9DC-E09F-4135-9C0C-4FE50C3C654B}.Debug|x64.Build.0 = Debug|x64
{48CDD9DC-E09F-4135-9C0C-4FE50C3C654B}.Release|Itanium.ActiveCfg = Release|Win32
{48CDD9DC-E09F-4135-9C0C-4FE50C3C654B}.Release|Win32.ActiveCfg = Release|Win32
{48CDD9DC-E09F-4135-9C0C-4FE50C3C654B}.Release|Win32.Build.0 = Release|Win32
{48CDD9DC-E09F-4135-9C0C-4FE50C3C654B}.Release|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64
{48CDD9DC-E09F-4135-9C0C-4FE50C3C654B}.Release|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64
{48CDD9DC-E09F-4135-9C0C-4FE50C3C654B}.ReleaseWithoutAsm|Itanium.ActiveCfg = Release|Win32
{48CDD9DC-E09F-4135-9C0C-4FE50C3C654B}.ReleaseWithoutAsm|Win32.ActiveCfg = Release|Win32
{48CDD9DC-E09F-4135-9C0C-4FE50C3C654B}.ReleaseWithoutAsm|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64
{C52F9E7B-498A-42BE-8DB4-85A15694382A}.Debug|Itanium.ActiveCfg = Debug|Win32
{C52F9E7B-498A-42BE-8DB4-85A15694382A}.Debug|Win32.ActiveCfg = Debug|Win32
{C52F9E7B-498A-42BE-8DB4-85A15694382A}.Debug|Win32.Build.0 = Debug|Win32
{C52F9E7B-498A-42BE-8DB4-85A15694382A}.Debug|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|x64
{C52F9E7B-498A-42BE-8DB4-85A15694382A}.Debug|x64.Build.0 = Debug|x64
{C52F9E7B-498A-42BE-8DB4-85A15694382A}.Release|Itanium.ActiveCfg = Release|Win32
{C52F9E7B-498A-42BE-8DB4-85A15694382A}.Release|Win32.ActiveCfg = Release|Win32
{C52F9E7B-498A-42BE-8DB4-85A15694382A}.Release|Win32.Build.0 = Release|Win32
{C52F9E7B-498A-42BE-8DB4-85A15694382A}.Release|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64
{C52F9E7B-498A-42BE-8DB4-85A15694382A}.Release|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64
{C52F9E7B-498A-42BE-8DB4-85A15694382A}.ReleaseWithoutAsm|Itanium.ActiveCfg = Release|Win32
{C52F9E7B-498A-42BE-8DB4-85A15694382A}.ReleaseWithoutAsm|Win32.ActiveCfg = Release|Win32
{C52F9E7B-498A-42BE-8DB4-85A15694382A}.ReleaseWithoutAsm|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64
EndGlobalSection
GlobalSection(SolutionProperties) = preSolution
HideSolutionNode = FALSE
EndGlobalSection
EndGlobal
Microsoft Visual Studio Solution File, Format Version 12.00
# Visual Studio 14
VisualStudioVersion = 14.0.25420.1
MinimumVisualStudioVersion = 10.0.40219.1
Project("{8BC9CEB8-8B4A-11D0-8D11-00A0C91BC942}") = "zlibvc", "zlibvc.vcxproj", "{8FD826F8-3739-44E6-8CC8-997122E53B8D}"
EndProject
Project("{8BC9CEB8-8B4A-11D0-8D11-00A0C91BC942}") = "zlibstat", "zlibstat.vcxproj", "{745DEC58-EBB3-47A9-A9B8-4C6627C01BF8}"
EndProject
Project("{8BC9CEB8-8B4A-11D0-8D11-00A0C91BC942}") = "testzlib", "testzlib.vcxproj", "{AA6666AA-E09F-4135-9C0C-4FE50C3C654B}"
EndProject
Project("{8BC9CEB8-8B4A-11D0-8D11-00A0C91BC942}") = "testzlibdll", "testzlibdll.vcxproj", "{C52F9E7B-498A-42BE-8DB4-85A15694366A}"
EndProject
Project("{8BC9CEB8-8B4A-11D0-8D11-00A0C91BC942}") = "minizip", "minizip.vcxproj", "{48CDD9DC-E09F-4135-9C0C-4FE50C3C654B}"
EndProject
Project("{8BC9CEB8-8B4A-11D0-8D11-00A0C91BC942}") = "miniunz", "miniunz.vcxproj", "{C52F9E7B-498A-42BE-8DB4-85A15694382A}"
EndProject
Global
GlobalSection(SolutionConfigurationPlatforms) = preSolution
Debug|Itanium = Debug|Itanium
Debug|Win32 = Debug|Win32
Debug|x64 = Debug|x64
Release|Itanium = Release|Itanium
Release|Win32 = Release|Win32
Release|x64 = Release|x64
ReleaseWithoutAsm|Itanium = ReleaseWithoutAsm|Itanium
ReleaseWithoutAsm|Win32 = ReleaseWithoutAsm|Win32
ReleaseWithoutAsm|x64 = ReleaseWithoutAsm|x64
EndGlobalSection
GlobalSection(ProjectConfigurationPlatforms) = postSolution
{8FD826F8-3739-44E6-8CC8-997122E53B8D}.Debug|Itanium.ActiveCfg = Debug|Win32
{8FD826F8-3739-44E6-8CC8-997122E53B8D}.Debug|Win32.ActiveCfg = Debug|Win32
{8FD826F8-3739-44E6-8CC8-997122E53B8D}.Debug|Win32.Build.0 = Debug|Win32
{8FD826F8-3739-44E6-8CC8-997122E53B8D}.Debug|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|x64
{8FD826F8-3739-44E6-8CC8-997122E53B8D}.Debug|x64.Build.0 = Debug|x64
{8FD826F8-3739-44E6-8CC8-997122E53B8D}.Release|Itanium.ActiveCfg = Release|Win32
{8FD826F8-3739-44E6-8CC8-997122E53B8D}.Release|Win32.ActiveCfg = Release|Win32
{8FD826F8-3739-44E6-8CC8-997122E53B8D}.Release|Win32.Build.0 = Release|Win32
{8FD826F8-3739-44E6-8CC8-997122E53B8D}.Release|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64
{8FD826F8-3739-44E6-8CC8-997122E53B8D}.Release|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64
{8FD826F8-3739-44E6-8CC8-997122E53B8D}.ReleaseWithoutAsm|Itanium.ActiveCfg = ReleaseWithoutAsm|Win32
{8FD826F8-3739-44E6-8CC8-997122E53B8D}.ReleaseWithoutAsm|Win32.ActiveCfg = ReleaseWithoutAsm|Win32
{8FD826F8-3739-44E6-8CC8-997122E53B8D}.ReleaseWithoutAsm|Win32.Build.0 = ReleaseWithoutAsm|Win32
{8FD826F8-3739-44E6-8CC8-997122E53B8D}.ReleaseWithoutAsm|x64.ActiveCfg = ReleaseWithoutAsm|x64
{8FD826F8-3739-44E6-8CC8-997122E53B8D}.ReleaseWithoutAsm|x64.Build.0 = ReleaseWithoutAsm|x64
{745DEC58-EBB3-47A9-A9B8-4C6627C01BF8}.Debug|Itanium.ActiveCfg = Debug|Win32
{745DEC58-EBB3-47A9-A9B8-4C6627C01BF8}.Debug|Win32.ActiveCfg = Debug|Win32
{745DEC58-EBB3-47A9-A9B8-4C6627C01BF8}.Debug|Win32.Build.0 = Debug|Win32
{745DEC58-EBB3-47A9-A9B8-4C6627C01BF8}.Debug|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|x64
{745DEC58-EBB3-47A9-A9B8-4C6627C01BF8}.Debug|x64.Build.0 = Debug|x64
{745DEC58-EBB3-47A9-A9B8-4C6627C01BF8}.Release|Itanium.ActiveCfg = Release|Win32
{745DEC58-EBB3-47A9-A9B8-4C6627C01BF8}.Release|Win32.ActiveCfg = Release|Win32
{745DEC58-EBB3-47A9-A9B8-4C6627C01BF8}.Release|Win32.Build.0 = Release|Win32
{745DEC58-EBB3-47A9-A9B8-4C6627C01BF8}.Release|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64
{745DEC58-EBB3-47A9-A9B8-4C6627C01BF8}.Release|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64
{745DEC58-EBB3-47A9-A9B8-4C6627C01BF8}.ReleaseWithoutAsm|Itanium.ActiveCfg = ReleaseWithoutAsm|Win32
{745DEC58-EBB3-47A9-A9B8-4C6627C01BF8}.ReleaseWithoutAsm|Win32.ActiveCfg = ReleaseWithoutAsm|Win32
{745DEC58-EBB3-47A9-A9B8-4C6627C01BF8}.ReleaseWithoutAsm|Win32.Build.0 = ReleaseWithoutAsm|Win32
{745DEC58-EBB3-47A9-A9B8-4C6627C01BF8}.ReleaseWithoutAsm|x64.ActiveCfg = ReleaseWithoutAsm|x64
{745DEC58-EBB3-47A9-A9B8-4C6627C01BF8}.ReleaseWithoutAsm|x64.Build.0 = ReleaseWithoutAsm|x64
{AA6666AA-E09F-4135-9C0C-4FE50C3C654B}.Debug|Itanium.ActiveCfg = Debug|Win32
{AA6666AA-E09F-4135-9C0C-4FE50C3C654B}.Debug|Win32.ActiveCfg = Debug|Win32
{AA6666AA-E09F-4135-9C0C-4FE50C3C654B}.Debug|Win32.Build.0 = Debug|Win32
{AA6666AA-E09F-4135-9C0C-4FE50C3C654B}.Debug|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|x64
{AA6666AA-E09F-4135-9C0C-4FE50C3C654B}.Debug|x64.Build.0 = Debug|x64
{AA6666AA-E09F-4135-9C0C-4FE50C3C654B}.Release|Itanium.ActiveCfg = Release|Win32
{AA6666AA-E09F-4135-9C0C-4FE50C3C654B}.Release|Win32.ActiveCfg = Release|Win32
{AA6666AA-E09F-4135-9C0C-4FE50C3C654B}.Release|Win32.Build.0 = Release|Win32
{AA6666AA-E09F-4135-9C0C-4FE50C3C654B}.Release|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64
{AA6666AA-E09F-4135-9C0C-4FE50C3C654B}.Release|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64
{AA6666AA-E09F-4135-9C0C-4FE50C3C654B}.ReleaseWithoutAsm|Itanium.ActiveCfg = ReleaseWithoutAsm|Win32
{AA6666AA-E09F-4135-9C0C-4FE50C3C654B}.ReleaseWithoutAsm|Win32.ActiveCfg = ReleaseWithoutAsm|Win32
{AA6666AA-E09F-4135-9C0C-4FE50C3C654B}.ReleaseWithoutAsm|Win32.Build.0 = ReleaseWithoutAsm|Win32
{AA6666AA-E09F-4135-9C0C-4FE50C3C654B}.ReleaseWithoutAsm|x64.ActiveCfg = ReleaseWithoutAsm|x64
{AA6666AA-E09F-4135-9C0C-4FE50C3C654B}.ReleaseWithoutAsm|x64.Build.0 = ReleaseWithoutAsm|x64
{C52F9E7B-498A-42BE-8DB4-85A15694366A}.Debug|Itanium.ActiveCfg = Debug|Win32
{C52F9E7B-498A-42BE-8DB4-85A15694366A}.Debug|Win32.ActiveCfg = Debug|Win32
{C52F9E7B-498A-42BE-8DB4-85A15694366A}.Debug|Win32.Build.0 = Debug|Win32
{C52F9E7B-498A-42BE-8DB4-85A15694366A}.Debug|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|x64
{C52F9E7B-498A-42BE-8DB4-85A15694366A}.Debug|x64.Build.0 = Debug|x64
{C52F9E7B-498A-42BE-8DB4-85A15694366A}.Release|Itanium.ActiveCfg = Release|Win32
{C52F9E7B-498A-42BE-8DB4-85A15694366A}.Release|Win32.ActiveCfg = Release|Win32
{C52F9E7B-498A-42BE-8DB4-85A15694366A}.Release|Win32.Build.0 = Release|Win32
{C52F9E7B-498A-42BE-8DB4-85A15694366A}.Release|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64
{C52F9E7B-498A-42BE-8DB4-85A15694366A}.Release|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64
{C52F9E7B-498A-42BE-8DB4-85A15694366A}.ReleaseWithoutAsm|Itanium.ActiveCfg = Release|Win32
{C52F9E7B-498A-42BE-8DB4-85A15694366A}.ReleaseWithoutAsm|Win32.ActiveCfg = Release|Win32
{C52F9E7B-498A-42BE-8DB4-85A15694366A}.ReleaseWithoutAsm|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64
{48CDD9DC-E09F-4135-9C0C-4FE50C3C654B}.Debug|Itanium.ActiveCfg = Debug|Win32
{48CDD9DC-E09F-4135-9C0C-4FE50C3C654B}.Debug|Win32.ActiveCfg = Debug|Win32
{48CDD9DC-E09F-4135-9C0C-4FE50C3C654B}.Debug|Win32.Build.0 = Debug|Win32
{48CDD9DC-E09F-4135-9C0C-4FE50C3C654B}.Debug|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|x64
{48CDD9DC-E09F-4135-9C0C-4FE50C3C654B}.Debug|x64.Build.0 = Debug|x64
{48CDD9DC-E09F-4135-9C0C-4FE50C3C654B}.Release|Itanium.ActiveCfg = Release|Win32
{48CDD9DC-E09F-4135-9C0C-4FE50C3C654B}.Release|Win32.ActiveCfg = Release|Win32
{48CDD9DC-E09F-4135-9C0C-4FE50C3C654B}.Release|Win32.Build.0 = Release|Win32
{48CDD9DC-E09F-4135-9C0C-4FE50C3C654B}.Release|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64
{48CDD9DC-E09F-4135-9C0C-4FE50C3C654B}.Release|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64
{48CDD9DC-E09F-4135-9C0C-4FE50C3C654B}.ReleaseWithoutAsm|Itanium.ActiveCfg = Release|Win32
{48CDD9DC-E09F-4135-9C0C-4FE50C3C654B}.ReleaseWithoutAsm|Win32.ActiveCfg = Release|Win32
{48CDD9DC-E09F-4135-9C0C-4FE50C3C654B}.ReleaseWithoutAsm|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64
{C52F9E7B-498A-42BE-8DB4-85A15694382A}.Debug|Itanium.ActiveCfg = Debug|Win32
{C52F9E7B-498A-42BE-8DB4-85A15694382A}.Debug|Win32.ActiveCfg = Debug|Win32
{C52F9E7B-498A-42BE-8DB4-85A15694382A}.Debug|Win32.Build.0 = Debug|Win32
{C52F9E7B-498A-42BE-8DB4-85A15694382A}.Debug|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|x64
{C52F9E7B-498A-42BE-8DB4-85A15694382A}.Debug|x64.Build.0 = Debug|x64
{C52F9E7B-498A-42BE-8DB4-85A15694382A}.Release|Itanium.ActiveCfg = Release|Win32
{C52F9E7B-498A-42BE-8DB4-85A15694382A}.Release|Win32.ActiveCfg = Release|Win32
{C52F9E7B-498A-42BE-8DB4-85A15694382A}.Release|Win32.Build.0 = Release|Win32
{C52F9E7B-498A-42BE-8DB4-85A15694382A}.Release|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64
{C52F9E7B-498A-42BE-8DB4-85A15694382A}.Release|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64
{C52F9E7B-498A-42BE-8DB4-85A15694382A}.ReleaseWithoutAsm|Itanium.ActiveCfg = Release|Win32
{C52F9E7B-498A-42BE-8DB4-85A15694382A}.ReleaseWithoutAsm|Win32.ActiveCfg = Release|Win32
{C52F9E7B-498A-42BE-8DB4-85A15694382A}.ReleaseWithoutAsm|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64
EndGlobalSection
GlobalSection(SolutionProperties) = preSolution
HideSolutionNode = FALSE
EndGlobalSection
EndGlobal
+1 -1
View File
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
Microsoft Visual Studio Solution File, Format Version 10.00
# Visual Studio 2008
Project("{8BC9CEB8-8B4A-11D0-8D11-00A0C91BC942}") = "zlibvc", "zlibvc.vcproj", "{8FD826F8-3739-44E6-8CC8-997122E53B8D}"
-3
View File
@@ -247,9 +247,6 @@ record instead of a value. Otherwise, it is similar to
.PP
\fBTcl_SetErrorCodeVA\fR is the same as \fBTcl_SetErrorCode\fR except that
instead of taking a variable number of arguments it takes an argument list.
Interfaces using argument lists have been found to be nonportable in practice.
This function is deprecated and will be removed in Tcl 9.0.
.PP
The procedure \fBTcl_GetErrorLine\fR is used to read the integer value
of the \fB\-errorline\fR return option without the overhead of a full
+2 -16
View File
@@ -79,9 +79,7 @@ The number of elements in the \fIobjv\fR array.
The arguments to the command to create the instance of the class.
.AP int skip in
The number of arguments at the start of the argument array, \fIobjv\fR, that
are not arguments to any constructors. This allows the generation of correct
error messages even when complicated calling patterns are used (e.g., via the
\fBnext\fR command).
are not arguments to any constructors.
.AP Tcl_ObjectMetadataType *metaTypePtr in
The type of \fImetadata\fR being set with \fBTcl_ClassSetMetadata\fR or
retrieved with \fBTcl_ClassGetMetadata\fR.
@@ -111,9 +109,7 @@ may be retrieved using the \fBTcl_GetObjectCommand\fR function, the name of
the object (and hence the name of the command) with \fBTcl_GetObjectName\fR,
and the namespace may be retrieved using the \fBTcl_GetObjectNamespace\fR
function. Note that the Tcl_Obj reference returned by \fBTcl_GetObjectName\fR
is a shared reference. You can also get whether the object has been marked for
deletion with \fBTcl_ObjectDeleted\fR (it returns true if deletion of the
object has begun); this can be useful during the processing of methods.
is a shared reference.
.PP
Instances of classes are created using \fBTcl_NewObjectInstance\fR, which
creates an object from any class (and which is internally called by both
@@ -125,16 +121,6 @@ created object, or NULL if the creation failed (when an error message will be
left in the interpreter result). In addition, objects may be copied by using
\fBTcl_CopyObjectInstance\fR which creates a copy of an object without running
any constructors.
.PP
Note that the lifetime management of objects is handled internally within
TclOO, and does not use \fBTcl_Preserve\fR. \fIIt is not safe to put a
Tcl_Object handle in a C structure with a lifespan different to the object;\fR
you should use the object's command name (as retrieved with
\fBTcl_GetObjectName\fR) instead. It is safe to use a Tcl_Object handle for
the lifespan of a call of a method on that object; handles do not become
invalid while there is an outstanding call on their object (even if the only
operation guaranteed to be safe on them is \fBTcl_ObjectDeleted\fR; the other
operations are only guaranteed to work on non-deleted objects).
.SH "OBJECT AND CLASS METADATA"
.PP
Every object and every class may have arbitrary amounts of metadata attached
+2 -2
View File
@@ -648,8 +648,8 @@ It should call \fBTcl_BadChannelOption\fR which itself returns
unrecognized.
If \fInewValue\fR specifies a value for the option that
is not supported or if a system call error occurs,
the function should leave an error message in the result
of \fIinterp\fR if \fIinterp\fR is not NULL. The
the function should leave an error message in the
\fIresult\fR field of \fIinterp\fR if \fIinterp\fR is not NULL. The
function should also call \fBTcl_SetErrno\fR to store an appropriate POSIX
error code.
.PP
+6
View File
@@ -22,8 +22,10 @@ Tcl_Interp *
int
\fBTcl_InterpDeleted\fR(\fIinterp\fR)
.sp
.VS 8.6
int
\fBTcl_InterpActive\fR(\fIinterp\fR)
.VE 8.6
.SH ARGUMENTS
.AS Tcl_Interp *interp
.AP Tcl_Interp *interp in
@@ -68,12 +70,14 @@ deleted and when the whole interpreter is being deleted. In the former case
the callback may recreate the data being deleted, but this would lead to an
infinite loop if the interpreter were being deleted.
.PP
.VS 8.6
\fBTcl_InterpActive\fR is useful for determining whether there is any
execution of scripts ongoing in an interpreter, which is a useful piece of
information when Tcl is embedded in a garbage-collected environment and it
becomes necessary to determine whether the interpreter is a candidate for
deletion. The function returns a true value if the interpreter has at least
one active execution running inside it, and a false value otherwise.
.VE 8.6
.SH "INTERPRETERS AND MEMORY MANAGEMENT"
.PP
\fBTcl_DeleteInterp\fR can be called at any time on an interpreter that may
@@ -134,10 +138,12 @@ All uses of interpreters in Tcl and Tk have already been protected.
Extension writers should ensure that their code also properly protects any
additional interpreters used, as described above.
.PP
.VS 8.6
Note that the protection mechanisms do not work well with conventional garbage
collection systems. When in such a managed environment, \fBTcl_InterpActive\fR
should be used to determine when an interpreter is a candidate for deletion
due to inactivity.
.VE 8.6
.SH "SEE ALSO"
Tcl_Preserve(3), Tcl_Release(3)
.SH KEYWORDS
+52 -67
View File
@@ -4,11 +4,11 @@
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tcl_CreateAlias 3 7.6 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
.TH Tcl_CreateSlave 3 7.6 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tcl_IsSafe, Tcl_MakeSafe, Tcl_CreateChild, Tcl_CreateSlave, Tcl_GetChild, Tcl_GetSlave, Tcl_GetParent, Tcl_GetMaster, Tcl_GetInterpPath, Tcl_CreateAlias, Tcl_CreateAliasObj, Tcl_GetAlias, Tcl_GetAliasObj, Tcl_ExposeCommand, Tcl_HideCommand \- manage multiple Tcl interpreters, aliases and hidden commands
Tcl_IsSafe, Tcl_MakeSafe, Tcl_CreateSlave, Tcl_GetSlave, Tcl_GetMaster, Tcl_GetInterpPath, Tcl_CreateAlias, Tcl_CreateAliasObj, Tcl_GetAlias, Tcl_GetAliasObj, Tcl_ExposeCommand, Tcl_HideCommand \- manage multiple Tcl interpreters, aliases and hidden commands
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf
\fB#include <tcl.h>\fR
@@ -20,40 +20,31 @@ int
\fBTcl_MakeSafe\fR(\fIinterp\fR)
.sp
Tcl_Interp *
\fBTcl_CreateChild\fR(\fIinterp, name, isSafe\fR)
\fBTcl_CreateSlave\fR(\fIinterp, slaveName, isSafe\fR)
.sp
Tcl_Interp *
\fBTcl_CreateSlave\fR(\fIinterp, name, isSafe\fR)
.sp
Tcl_Interp *
\fBTcl_GetSlave\fR(\fIinterp, name\fR)
.sp
Tcl_Interp *
\fBTcl_GetChild\fR(\fIinterp, name\fR)
\fBTcl_GetSlave\fR(\fIinterp, slaveName\fR)
.sp
Tcl_Interp *
\fBTcl_GetMaster\fR(\fIinterp\fR)
.sp
Tcl_Interp *
\fBTcl_GetParent\fR(\fIinterp\fR)
int
\fBTcl_GetInterpPath\fR(\fIaskingInterp, slaveInterp\fR)
.sp
int
\fBTcl_GetInterpPath\fR(\fIinterp, childInterp\fR)
.sp
int
\fBTcl_CreateAlias\fR(\fIchildInterp, childCmd, targetInterp, targetCmd,
\fBTcl_CreateAlias\fR(\fIslaveInterp, slaveCmd, targetInterp, targetCmd,
argc, argv\fR)
.sp
int
\fBTcl_CreateAliasObj\fR(\fIchildInterp, childCmd, targetInterp, targetCmd,
\fBTcl_CreateAliasObj\fR(\fIslaveInterp, slaveCmd, targetInterp, targetCmd,
objc, objv\fR)
.sp
int
\fBTcl_GetAlias\fR(\fIinterp, childCmd, targetInterpPtr, targetCmdPtr,
\fBTcl_GetAlias\fR(\fIinterp, slaveCmd, targetInterpPtr, targetCmdPtr,
argcPtr, argvPtr\fR)
.sp
int
\fBTcl_GetAliasObj\fR(\fIinterp, childCmd, targetInterpPtr, targetCmdPtr,
\fBTcl_GetAliasObj\fR(\fIinterp, slaveCmd, targetInterpPtr, targetCmdPtr,
objcPtr, objvPtr\fR)
.sp
int
@@ -65,17 +56,17 @@ int
.AS "const char *const" **targetInterpPtr out
.AP Tcl_Interp *interp in
Interpreter in which to execute the specified command.
.AP "const char" *name in
Name of child interpreter to create or manipulate.
.AP "const char" *slaveName in
Name of slave interpreter to create or manipulate.
.AP int isSafe in
If non-zero, a
.QW safe
child that is suitable for running untrusted code
is created, otherwise a trusted child is created.
.AP Tcl_Interp *childInterp in
slave that is suitable for running untrusted code
is created, otherwise a trusted slave is created.
.AP Tcl_Interp *slaveInterp in
Interpreter to use for creating the source command for an alias (see
below).
.AP "const char" *childCmd in
.AP "const char" *slaveCmd in
Name of source command for alias.
.AP Tcl_Interp *targetInterp in
Interpreter that contains the target command for an alias.
@@ -128,21 +119,19 @@ in a hierarchical relationship, and the management of aliases, commands
that when invoked in one interpreter execute a command in another
interpreter. The return value for those procedures that return an \fBint\fR
is either \fBTCL_OK\fR or \fBTCL_ERROR\fR. If \fBTCL_ERROR\fR is returned
then the interpreter's result contains an error message.
then the \fBresult\fR field of the interpreter contains an error message.
.PP
\fBTcl_CreateChild\fR creates a new interpreter as a child of \fIinterp\fR.
It also creates a child command named \fIname\fR in \fIinterp\fR which
allows \fIinterp\fR to manipulate the new child.
If \fIisSafe\fR is zero, the command creates a trusted child in which Tcl
\fBTcl_CreateSlave\fR creates a new interpreter as a slave of \fIinterp\fR.
It also creates a slave command named \fIslaveName\fR in \fIinterp\fR which
allows \fIinterp\fR to manipulate the new slave.
If \fIisSafe\fR is zero, the command creates a trusted slave in which Tcl
code has access to all the Tcl commands.
If it is \fB1\fR, the command creates a
.QW safe
child in which Tcl code has access only to set of Tcl commands defined as
slave in which Tcl code has access only to set of Tcl commands defined as
.QW "Safe Tcl" ;
see the manual entry for the Tcl \fBinterp\fR command for details.
If the creation of the new child interpreter failed, \fBNULL\fR is returned.
.PP
\fBTcl_CreateSlave\fR is a synonym for \fBTcl_CreateChild\fR.
If the creation of the new slave interpreter failed, \fBNULL\fR is returned.
.PP
\fBTcl_IsSafe\fR returns \fB1\fR if \fIinterp\fR is
.QW safe
@@ -158,38 +147,34 @@ from \fIinterp\fR. However, it cannot know what parts of an extension
or application are safe and does not make any attempt to remove those
parts, so safety is not guaranteed after calling \fBTcl_MakeSafe\fR.
Callers will want to take care with their use of \fBTcl_MakeSafe\fR
to avoid false claims of safety. For many situations, \fBTcl_CreateChild\fR
to avoid false claims of safety. For many situations, \fBTcl_CreateSlave\fR
may be a better choice, since it creates interpreters in a known-safe state.
.PP
\fBTcl_GetChild\fR returns a pointer to a child interpreter of
\fIinterp\fR. The child interpreter is identified by \fIname\fR.
If no such child interpreter exists, \fBNULL\fR is returned.
\fBTcl_GetSlave\fR returns a pointer to a slave interpreter of
\fIinterp\fR. The slave interpreter is identified by \fIslaveName\fR.
If no such slave interpreter exists, \fBNULL\fR is returned.
.PP
\fBTcl_GetSlave\fR is a synonym for \fBTcl_GetChild\fR.
.PP
\fBTcl_GetParent\fR returns a pointer to the parent interpreter of
\fIinterp\fR. If \fIinterp\fR has no parent (it is a
\fBTcl_GetMaster\fR returns a pointer to the master interpreter of
\fIinterp\fR. If \fIinterp\fR has no master (it is a
top-level interpreter) then \fBNULL\fR is returned.
.PP
\fBTcl_GetMaster\fR is a synonym for \fBTcl_GetParent\fR.
.PP
\fBTcl_GetInterpPath\fR stores in the result of \fIinterp\fR
the relative path between \fIinterp\fR and \fIchildInterp\fR;
\fIchildInterp\fR must be a child of \fIinterp\fR. If the computation
\fBTcl_GetInterpPath\fR sets the \fIresult\fR field in \fIaskingInterp\fR
to the relative path between \fIaskingInterp\fR and \fIslaveInterp\fR;
\fIslaveInterp\fR must be a slave of \fIaskingInterp\fR. If the computation
of the relative path succeeds, \fBTCL_OK\fR is returned, else
\fBTCL_ERROR\fR is returned and an error message is stored as the
result of \fIinterp\fR.
\fBTCL_ERROR\fR is returned and the \fIresult\fR field in
\fIaskingInterp\fR contains the error message.
.PP
\fBTcl_CreateAlias\fR creates a command named \fIchildCmd\fR in
\fIchildInterp\fR that when invoked, will cause the command \fItargetCmd\fR
\fBTcl_CreateAlias\fR creates a command named \fIslaveCmd\fR in
\fIslaveInterp\fR that when invoked, will cause the command \fItargetCmd\fR
to be invoked in \fItargetInterp\fR. The arguments specified by the strings
contained in \fIargv\fR are always prepended to any arguments supplied in the
invocation of \fIchildCmd\fR and passed to \fItargetCmd\fR.
invocation of \fIslaveCmd\fR and passed to \fItargetCmd\fR.
This operation returns \fBTCL_OK\fR if it succeeds, or \fBTCL_ERROR\fR if
it fails; in that case, an error message is left in the value result
of \fIchildInterp\fR.
of \fIslaveInterp\fR.
Note that there are no restrictions on the ancestry relationship (as
created by \fBTcl_CreateChild\fR) between \fIchildInterp\fR and
created by \fBTcl_CreateSlave\fR) between \fIslaveInterp\fR and
\fItargetInterp\fR. Any two interpreters can be used, without any
restrictions on how they are related.
.PP
@@ -213,33 +198,33 @@ the set of hidden commands to the set of exposed commands, putting
it under the name
\fIcmdName\fR.
\fIHiddenCmdName\fR must be the name of an existing hidden
command, or the operation will return \fBTCL_ERROR\fR and
leave an error message as the result of \fIinterp\fR.
command, or the operation will return \fBTCL_ERROR\fR and leave an error
message in the \fIresult\fR field in \fIinterp\fR.
If an exposed command named \fIcmdName\fR already exists,
the operation returns \fBTCL_ERROR\fR and leaves an error message as
the result of \fIinterp\fR.
the operation returns \fBTCL_ERROR\fR and leaves an error message in the
value result of \fIinterp\fR.
If the operation succeeds, it returns \fBTCL_OK\fR.
After executing this command, attempts to use \fIcmdName\fR in any
script evaluation mechanism will again succeed.
After executing this command, attempts to use \fIcmdName\fR in a call to
\fBTcl_Eval\fR or with the Tcl \fBeval\fR command will again succeed.
.PP
\fBTcl_HideCommand\fR moves the command named \fIcmdName\fR from the set of
exposed commands to the set of hidden commands, under the name
\fIhiddenCmdName\fR.
\fICmdName\fR must be the name of an existing exposed
command, or the operation will return \fBTCL_ERROR\fR and leave an error
message as the result of \fIinterp\fR.
message in the value result of \fIinterp\fR.
Currently both \fIcmdName\fR and \fIhiddenCmdName\fR must not contain
namespace qualifiers, or the operation will return \fBTCL_ERROR\fR and
leave an error message as the result of \fIinterp\fR.
leave an error message in the value result of \fIinterp\fR.
The \fICmdName\fR will be looked up in the global namespace, and not
relative to the current namespace, even if the current namespace is not the
global one.
If a hidden command whose name is \fIhiddenCmdName\fR already
exists, the operation also returns \fBTCL_ERROR\fR and an error
message is left as the result of \fIinterp\fR.
exists, the operation also returns \fBTCL_ERROR\fR and the \fIresult\fR
field in \fIinterp\fR contains an error message.
If the operation succeeds, it returns \fBTCL_OK\fR.
After executing this command, attempts to use \fIcmdName\fR in
any script evaluation mechanism will fail.
After executing this command, attempts to use \fIcmdName\fR in a call to
\fBTcl_Eval\fR or with the Tcl \fBeval\fR command will fail.
.PP
For a description of the Tcl interface to multiple interpreters, see
\fIinterp(n)\fR.
@@ -248,4 +233,4 @@ interp
.SH KEYWORDS
alias, command, exposed commands, hidden commands, interpreter, invoke,
parent, child
master, slave
+6 -12
View File
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tcl_GetEncoding, Tcl_FreeEncoding, Tcl_GetEncodingFromObj, Tcl_ExternalToUtfDString, Tcl_ExternalToUtf, Tcl_UtfToExternalDString, Tcl_UtfToExternal, Tcl_GetEncodingName, Tcl_SetSystemEncoding, Tcl_GetEncodingNameFromEnvironment, Tcl_GetEncodingNames, Tcl_CreateEncoding, Tcl_GetEncodingSearchPath, Tcl_SetEncodingSearchPath, Tcl_GetDefaultEncodingDir, Tcl_SetDefaultEncodingDir \- procedures for creating and using encodings
Tcl_GetEncoding, Tcl_FreeEncoding, Tcl_GetEncodingFromObj, Tcl_ExternalToUtfDString, Tcl_ExternalToUtf, Tcl_UtfToExternalDString, Tcl_UtfToExternal, Tcl_WinTCharToUtf, Tcl_WinUtfToTChar, Tcl_GetEncodingName, Tcl_SetSystemEncoding, Tcl_GetEncodingNameFromEnvironment, Tcl_GetEncodingNames, Tcl_CreateEncoding, Tcl_GetEncodingSearchPath, Tcl_SetEncodingSearchPath, Tcl_GetDefaultEncodingDir, Tcl_SetDefaultEncodingDir \- procedures for creating and using encodings
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf
\fB#include <tcl.h>\fR
@@ -255,17 +255,11 @@ is filled with the corresponding number of bytes that were stored in
\fIdst\fR. The return values are the same as the return values for
\fBTcl_ExternalToUtf\fR.
.PP
\fBTcl_WinUtfToTChar\fR and \fBTcl_WinTCharToUtf\fR are Windows-only
convenience functions for converting between UTF-8 and Windows strings
based on the TCHAR type which is by convention a Unicode character on
Windows NT. Those functions are deprecated. You can use
\fBTcl_UtfToWCharDString\fR resp. \fBTcl_WCharToUtfDString\fR as replacement.
If you want compatibility with earlier Tcl releases than 8.7, use
\fBTcl_UtfToUniCharDString\fR resp. \fBTcl_UniCharToUtfDString\fR as
replacement, and make sure you compile your extension with -DTCL_UTF_MAX=3.
Beware: Those replacement functions don't initialize their Tcl_DString (you'll
have to do that yourself), and \fBTcl_UniCharToUtfDString\fR from Tcl 8.6
doesn't accept -1 as length parameter.
\fBTcl_WinUtfToTChar\fR and \fBTcl_WinTCharToUtf\fR are
Windows-only convenience
functions for converting between UTF-8 and Windows strings
based on the TCHAR type which is by convention
a Unicode character on Windows NT.
.PP
\fBTcl_GetEncodingName\fR is roughly the inverse of \fBTcl_GetEncoding\fR.
Given an \fIencoding\fR, the return value is the \fIname\fR argument that
+4
View File
@@ -36,11 +36,13 @@ int
int
\fBTcl_SetEnsembleMappingDict\fR(\fIinterp, token, dictObj\fR)
.sp
.VS 8.6
int
\fBTcl_GetEnsembleParameterList\fR(\fIinterp, token, listObjPtr\fR)
.sp
int
\fBTcl_SetEnsembleParameterList\fR(\fIinterp, token, listObj\fR)
.VE 8.6
.sp
int
\fBTcl_GetEnsembleSubcommandList\fR(\fIinterp, token, listObjPtr\fR)
@@ -161,6 +163,7 @@ All command names in prefixes set via \fBTcl_SetEnsembleMappingDict\fR
must be fully qualified.
.TP
\fBformal pre-subcommand parameter list\fR (read-write)
.VS 8.6
A list of formal parameter names (the names only being used when generating
error messages) that come at invocation of the ensemble between the name of
the ensemble and the subcommand argument. NULL (the default) is equivalent to
@@ -171,6 +174,7 @@ respectively. The result of both of those functions is a Tcl result code
ensemble) and the
dictionary obtained from \fBTcl_GetEnsembleParameterList\fR should always be
treated as immutable even if it is unshared.
.VE 8.6
.TP
\fBsubcommand list\fR (read-write)
.
+2 -3
View File
@@ -150,14 +150,13 @@ equivalent to using the \fBTCL_EVAL_GLOBAL\fR flag (see below).
of any length, concatenates them into a single string,
then calls \fBTcl_Eval\fR to execute that string as a Tcl command.
It returns the result of the command and also modifies
the interpreter result in the same way as \fBTcl_Eval\fR.
\fIinterp->result\fR in the same way as \fBTcl_Eval\fR.
The last argument to \fBTcl_VarEval\fR must be NULL to indicate the end
of arguments. \fBTcl_VarEval\fR is now deprecated.
.PP
\fBTcl_VarEvalVA\fR is the same as \fBTcl_VarEval\fR except that
instead of taking a variable number of arguments it takes an argument
list. Interfaces using argument lists have been found to be nonportable
in practice. This function is deprecated and will be removed in Tcl 9.0.
list. Like \fBTcl_VarEval\fR, \fBTcl_VarEvalVA\fR is deprecated.
.SH "FLAG BITS"
.PP
-3
View File
@@ -134,9 +134,6 @@ finalization of Tcl's subsystems via \fBTcl_Finalize\fR at an
appropriate time. The argument passed to \fIproc\fR when it is
invoked will be the exit status code (as passed to \fBTcl_Exit\fR)
cast to a ClientData value.
.PP
\fBTcl_SetExitProc\fR can not be used in stub-enabled extensions. Its symbol
entry in the stub table is deprecated and it will be removed in Tcl 9.0.
.SH "SEE ALSO"
exit(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
+14 -4
View File
@@ -63,8 +63,10 @@ int
\fBTcl_FSLoadFile\fR(\fIinterp, pathPtr, sym1, sym2, proc1Ptr, proc2Ptr,
loadHandlePtr, unloadProcPtr\fR)
.sp
.VS 8.6
int
\fBTcl_FSUnloadFile\fR(\fIinterp, loadHandle\fR)
.VE 8.6
.sp
int
\fBTcl_FSMatchInDirectory\fR(\fIinterp, resultPtr, pathPtr, pattern, types\fR)
@@ -144,6 +146,7 @@ Tcl_Obj *
Tcl_StatBuf *
\fBTcl_AllocStatBuf\fR()
.sp
.VS 8.6
Tcl_WideInt
\fBTcl_GetAccessTimeFromStat\fR(\fIstatPtr\fR)
.sp
@@ -182,6 +185,7 @@ Tcl_WideUInt
.sp
int
\fBTcl_GetUserIdFromStat\fR(\fIstatPtr\fR)
.VE 8.6
.SH ARGUMENTS
.AS Tcl_GlobTypeData **srcPathPtr out
.AP "const Tcl_Filesystem" *fsPtr in
@@ -414,7 +418,7 @@ caller (with a reference count of 0).
the encoding identified by \fIencodingName\fR and evaluates
its contents as a Tcl script. It returns the same information as
\fBTcl_EvalObjEx\fR.
If \fIencodingName\fR is NULL, the utf-8 encoding is used for
If \fIencodingName\fR is NULL, the system encoding is used for
reading the file contents.
If the file could not be read then a Tcl error is returned to describe
why the file could not be read.
@@ -430,7 +434,7 @@ or
which will be safely substituted by the Tcl interpreter into
.QW ^Z .
\fBTcl_FSEvalFile\fR is a simpler version of
\fBTcl_FSEvalFileEx\fR that always uses the utf-8 encoding
\fBTcl_FSEvalFileEx\fR that always uses the system encoding
when reading the file.
.PP
\fBTcl_FSLoadFile\fR dynamically loads a binary code file into memory and
@@ -440,16 +444,20 @@ belongs will be called. If that filesystem does not implement this
function (most virtual filesystems will not, because of OS limitations
in dynamically loading binary code), Tcl will attempt to copy the file
to a temporary directory and load that temporary file.
.VS 8.6
\fBTcl_FSUnloadFile\fR reverses the operation, asking for the library
indicated by the \fIloadHandle\fR to be removed from the process. Note that,
unlike with the \fBunload\fR command, this does not give the library any
opportunity to clean up.
.VE 8.6
.PP
Both the above functions return a standard Tcl completion code. If an error
occurs, an error message is left in the \fIinterp\fR's result.
.PP
.VS 8.6
The token provided via the variable indicated by \fIloadHandlePtr\fR may be
used with \fBTcl_FindSymbol\fR.
.VE 8.6
.PP
\fBTcl_FSMatchInDirectory\fR is used by the globbing code to search a
directory for all files which match a given pattern. The appropriate
@@ -787,6 +795,7 @@ may be deallocated by being passed to \fBckfree\fR). This allows extensions to
invoke \fBTcl_FSStat\fR and \fBTcl_FSLstat\fR without being dependent on the
size of the buffer. That in turn depends on the flags used to build Tcl.
.PP
.VS 8.6
The portable fields of a \fITcl_StatBuf\fR may be read using the following
functions, each of which returns the value of the corresponding field listed
in the table below. Note that on some platforms there may be other fields in
@@ -810,6 +819,7 @@ for a full description of these fields.
\fBTcl_GetBlocksFromStat\fR st_blocks
\fBTcl_GetBlockSizeFromStat\fR st_blksize
.DE
.VE 8.6
.SH "THE VIRTUAL FILESYSTEM API"
.PP
A filesystem provides a \fBTcl_Filesystem\fR structure that contains
@@ -1340,11 +1350,11 @@ is considered to be owned by the filesystem (not by Tcl's core), but
should be given a reference count for Tcl. Tcl will use the contents of the
list and then decrement that reference count. This allows filesystems to
choose whether they actually want to retain a
.QW "global list"
.QW "master list"
of volumes
or not (if not, they generate the list on the fly and pass it to Tcl
with a reference count of 1 and then forget about the list, if yes, then
they simply increment the reference count of their global list and pass it
they simply increment the reference count of their master list and pass it
to Tcl which will copy the contents and then decrement the count back
to where it was).
.PP
+1 -3
View File
@@ -58,8 +58,6 @@ internal full path name of the executable file as computed by
equivalent to the \fBinfo nameofexecutable\fR command. NULL
is returned if the internal full path name has not been
computed or unknown.
.PP
\fBTcl_FindExecutable\fR can not be used in stub-enabled extensions. Its symbol
entry in the stub table is deprecated and it will be removed in Tcl 9.0.
.SH KEYWORDS
binary, executable file
+6 -13
View File
@@ -27,22 +27,19 @@ Interpreter to use for error reporting; if NULL, then no message is
provided on errors.
.AP Tcl_Obj *objPtr in/out
The string value of this value is used to search through \fItablePtr\fR.
If the \fBTCL_INDEX_TEMP_TABLE\fR flag is not specified,
the internal representation is modified to hold the index of the matching
The internal representation is modified to hold the index of the matching
table entry.
.AP "const char *const" *tablePtr in
An array of null-terminated strings. The end of the array is marked
by a NULL string pointer.
Note that, unless the \fBTCL_INDEX_TEMP_TABLE\fR flag is specified,
references to the \fItablePtr\fR may be retained in the
Note that references to the \fItablePtr\fR may be retained in the
internal representation of \fIobjPtr\fR, so this should represent the
address of a statically-allocated array.
.AP "const void" *structTablePtr in
An array of arbitrary type, typically some \fBstruct\fR type.
The first member of the structure must be a null-terminated string.
The size of the structure is given by \fIoffset\fR.
Note that, unless the \fBTCL_INDEX_TEMP_TABLE\fR flag is specified,
references to the \fIstructTablePtr\fR may be retained in the
Note that references to the \fIstructTablePtr\fR may be retained in the
internal representation of \fIobjPtr\fR, so this should represent the
address of a statically-allocated array of structures.
.AP int offset in
@@ -53,8 +50,7 @@ Null-terminated string describing what is being looked up, such as
\fBoption\fR. This string is included in error messages.
.AP int flags in
OR-ed combination of bits providing additional information for
operation. The only bits that are currently defined are \fBTCL_EXACT\fR
and \fBTCL_INDEX_TEMP_TABLE\fR.
operation. The only bit that is currently defined is \fBTCL_EXACT\fR.
.AP int *indexPtr out
The index of the string in \fItablePtr\fR that matches the value of
\fIobjPtr\fR is returned here.
@@ -80,8 +76,7 @@ error message to indicate what was being looked up. For example,
if \fImsg\fR is \fBoption\fR the error message will have a form like
.QW "\fBbad option \N'34'firt\N'34': must be first, second, or third\fR" .
.PP
If the \fBTCL_INDEX_TEMP_TABLE\fR was not specified, when
\fBTcl_GetIndexFromObj\fR completes successfully it modifies the
If \fBTcl_GetIndexFromObj\fR completes successfully it modifies the
internal representation of \fIobjPtr\fR to hold the address of
the table and the index of the matching entry. If \fBTcl_GetIndexFromObj\fR
is invoked again with the same \fIobjPtr\fR and \fItablePtr\fR
@@ -89,9 +84,7 @@ arguments (e.g. during a reinvocation of a Tcl command), it returns
the matching index immediately without having to redo the lookup
operation. Note: \fBTcl_GetIndexFromObj\fR assumes that the entries
in \fItablePtr\fR are static: they must not change between
invocations. This caching mechanism can be disallowed by specifying
the \fBTCL_INDEX_TEMP_TABLE\fR flag.
If the value of \fIobjPtr\fR is the empty string,
invocations. If the value of \fIobjPtr\fR is the empty string,
\fBTcl_GetIndexFromObj\fR will treat it as a non-matching value
and return \fBTCL_ERROR\fR.
.PP
-31
View File
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 2018 Tcl Core Team
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.so man.macros
.TH Tcl_InitSubsystems 3 8.7 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
.BS
.SH NAME
Tcl_InitSubsystems \- initialize the Tcl library.
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf
\fB#include <tcl.h>\fR
.sp
void
\fBTcl_InitSubsystems\fR(\fIvoid\fR)
.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
The \fBTcl_InitSubsystems\fR procedure initializes the Tcl
library. This procedure is typically invoked as the very
first thing in the application's main program.
.PP
\fBTcl_InitSubsystems\fR is very similar in use to
\fBTcl_FindExecutable\fR. It can be used when Tcl is
used as utility library, no other encodings than utf8,
iso8859-1 or unicode are used, and no interest exists in the
value of \fBinfo nameofexecutable\fR. The system encoding will not
be extracted from the environment, but falls back to iso8859-1.
.SH KEYWORDS
binary, executable file
+1 -16
View File
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tcl_NewIntObj, Tcl_NewLongObj, Tcl_NewWideIntObj, Tcl_SetIntObj, Tcl_SetLongObj, Tcl_SetWideIntObj, Tcl_GetIntFromObj, Tcl_GetIntForIndex, Tcl_GetLongFromObj, Tcl_GetWideIntFromObj, Tcl_NewBignumObj, Tcl_SetBignumObj, Tcl_GetBignumFromObj, Tcl_TakeBignumFromObj \- manipulate Tcl values as integers
Tcl_NewIntObj, Tcl_NewLongObj, Tcl_NewWideIntObj, Tcl_SetIntObj, Tcl_SetLongObj, Tcl_SetWideIntObj, Tcl_GetIntFromObj, Tcl_GetLongFromObj, Tcl_GetWideIntFromObj, Tcl_NewBignumObj, Tcl_SetBignumObj, Tcl_GetBignumFromObj, Tcl_TakeBignumFromObj \- manipulate Tcl values as integers
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf
\fB#include <tcl.h>\fR
@@ -32,9 +32,6 @@ int
\fBTcl_GetIntFromObj\fR(\fIinterp, objPtr, intPtr\fR)
.sp
int
\fBTcl_GetIntForIndex\fR(\fIinterp, objPtr, endValue, intPtr\fR)
.sp
int
\fBTcl_GetLongFromObj\fR(\fIinterp, objPtr, longPtr\fR)
.sp
int
@@ -58,8 +55,6 @@ int
\fBTcl_InitBignumFromDouble\fR(\fIinterp, doubleValue, bigValue\fR)
.SH ARGUMENTS
.AS Tcl_WideInt doubleValue in/out
.AP int endValue in
\fBTcl_GetIntForIndex\fR will return this when the input value is "end".
.AP int intValue in
Integer value used to initialize or set a Tcl value.
.AP long longValue in
@@ -120,16 +115,6 @@ violates Tcl's copy-on-write policy. Any existing string representation
or internal representation in the unshared Tcl value will be freed
as a consequence of setting the new value.
.PP
The \fBTcl_GetIntForIndex\fR routine attempts to retrieve an index
value from the Tcl value \fIobjPtr\fR. If the attempt succeeds,
then \fBTCL_OK\fR is returned, and the value is written to the
storage provided by the caller. The attempt might fail if
\fIobjPtr\fR does not hold an index value. If the attempt fails,
then \fBTCL_ERROR\fR is returned, and if \fIinterp\fR is non-NULL,
an error message is left in \fIinterp\fR. The \fBTcl_ObjType\fR
of \fIobjPtr\fR may be changed to make subsequent calls to the
same routine more efficient.
.PP
The \fBTcl_GetIntFromObj\fR, \fBTcl_GetLongFromObj\fR,
\fBTcl_GetWideIntFromObj\fR, \fBTcl_GetBignumFromObj\fR, and
\fBTcl_TakeBignumFromObj\fR routines attempt to retrieve an integral
+106 -13
View File
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tcl_Interp 3 8.7 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
.TH Tcl_Interp 3 7.5 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
@@ -15,9 +15,9 @@ Tcl_Interp \- client-visible fields of interpreter structures
\fB#include <tcl.h>\fR
.sp
typedef struct {
char *\fIresult\fR; /* NO LONGER AVAILABLE */
Tcl_FreeProc *\fIfreeProc\fR; /* NO LONGER AVAILABLE */
int \fIerrorLine\fR; /* NO LONGER AVAILABLE */
char *\fIresult\fR;
Tcl_FreeProc *\fIfreeProc\fR;
int \fIerrorLine\fR;
} \fBTcl_Interp\fR;
typedef void \fBTcl_FreeProc\fR(
@@ -25,17 +25,110 @@ typedef void \fBTcl_FreeProc\fR(
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
The \fBTcl_CreateInterp\fR procedure returns a pointer to a \fBTcl_Interp\fR
The \fBTcl_CreateInterp\fR procedure returns a pointer to a Tcl_Interp
structure. Callers of \fBTcl_CreateInterp\fR should use this pointer
as an opaque token, suitable for nothing other than passing back to
other routines in the Tcl interface from the same thread that called
\fBTcl_CreateInterp\fR. The \fBTcl_Interp\fR struct no longer has any
supported client-visible fields. Supported public routines such as
\fBTcl_SetResult\fR, \fBTcl_GetResult\fR, \fBTcl_SetErrorLine\fR,
\fBTcl_GetErrorLine\fR must be used instead.
other routines in the Tcl interface. Accessing fields directly through
the pointer as described below is no longer supported. The supported
public routines \fBTcl_SetResult\fR, \fBTcl_GetResult\fR,
\fBTcl_SetErrorLine\fR, \fBTcl_GetErrorLine\fR must be used instead.
.PP
Any legacy programs and extensions trying to access the fields above
in their source code will need conversion to compile for Tcl 8.7 and later.
For legacy programs and extensions no longer being maintained, compiles
against the Tcl 8.6 header files are only possible with the compiler
directives
.CS
#define USE_INTERP_RESULT
.CE
and/or
.CS
#define USE_INTERP_ERRORLINE
.CE
depending on which fields of the \fBTcl_Interp\fR struct are accessed.
These directives may be embedded in code or supplied via compiler options.
.PP
The \fIresult\fR and \fIfreeProc\fR fields are used to return
results or error messages from commands.
This information is returned by command procedures back to \fBTcl_Eval\fR,
and by \fBTcl_Eval\fR back to its callers.
The \fIresult\fR field points to the string that represents the
result or error message, and the \fIfreeProc\fR field tells how
to dispose of the storage for the string when it is not needed anymore.
The easiest way for command procedures to manipulate these
fields is to call procedures like \fBTcl_SetResult\fR
or \fBTcl_AppendResult\fR; they
will hide all the details of managing the fields.
The description below is for those procedures that manipulate the
fields directly.
.PP
Whenever a command procedure returns, it must ensure
that the \fIresult\fR field of its interpreter points to the string
being returned by the command.
The \fIresult\fR field must always point to a valid string.
If a command wishes to return no result then \fIinterp->result\fR
should point to an empty string.
Normally, results are assumed to be statically allocated,
which means that the contents will not change before the next time
\fBTcl_Eval\fR is called or some other command procedure is invoked.
In this case, the \fIfreeProc\fR field must be zero.
Alternatively, a command procedure may dynamically
allocate its return value (e.g. using \fBTcl_Alloc\fR)
and store a pointer to it in \fIinterp->result\fR.
In this case, the command procedure must also set \fIinterp->freeProc\fR
to the address of a procedure that can free the value, or \fBTCL_DYNAMIC\fR
if the storage was allocated directly by Tcl or by a call to
\fBTcl_Alloc\fR.
If \fIinterp->freeProc\fR is non-zero, then Tcl will call \fIfreeProc\fR
to free the space pointed to by \fIinterp->result\fR before it
invokes the next command.
If a client procedure overwrites \fIinterp->result\fR when
\fIinterp->freeProc\fR is non-zero, then it is responsible for calling
\fIfreeProc\fR to free the old \fIinterp->result\fR (the \fBTcl_FreeResult\fR
macro should be used for this purpose).
.PP
\fIFreeProc\fR should have arguments and result that match the
\fBTcl_FreeProc\fR declaration above: it receives a single
argument which is a pointer to the result value to free.
In most applications \fBTCL_DYNAMIC\fR is the only non-zero value ever
used for \fIfreeProc\fR.
However, an application may store a different procedure address
in \fIfreeProc\fR in order to use an alternate memory allocator
or in order to do other cleanup when the result memory is freed.
.PP
As part of processing each command, \fBTcl_Eval\fR initializes
\fIinterp->result\fR
and \fIinterp->freeProc\fR just before calling the command procedure for
the command. The \fIfreeProc\fR field will be initialized to zero,
and \fIinterp->result\fR will point to an empty string. Commands that
do not return any value can simply leave the fields alone.
Furthermore, the empty string pointed to by \fIresult\fR is actually
part of an array of approximately 200 characters.
If a command wishes to return a short string, it can simply copy
it to the area pointed to by \fIinterp->result\fR. Or, it can use
the sprintf procedure to generate a short result string at the location
pointed to by \fIinterp->result\fR.
.PP
It is a general convention in Tcl-based applications that the result
of an interpreter is normally in the initialized state described
in the previous paragraph.
Procedures that manipulate an interpreter's result (e.g. by
returning an error) will generally assume that the result
has been initialized when the procedure is called.
If such a procedure is to be called after the result has been
changed, then \fBTcl_ResetResult\fR should be called first to
reset the result to its initialized state. The direct use of
\fIinterp->result\fR is strongly deprecated (see \fBTcl_SetResult\fR).
.PP
The \fIerrorLine\fR
field is valid only after \fBTcl_Eval\fR returns
a \fBTCL_ERROR\fR return code. In this situation the \fIerrorLine\fR
field identifies the line number of the command being executed when
the error occurred. The line numbers are relative to the command
being executed: 1 means the first line of the command passed to
\fBTcl_Eval\fR, 2 means the second line, and so on.
The \fIerrorLine\fR field is typically used in conjunction with
\fBTcl_AddErrorInfo\fR to report information about where an error
occurred.
\fIErrorLine\fR should not normally be modified except by \fBTcl_Eval\fR.
.SH KEYWORDS
interpreter, result
free, initialized, interpreter, malloc, result
+1 -1
View File
@@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ execution of the callbacks is unspecified) execution in the limited
interpreter is stopped by raising an error and setting a flag that
prevents the \fBcatch\fR command in that interpreter from trapping
that error. It is up to the context that started execution in that
interpreter (typically the main interpreter) to handle the error.
interpreter (typically a master interpreter) to handle the error.
.SH "LIMIT CHECKING API"
.PP
To check the resource limits for an interpreter, call
+35 -111
View File
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tcl_LinkArray, Tcl_LinkVar, Tcl_UnlinkVar, Tcl_UpdateLinkedVar \- link Tcl variable to C variable
Tcl_LinkVar, Tcl_UnlinkVar, Tcl_UpdateLinkedVar \- link Tcl variable to C variable
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf
\fB#include <tcl.h>\fR
@@ -17,52 +17,27 @@ Tcl_LinkArray, Tcl_LinkVar, Tcl_UnlinkVar, Tcl_UpdateLinkedVar \- link Tcl varia
int
\fBTcl_LinkVar\fR(\fIinterp, varName, addr, type\fR)
.sp
.VS "TIP 312"
int
\fBTcl_LinkArray\fR(\fIinterp, varName, addr, type, size\fR)
.VE "TIP 312"
.sp
\fBTcl_UnlinkVar\fR(\fIinterp, varName\fR)
.sp
\fBTcl_UpdateLinkedVar\fR(\fIinterp, varName\fR)
.SH ARGUMENTS
.AS Tcl_Interp varName in
.AS Tcl_Interp writable
.AP Tcl_Interp *interp in
Interpreter that contains \fIvarName\fR.
Also used by \fBTcl_LinkVar\fR to return error messages.
.AP "const char" *varName in
Name of global variable.
.AP void *addr in
.AP char *addr in
Address of C variable that is to be linked to \fIvarName\fR.
.sp
.VS "TIP 312"
In \fBTcl_LinkArray\fR, may be NULL to tell Tcl to create the storage
for the array in the variable.
.VE "TIP 312"
.AP int type in
Type of C variable for \fBTcl_LinkVar\fR or type of array element for
\fBTcl_LinkArray\fR. Must be one of \fBTCL_LINK_INT\fR,
Type of C variable. Must be one of \fBTCL_LINK_INT\fR,
\fBTCL_LINK_UINT\fR, \fBTCL_LINK_CHAR\fR, \fBTCL_LINK_UCHAR\fR,
\fBTCL_LINK_SHORT\fR, \fBTCL_LINK_USHORT\fR, \fBTCL_LINK_LONG\fR,
\fBTCL_LINK_ULONG\fR, \fBTCL_LINK_WIDE_INT\fR,
\fBTCL_LINK_WIDE_UINT\fR, \fBTCL_LINK_FLOAT\fR, \fBTCL_LINK_DOUBLE\fR,
\fBTCL_LINK_BOOLEAN\fR, or one of the extra ones listed below.
.sp
In \fBTcl_LinkVar\fR, the additional linked type \fBTCL_LINK_STRING\fR may be
used.
.sp
.VS "TIP 312"
In \fBTcl_LinkArray\fR, the additional linked types \fBTCL_LINK_CHARS\fR and
\fBTCL_LINK_BYTES\fR may be used.
.VE "TIP 312"
.sp
All the above for both functions may be
optionally OR'ed with \fBTCL_LINK_READ_ONLY\fR to make the Tcl
variable read-only.
.AP int size in
.VS "TIP 312"
The number of elements in the C array. Must be greater than zero.
.VE "TIP 312"
\fBTCL_LINK_WIDE_UINT\fR, \fBTCL_LINK_FLOAT\fR,
\fBTCL_LINK_DOUBLE\fR, \fBTCL_LINK_BOOLEAN\fR, or
\fBTCL_LINK_STRING\fR, optionally OR'ed with \fBTCL_LINK_READ_ONLY\fR
to make Tcl variable read-only.
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
@@ -77,179 +52,130 @@ while setting up the link (e.g. because \fIvarName\fR is the
name of array) then \fBTCL_ERROR\fR is returned and the interpreter's result
contains an error message.
.PP
.VS "TIP 312"
\fBTcl_LinkArray\fR is similar, but for arrays of fixed size (given by
the \fIsize\fR argument). When asked to allocate the backing C array
storage (via the \fIaddr\fR argument being NULL), it writes the
address that it allocated to the Tcl interpreter result.
.VE "TIP 312"
.PP
The \fItype\fR argument specifies the type of the C variable,
or the type of the elements of the C array,
and must have one of the following values, optionally OR'ed with
\fBTCL_LINK_READ_ONLY\fR:
.TP
\fBTCL_LINK_INT\fR
.
The C variable, or each element of the C array, is of type \fBint\fR.
The C variable is of type \fBint\fR.
Any value written into the Tcl variable must have a proper integer
form acceptable to \fBTcl_GetIntFromObj\fR; attempts to write
non-integer values into \fIvarName\fR will be rejected with
Tcl errors. Incomplete integer representations (like the empty
string, '+', '-' or the hex/octal/decimal/binary prefix) are accepted
string, '+', '-' or the hex/octal/binary prefix) are accepted
as if they are valid too.
.TP
\fBTCL_LINK_UINT\fR
.
The C variable, or each element of the C array, is of type \fBunsigned int\fR.
The C variable is of type \fBunsigned int\fR.
Any value written into the Tcl variable must have a proper unsigned
integer form acceptable to \fBTcl_GetWideIntFromObj\fR and in the
platform's defined range for the \fBunsigned int\fR type; attempts to
write non-integer values (or values outside the range) into
\fIvarName\fR will be rejected with Tcl errors. Incomplete integer
representations (like the empty string, '+', '-' or the hex/octal/decimal/binary
representations (like the empty string, '+', '-' or the hex/octal/binary
prefix) are accepted as if they are valid too.
.TP
\fBTCL_LINK_CHAR\fR
.
The C variable, or each element of the C array, is of type \fBchar\fR.
The C variable is of type \fBchar\fR.
Any value written into the Tcl variable must have a proper integer
form acceptable to \fBTcl_GetIntFromObj\fR and be in the range of the
\fBchar\fR datatype; attempts to write non-integer or out-of-range
values into \fIvarName\fR will be rejected with Tcl errors. Incomplete
integer representations (like the empty string, '+', '-' or the
hex/octal/decimal/binary prefix) are accepted as if they are valid too.
.RS
.PP
.VS "TIP 312"
If using an array of these, consider using \fBTCL_LINK_CHARS\fR instead.
.VE "TIP 312"
.RE
.TP
\fBTCL_LINK_CHARS\fR
.VS "TIP 312"
The C array is of type \fBchar *\fR and is mapped into Tcl as a string.
Any value written into the Tcl variable must have the same length as
the underlying storage. Only supported with \fBTcl_LinkArray\fR.
.VE "TIP 312"
hex/octal/binary prefix) are accepted as if they are valid too.
.TP
\fBTCL_LINK_UCHAR\fR
.
The C variable, or each element of the C array, is of type \fBunsigned char\fR.
The C variable is of type \fBunsigned char\fR.
Any value written into the Tcl variable must have a proper unsigned
integer form acceptable to \fBTcl_GetIntFromObj\fR and in the
platform's defined range for the \fBunsigned char\fR type; attempts to
write non-integer values (or values outside the range) into
\fIvarName\fR will be rejected with Tcl errors. Incomplete integer
representations (like the empty string, '+', '-' or the hex/octal/decimal/binary
representations (like the empty string, '+', '-' or the hex/octal/binary
prefix) are accepted as if they are valid too.
.RS
.PP
.VS "TIP 312"
If using an array of these, consider using \fBTCL_LINK_BYTES\fR instead.
.VE "TIP 312"
.RE
.TP
\fBTCL_LINK_BYTES\fR
.VS "TIP 312"
The C array is of type \fBunsigned char *\fR and is mapped into Tcl
as a bytearray.
Any value written into the Tcl variable must have the same length as
the underlying storage. Only supported with \fBTcl_LinkArray\fR.
.VE "TIP 312"
.TP
\fBTCL_LINK_SHORT\fR
.
The C variable, or each element of the C array, is of type \fBshort\fR.
The C variable is of type \fBshort\fR.
Any value written into the Tcl variable must have a proper integer
form acceptable to \fBTcl_GetIntFromObj\fR and be in the range of the
\fBshort\fR datatype; attempts to write non-integer or out-of-range
values into \fIvarName\fR will be rejected with Tcl errors. Incomplete
integer representations (like the empty string, '+', '-' or the
hex/octal/decimal/binary prefix) are accepted as if they are valid too.
hex/octal/binary prefix) are accepted as if they are valid too.
.TP
\fBTCL_LINK_USHORT\fR
.
The C variable, or each element of the C array, is of type \fBunsigned short\fR.
The C variable is of type \fBunsigned short\fR.
Any value written into the Tcl variable must have a proper unsigned
integer form acceptable to \fBTcl_GetIntFromObj\fR and in the
platform's defined range for the \fBunsigned short\fR type; attempts to
write non-integer values (or values outside the range) into
\fIvarName\fR will be rejected with Tcl errors. Incomplete integer
representations (like the empty string, '+', '-' or the hex/octal/decimal/binary
representations (like the empty string, '+', '-' or the hex/octal/binary
prefix) are accepted as if they are valid too.
.TP
\fBTCL_LINK_LONG\fR
.
The C variable, or each element of the C array, is of type \fBlong\fR.
The C variable is of type \fBlong\fR.
Any value written into the Tcl variable must have a proper integer
form acceptable to \fBTcl_GetLongFromObj\fR; attempts to write
non-integer or out-of-range
values into \fIvarName\fR will be rejected with Tcl errors. Incomplete
integer representations (like the empty string, '+', '-' or the
hex/octal/decimal/binary prefix) are accepted as if they are valid too.
hex/octal/binary prefix) are accepted as if they are valid too.
.TP
\fBTCL_LINK_ULONG\fR
.
The C variable, or each element of the C array, is of type \fBunsigned long\fR.
The C variable is of type \fBunsigned long\fR.
Any value written into the Tcl variable must have a proper unsigned
integer form acceptable to \fBTcl_GetWideIntFromObj\fR and in the
platform's defined range for the \fBunsigned long\fR type; attempts to
write non-integer values (or values outside the range) into
\fIvarName\fR will be rejected with Tcl errors. Incomplete integer
representations (like the empty string, '+', '-' or the hex/octal/decimal/binary
representations (like the empty string, '+', '-' or the hex/octal/binary
prefix) are accepted as if they are valid too.
.TP
\fBTCL_LINK_DOUBLE\fR
.
The C variable, or each element of the C array, is of type \fBdouble\fR.
The C variable is of type \fBdouble\fR.
Any value written into the Tcl variable must have a proper real
form acceptable to \fBTcl_GetDoubleFromObj\fR; attempts to write
non-real values into \fIvarName\fR will be rejected with
Tcl errors. Incomplete integer or real representations (like the
empty string, '.', '+', '-' or the hex/octal/decimal/binary prefix) are
empty string, '.', '+', '-' or the hex/octal/binary prefix) are
accepted as if they are valid too.
.TP
\fBTCL_LINK_FLOAT\fR
.
The C variable, or each element of the C array, is of type \fBfloat\fR.
The C variable is of type \fBfloat\fR.
Any value written into the Tcl variable must have a proper real
form acceptable to \fBTcl_GetDoubleFromObj\fR and must be within the
range acceptable for a \fBfloat\fR; attempts to
write non-real values (or values outside the range) into
\fIvarName\fR will be rejected with Tcl errors. Incomplete integer
or real representations (like the empty string, '.', '+', '-' or
the hex/octal/decimal/binary prefix) are accepted as if they are valid too.
the hex/octal/binary prefix) are accepted as if they are valid too.
.TP
\fBTCL_LINK_WIDE_INT\fR
.
The C variable, or each element of the C array, is of type \fBTcl_WideInt\fR
(which is an integer type
The C variable is of type \fBTcl_WideInt\fR (which is an integer type
at least 64-bits wide on all platforms that can support it.)
Any value written into the Tcl variable must have a proper integer
form acceptable to \fBTcl_GetWideIntFromObj\fR; attempts to write
non-integer values into \fIvarName\fR will be rejected with
Tcl errors. Incomplete integer representations (like the empty
string, '+', '-' or the hex/octal/decimal/binary prefix) are accepted
string, '+', '-' or the hex/octal/binary prefix) are accepted
as if they are valid too.
.TP
\fBTCL_LINK_WIDE_UINT\fR
.
The C variable, or each element of the C array, is of type \fBTcl_WideUInt\fR
(which is an unsigned integer type at least 64-bits wide on all platforms that
can support it.)
The C variable is of type \fBTcl_WideUInt\fR (which is an unsigned
integer type at least 64-bits wide on all platforms that can support
it.)
Any value written into the Tcl variable must have a proper unsigned
integer form acceptable to \fBTcl_GetWideIntFromObj\fR (it will be
cast to unsigned);
.\" FIXME! Use bignums instead.
attempts to write non-integer values into \fIvarName\fR will be
rejected with Tcl errors. Incomplete integer representations (like
the empty string, '+', '-' or the hex/octal/decimal/binary prefix) are accepted
the empty string, '+', '-' or the hex/octal/binary prefix) are accepted
as if they are valid too.
.TP
\fBTCL_LINK_BOOLEAN\fR
.
The C variable, or each element of the C array, is of type \fBint\fR.
The C variable is of type \fBint\fR.
If its value is zero then it will read from Tcl as
.QW 0 ;
otherwise it will read from Tcl as
@@ -262,7 +188,6 @@ non-boolean values into \fIvarName\fR will be rejected with
Tcl errors.
.TP
\fBTCL_LINK_STRING\fR
.
The C variable is of type \fBchar *\fR.
If its value is not NULL then it must be a pointer to a string
allocated with \fBTcl_Alloc\fR or \fBckalloc\fR.
@@ -272,7 +197,6 @@ new value.
If the C variable contains a NULL pointer then the Tcl variable
will read as
.QW NULL .
This is only supported by \fBTcl_LinkVar\fR.
.PP
If the \fBTCL_LINK_READ_ONLY\fR flag is present in \fItype\fR then the
variable will be read-only from Tcl, so that its value can only be
+1 -3
View File
@@ -138,9 +138,7 @@ create a new value or modify an existing value to hold
the \fIobjc\fR elements of the array referenced by \fIobjv\fR
where each element is a pointer to a Tcl value.
If \fIobjc\fR is less than or equal to zero,
they return an empty value. If \fIobjv\fR is NULL, the resulting list
contains 0 elements, with reserved space in an internal representation
for \fIobjc\fR more elements (to avoid its reallocation later).
they return an empty value.
The new value's string representation is left invalid.
The two procedures increment the reference counts
of the elements in \fIobjc\fR since the list value now refers to them.
+21 -11
View File
@@ -132,17 +132,22 @@ higher-level software that they have occurred. The procedures
and \fBTcl_SetMaxBlockTime\fR, \fBTcl_QueueEvent\fR, and
\fBTcl_DeleteEvents\fR are used primarily by event sources.
.IP [2]
The event queue: there is a single queue for each thread containing
a Tcl interpreter, containing events that have been detected but not
yet serviced. Event sources place events onto the queue so that they
may be processed in order at appropriate times during the event loop.
The event queue guarantees a fair discipline of event handling, so that
no event source can starve the others. It also allows events to be
saved for servicing at a future time.
The event queue: for non-threaded applications,
there is a single queue for the whole application,
containing events that have been detected but not yet serviced. Event
sources place events onto the queue so that they may be processed in
order at appropriate times during the event loop. The event queue
guarantees a fair discipline of event handling, so that no event
source can starve the others. It also allows events to be saved for
servicing at a future time. Threaded applications work in a
similar manner, except that there is a separate event queue for
each thread containing a Tcl interpreter.
\fBTcl_QueueEvent\fR is used (primarily
by event sources) to add events to the current thread's event queue and
by event sources) to add events to the event queue and
\fBTcl_DeleteEvents\fR is used to remove events from the queue without
processing them.
processing them. In a threaded application, \fBTcl_QueueEvent\fR adds
an event to the current thread's queue, and \fBTcl_ThreadQueueEvent\fR
adds an event to a queue in a specific thread.
.IP [3]
The event loop: in order to detect and process events, the application
enters a loop that waits for events to occur, places them on the event
@@ -398,7 +403,11 @@ the event source (using \fBTcl_Alloc\fR or the Tcl macro \fBckalloc\fR)
before calling \fBTcl_QueueEvent\fR, but it
will be freed by \fBTcl_ServiceEvent\fR, not by the event source.
.PP
Calling \fBTcl_QueueEvent\fR adds an event to the current thread's queue.
Threaded applications work in a
similar manner, except that there is a separate event queue for
each thread containing a Tcl interpreter.
Calling \fBTcl_QueueEvent\fR in a multithreaded application adds
an event to the current thread's queue.
To add an event to another thread's queue, use \fBTcl_ThreadQueueEvent\fR.
\fBTcl_ThreadQueueEvent\fR accepts as an argument a Tcl_ThreadId argument,
which uniquely identifies a thread in a Tcl application. To obtain the
@@ -489,7 +498,8 @@ under Unix it happens when \fBTcl_WaitForEvent\fR would have waited
forever because there were no active event sources and the timeout was
infinite.
.PP
\fBTcl_AlertNotifier\fR is used to allow any thread to
\fBTcl_AlertNotifier\fR is used in multithreaded applications to allow
any thread to
.QW "wake up"
the notifier to alert it to new events on its
queue. \fBTcl_AlertNotifier\fR requires as an argument the notifier
+2
View File
@@ -85,12 +85,14 @@ unless \fIinterp\fR is NULL.
Otherwise, it returns \fBTCL_OK\fR.
Passing a NULL \fIinterp\fR allows this procedure to be used
as a test whether the conversion can be done (and in fact was done).
.VS 8.5
.PP
In many cases, the \fItypePtr->setFromAnyProc\fR routine will
set \fIobjPtr->typePtr\fR to the argument value \fItypePtr\fR,
but that is no longer guaranteed. The \fIsetFromAnyProc\fR is
free to set the internal representation for \fIobjPtr\fR to make
use of another related Tcl_ObjType, if it sees fit.
.VE 8.5
.SH "THE TCL_OBJTYPE STRUCTURE"
.PP
Extension writers can define new value types by defining four
+1 -1
View File
@@ -277,7 +277,7 @@ If an error occurs while opening the channel, \fBTcl_OpenCommandChannel\fR
returns NULL and records a POSIX error code that can be retrieved with
\fBTcl_GetErrno\fR.
In addition, \fBTcl_OpenCommandChannel\fR leaves an error message in
the interpreter's result. \fIinterp\fR cannot be NULL.
the interpreter's result if \fIinterp\fR is not NULL.
.PP
The newly created channel is not registered in the supplied interpreter; to
register it, use \fBTcl_RegisterChannel\fR, described below.
+3 -8
View File
@@ -53,13 +53,13 @@ In a freshly loaded Tcl library, \fBTcl_Panic\fR prints the formatted
error message to the standard error file of the process, and then
calls \fBabort\fR to terminate the process. \fBTcl_Panic\fR does not
return. On Windows, when a debugger is running, the formatted error
message is sent to the debugger instead. If the windows executable
message is sent to the debugger in stead. If the windows executable
does not have a stderr channel (e.g. \fBwish.exe\fR), then a
system dialog box is used to display the panic message.
.PP
If your application doesn't use \fBTcl_Main\fR or \fBTk_Main\fR
and you want to implicitly use the stderr channel of your
application's C runtime (instead of the stderr channel of the
application's C runtime (in stead of the stderr channel of the
C runtime used by Tcl), you can call \fBTcl_SetPanicProc\fR
with \fBTcl_ConsolePanic\fR as its argument. On platforms which
only have one C runtime (almost all platforms except Windows)
@@ -86,9 +86,6 @@ The typical use of \fBTcl_SetPanicProc\fR arranges for the error message
to be displayed or reported in a manner more suitable for the
application or the platform.
.PP
\fBTcl_SetPanicProc\fR can not be used in stub-enabled extensions. Its symbol
entry in the stub table is deprecated and it will be removed in Tcl 9.0.
.PP
Although the primary callers of \fBTcl_Panic\fR are the procedures of
the Tcl library, \fBTcl_Panic\fR is a public function and may be called
by any extension or application that wishes to abort the process and
@@ -96,9 +93,7 @@ have a panic message displayed the same way that panic messages from Tcl
will be displayed.
.PP
\fBTcl_PanicVA\fR is the same as \fBTcl_Panic\fR except that instead of
taking a variable number of arguments it takes an argument list. Interfaces
using argument lists have been found to be nonportable in practice. This
function is deprecated and will be removed in Tcl 9.0.
taking a variable number of arguments it takes an argument list.
.SH "SEE ALSO"
abort(3), printf(3), exec(n), format(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
+2 -2
View File
@@ -103,8 +103,8 @@ the argument's value. The following values are acceptable values for
\fBTCL_ARGV_CONSTANT\fR
.
The argument does not take any following value argument. If this argument is
present, the (integer) value of the \fIsrcPtr\fR field is copied to the variable
pointed to by the \fIdstPtr\fR field. The \fIclientData\fR field is ignored.
present, the int pointed to by the \fIsrcPtr\fR field is copied to the
\fIdstPtr\fR field. The \fIclientData\fR field is ignored.
.TP
\fBTCL_ARGV_END\fR
.
+1 -1
View File
@@ -302,7 +302,7 @@ The \fInumComponents\fR field is always 0.
.TP
\fBTCL_TOKEN_BS\fR
.
The token describes a backslash sequence such as \fB\en\fR or \fB\e0xA3\fR.
The token describes a backslash sequence such as \fB\en\fR or \fB\e0xa3\fR.
The \fInumComponents\fR field is always 0.
.TP
\fBTCL_TOKEN_COMMAND\fR
+28 -19
View File
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tcl_SetResult 3 8.7 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
.TH Tcl_SetResult 3 8.0 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
@@ -30,7 +30,9 @@ const char *
.sp
\fBTcl_ResetResult\fR(\fIinterp\fR)
.sp
\fBTcl_TransferResult\fR(\fIsourceInterp, code, targetInterp\fR)
.VS 8.6
\fBTcl_TransferResult\fR(\fIsourceInterp, result, targetInterp\fR)
.VE 8.6
.sp
\fBTcl_AppendElement\fR(\fIinterp, element\fR)
.sp
@@ -55,11 +57,18 @@ Address of procedure to call to release storage at
An argument list which must have been initialized using
\fBva_start\fR, and cleared using \fBva_end\fR.
.AP Tcl_Interp *sourceInterp in
Interpreter that the result and return options should be transferred from.
.VS 8.6
Interpreter that the result and error information should be copied from.
.VE 8.6
.AP Tcl_Interp *targetInterp in
Interpreter that the result and return options should be transferred to.
.AP int code in
Return code value that controls transfer of return options.
.VS 8.6
Interpreter that the result and error information should be copied to.
.VE 8.6
.AP int result in
.VS 8.6
If \fBTCL_OK\fR, only copy the result. If \fBTCL_ERROR\fR, copy the error
information as well.
.VE 8.6
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
@@ -145,17 +154,13 @@ call; the last argument in the list must be a NULL pointer.
.PP
\fBTcl_AppendResultVA\fR is the same as \fBTcl_AppendResult\fR except that
instead of taking a variable number of arguments it takes an argument list.
Interfaces using argument lists have been found to be nonportable in practice.
This function is deprecated and will be removed in Tcl 9.0.
.PP
\fBTcl_TransferResult\fR transfers interpreter state from \fIsourceInterp\fR
to \fItargetInterp\fR. The two interpreters must have been created in the
same thread. If \fIsourceInterp\fR and \fItargetInterp\fR are the same,
nothing is done. Otherwise, \fBTcl_TransferResult\fR moves the result
from \fIsourceInterp\fR to \fItargetInterp\fR, and resets the result
in \fIsourceInterp\fR. It also moves the return options dictionary as
controlled by the return code value \fIcode\fR in the same manner
as \fBTcl_GetReturnOptions\fR.
.VS 8.6
\fBTcl_TransferResult\fR moves a result from one interpreter to another,
optionally (dependent on the \fIresult\fR parameter) including the error
information dictionary as well. The interpreters must be in the same thread.
The source interpreter will have its result reset by this operation.
.VE 8.6
.SH "DEPRECATED INTERFACES"
.SS "OLD STRING PROCEDURES"
.PP
@@ -197,9 +202,14 @@ is about to replace one result value with another.
It used to be legal for programs to
directly read and write \fIinterp->result\fR
to manipulate the interpreter result. The Tcl headers no longer
permit this access. C code still doing this must
permit this access by default, and C code still doing this must
be updated to use supported routines \fBTcl_GetObjResult\fR,
\fBTcl_GetStringResult\fR, \fBTcl_SetObjResult\fR, and \fBTcl_SetResult\fR.
As a migration aid, access can be restored with the compiler directive
.CS
#define USE_INTERP_RESULT
.CE
but this is meant only to offer life support to otherwise dead code.
.SH "THE TCL_FREEPROC ARGUMENT TO TCL_SETRESULT"
.PP
\fBTcl_SetResult\fR's \fIfreeProc\fR argument specifies how
@@ -240,7 +250,6 @@ typedef void \fBTcl_FreeProc\fR(
When \fIfreeProc\fR is called, its \fIblockPtr\fR will be set to
the value of \fIresult\fR passed to \fBTcl_SetResult\fR.
.SH "SEE ALSO"
Tcl_AddErrorInfo, Tcl_CreateObjCommand, Tcl_SetErrorCode, Tcl_Interp,
Tcl_GetReturnOptions
Tcl_AddErrorInfo, Tcl_CreateObjCommand, Tcl_SetErrorCode, Tcl_Interp
.SH KEYWORDS
append, command, element, list, value, result, return value, interpreter
-3
View File
@@ -64,9 +64,6 @@ the event of an error it should set the interpreter's result to point to an
error message. The result or error from the initialization procedure will
be returned as the result of the \fBload\fR command that caused the
initialization procedure to be invoked.
.PP
\fBTcl_StaticPackage\fR can not be used in stub-enabled extensions. Its symbol
entry in the stub table is deprecated and it will be removed in Tcl 9.0.
.SH KEYWORDS
initialization procedure, package, static linking
.SH "SEE ALSO"
+2 -4
View File
@@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ Points to the first byte of an array of UTF-8-encoded bytes
used to set or append to a string value.
This byte array may contain embedded null characters
unless \fInumChars\fR is negative. (Applications needing null bytes
should represent them as the two-byte sequence \fI\e300\e200\fR, use
should represent them as the two-byte sequence \fI\e700\e600\fR, use
\fBTcl_ExternalToUtf\fR to convert, or \fBTcl_NewByteArrayObj\fR if
the string is a collection of uninterpreted bytes.)
.AP int length in
@@ -249,9 +249,7 @@ must be a NULL pointer to indicate the end of the list.
.PP
\fBTcl_AppendStringsToObjVA\fR is the same as \fBTcl_AppendStringsToObj\fR
except that instead of taking a variable number of arguments it takes an
argument list. Interfaces using argument lists have been found to be
nonportable in practice. This function is deprecated and will be removed
in Tcl 9.0.
argument list.
.PP
\fBTcl_AppendLimitedToObj\fR is similar to \fBTcl_AppendToObj\fR
except that it imposes a limit on how many bytes are appended.
+5 -8
View File
@@ -28,10 +28,10 @@ First, the Tcl interpreter breaks the command into \fIwords\fR
and performs substitutions as described below.
These substitutions are performed in the same way for all
commands.
Secondly, the first word is used to locate a routine to
carry out the command, and the remaining words of the command are
passed to that routine.
The routine is free to interpret each of its words
Secondly, the first word is used to locate a command procedure to
carry out the command, then all of the words of the command are
passed to the command procedure.
The command procedure is free to interpret each of its words
in any way it likes, such as an integer, variable name, list,
or Tcl script.
Different commands interpret their words differently.
@@ -223,10 +223,7 @@ before this range overflows, or when the maximum of eight digits
is reached. The upper bits of the Unicode character will be 0.
.RS
.PP
The range U+00D800\(enU+00DFFF is reserved for surrogates, which
are illegal on its own. Therefore, such sequences will result in
the replacement character U+FFFD. Surrogate pairs should be
encoded as single \e\fBU\fIhhhhhhhh\fR character.
The range U+010000\(enU+10FFFD is reserved for the future.
.RE
.PP
Backslash substitution is not performed on words enclosed in braces,
+6 -8
View File
@@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ against the standard Tcl library. Extensions (stub-enabled or
not) are not intended to call \fBTcl_Main\fR.
.PP
\fBTcl_Main\fR is not thread-safe. It should only be called by
a single main thread of a multi-threaded application. This
a single master thread of a multi-threaded application. This
restriction is not a problem with normal use described above.
.PP
\fBTcl_Main\fR and therefore all applications based upon it, like
@@ -112,7 +112,7 @@ The file name and encoding values managed by the routines
\fBTcl_SetStartupScript\fR and \fBTcl_GetStartupScript\fR
are stored per-thread. Although the storage and retrieval
functions of these routines work in any thread, only those
calls in the same main thread as \fBTcl_Main\fR can have
calls in the same master thread as \fBTcl_Main\fR can have
any influence on it.
.PP
The caller of \fBTcl_Main\fR may call \fBTcl_SetStartupScript\fR
@@ -126,7 +126,7 @@ a \fIstartup script\fR, and \fIname\fR is taken to be the name
of the encoding of the contents of that file. \fBTcl_Main\fR
then calls \fBTcl_SetStartupScript\fR with these values.
.PP
\fBTcl_Main\fR then defines in its main interpreter
\fBTcl_Main\fR then defines in its master interpreter
the Tcl variables \fIargc\fR, \fIargv\fR, \fIargv0\fR, and
\fItcl_interactive\fR, as described in the documentation for \fBtclsh\fR.
.PP
@@ -154,9 +154,9 @@ When the \fIappInitProc\fR is finished, \fBTcl_Main\fR calls
been requested, if any. If a startup script has been provided,
\fBTcl_Main\fR attempts to evaluate it. Otherwise, interactive
mode begins with examination of the variable \fItcl_rcFileName\fR
in the main interpreter. If that variable exists and holds the
in the master interpreter. If that variable exists and holds the
name of a readable file, the contents of that file are evaluated
in the main interpreter. Then interactive operations begin,
in the master interpreter. Then interactive operations begin,
with prompts and command evaluation results written to the standard
output channel, and commands read from the standard input channel
and then evaluated. The prompts written to the standard output
@@ -164,7 +164,7 @@ channel may be customized by defining the Tcl variables \fItcl_prompt1\fR
and \fItcl_prompt2\fR as described in the documentation for \fBtclsh\fR.
The prompts and command evaluation results are written to the standard
output channel only if the Tcl variable \fItcl_interactive\fR in the
main interpreter holds a non-zero integer value.
master interpreter holds a non-zero integer value.
.PP
\fBTcl_SetMainLoop\fR allows setting an event loop procedure to be run.
This allows, for example, Tk to be dynamically loaded and set its event
@@ -189,8 +189,6 @@ procedure (if any) returns. In non-interactive mode, after
\fBTcl_Main\fR evaluates the startup script, and the main loop
procedure (if any) returns, \fBTcl_Main\fR will also evaluate
the \fBexit\fR command.
.PP
\fBTcl_Main\fR can not be used in stub-enabled extensions.
.SH "SEE ALSO"
tclsh(1), Tcl_GetStdChannel(3), Tcl_StandardChannels(3), Tcl_AppInit(3),
exit(n), encoding(n)
+6
View File
@@ -78,5 +78,11 @@ turns each character in the string into its lower-case equivalent.
turns the first character in the string into its title-case equivalent
and all following characters into their lower-case equivalents.
.SH BUGS
.PP
At this time, the case conversions are only defined for the ISO8859-1
characters. Unicode characters above 0x00ff are not modified by these
routines.
.SH KEYWORDS
utf, unicode, toupper, tolower, totitle, case
+26 -15
View File
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tcl_TraceVar 3 8.7 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
.TH Tcl_TraceVar 3 7.4 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ Invoke \fIproc\fR whenever an attempt is made to modify the variable.
Invoke \fIproc\fR whenever the variable is unset.
A variable may be unset either explicitly by an \fBunset\fR command,
or implicitly when a procedure returns (its local variables are
automatically unset) or when the interpreter or namespace is deleted (all
automatically unset) or when the interpreter is deleted (all
variables are automatically unset).
.TP
\fBTCL_TRACE_ARRAY\fR
@@ -160,6 +160,10 @@ The bit \fBTCL_TRACE_DESTROYED\fR will be set in \fIflags\fR if the trace is
about to be destroyed; this information may be useful to \fIproc\fR
so that it can clean up its own internal data structures (see
the section \fBTCL_TRACE_DESTROYED\fR below for more details).
Lastly, the bit \fBTCL_INTERP_DESTROYED\fR will be set if the entire
interpreter is being destroyed.
When this bit is set, \fIproc\fR must be especially careful in
the things it does (see the section \fBTCL_INTERP_DESTROYED\fR below).
The trace procedure's return value should normally be NULL; see
\fBERROR RETURNS\fR below for information on other possibilities.
.PP
@@ -326,21 +330,12 @@ During unset traces, the return value is ignored and all relevant
trace procedures will always be invoked.
.SH "RESTRICTIONS"
.PP
Because operations on variables may take place as part of the deletion
of the interp that contains them, \fIproc\fR must be careful about checking
what the \fIinterp\fR parameter can be used to do.
The routine \fBTcl_InterpDeleted\fR is an important tool for this.
When \fBTcl_InterpDeleted\fR returns 1, \fIproc\fR will not be able
to invoke any scripts in \fIinterp\fR. You may encounter old code using
a deprecated flag value \fBTCL_INTERP_DESTROYED\fR to signal this
condition, but any supported code should be converted to stop using it.
.PP
A trace procedure can be called at any time, even when there
are partially formed results stored in the interpreter. If
is a partially formed result in the interpreter's result area. If
the trace procedure does anything that could damage this result (such
as calling \fBTcl_Eval\fR) then it must use the \fBTcl_SaveInterpState\fR
and related routines to save and restore the original state of
the interpreter before it returns.
as calling \fBTcl_Eval\fR) then it must save the original values of
the interpreter's \fBresult\fR and \fBfreeProc\fR fields and restore
them before it returns.
.SH "UNDEFINED VARIABLES"
.PP
It is legal to set a trace on an undefined variable.
@@ -359,8 +354,24 @@ Traces on a variable are always removed whenever the variable
is deleted; the only time \fBTCL_TRACE_DESTROYED\fR is not set is for
a whole-array trace invoked when only a single element of an
array is unset.
.SH "TCL_INTERP_DESTROYED"
.PP
When an interpreter is destroyed, unset traces are called for
all of its variables.
The \fBTCL_INTERP_DESTROYED\fR bit will be set in the \fIflags\fR
argument passed to the trace procedures.
Trace procedures must be extremely careful in what they do if
the \fBTCL_INTERP_DESTROYED\fR bit is set.
It is not safe for the procedures to invoke any Tcl procedures
on the interpreter, since its state is partially deleted.
All that trace procedures should do under these circumstances is
to clean up and free their own internal data structures.
.SH BUGS
.PP
Tcl does not do any error checking to prevent trace procedures
from misusing the interpreter during traces with \fBTCL_INTERP_DESTROYED\fR
set.
.PP
Array traces are not yet integrated with the Tcl \fBinfo exists\fR command,
nor is there Tcl-level access to array traces.
.SH "SEE ALSO"
+31 -79
View File
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tcl_UniChar, Tcl_UniCharToUtf, Tcl_UtfToUniChar, Tcl_UtfToChar16, Tcl_UtfToWChar, Tcl_UniCharToUtfDString, Tcl_UtfToUniCharDString, Tcl_Char16ToUtfDString, Tcl_UtfToWCharDString, Tcl_UtfToChar16DString, Tcl_UniCharLen, Tcl_UniCharNcmp, Tcl_UniCharNcasecmp, Tcl_UniCharCaseMatch, Tcl_UtfNcmp, Tcl_UtfNcasecmp, Tcl_UtfCharComplete, Tcl_NumUtfChars, Tcl_UtfFindFirst, Tcl_UtfFindLast, Tcl_UtfNext, Tcl_UtfPrev, Tcl_UniCharAtIndex, Tcl_UtfAtIndex, Tcl_UtfBackslash \- routines for manipulating UTF-8 strings
Tcl_UniChar, Tcl_UniCharToUtf, Tcl_UtfToUniChar, Tcl_UniCharToUtfDString, Tcl_UtfToUniCharDString, Tcl_UniCharLen, Tcl_UniCharNcmp, Tcl_UniCharNcasecmp, Tcl_UniCharCaseMatch, Tcl_UtfNcmp, Tcl_UtfNcasecmp, Tcl_UtfCharComplete, Tcl_NumUtfChars, Tcl_UtfFindFirst, Tcl_UtfFindLast, Tcl_UtfNext, Tcl_UtfPrev, Tcl_UniCharAtIndex, Tcl_UtfAtIndex, Tcl_UtfBackslash \- routines for manipulating UTF-8 strings
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf
\fB#include <tcl.h>\fR
@@ -21,30 +21,12 @@ int
int
\fBTcl_UtfToUniChar\fR(\fIsrc, chPtr\fR)
.sp
int
\fBTcl_UtfToChar16\fR(\fIsrc, uPtr\fR)
.sp
int
\fBTcl_UtfToWChar\fR(\fIsrc, wPtr\fR)
.sp
char *
\fBTcl_UniCharToUtfDString\fR(\fIuniStr, uniLength, dsPtr\fR)
.sp
char *
\fBTcl_Char16ToUtfDString\fR(\fIuStr, uniLength, dsPtr\fR)
.sp
char *
\fBTcl_WCharToUtfDString\fR(\fIwStr, uniLength, dsPtr\fR)
.sp
Tcl_UniChar *
\fBTcl_UtfToUniCharDString\fR(\fIsrc, length, dsPtr\fR)
.sp
unsigned short *
\fBTcl_UtfToChar16DString\fR(\fIsrc, length, dsPtr\fR)
.sp
wchar_t *
\fBTcl_UtfToWCharDString\fR(\fIsrc, length, dsPtr\fR)
.sp
int
\fBTcl_UniCharLen\fR(\fIuniStr\fR)
.sp
@@ -93,15 +75,11 @@ int
.AS "const Tcl_UniChar" *uniPattern in/out
.AP char *buf out
Buffer in which the UTF-8 representation of the Tcl_UniChar is stored. At most
4 bytes are stored in the buffer.
\fBTCL_UTF_MAX\fR bytes are stored in the buffer.
.AP int ch in
The Unicode character to be converted or examined.
.AP Tcl_UniChar *chPtr out
Filled with the Tcl_UniChar represented by the head of the UTF-8 string.
.AP unsigned short *uPtr out
Filled with the utf-16 represented by the head of the UTF-8 string.
.AP wchar_t *wPtr out
Filled with the wchar_t represented by the head of the UTF-8 string.
.AP "const char" *src in
Pointer to a UTF-8 string.
.AP "const char" *cs in
@@ -116,21 +94,12 @@ A null-terminated Unicode string.
A null-terminated Unicode string.
.AP "const Tcl_UniChar" *uniPattern in
A null-terminated Unicode string.
.AP "const unsigned short" *uStr in
A null-terminated UTF-16 string.
.AP "const wchar_t" *wStr in
A null-terminated wchar_t string.
.AP "const unsigned short" *utf16s in
A null-terminated utf-16 string.
.AP "const unsigned short" *utf16t in
A null-terminated utf-16 string.
.AP "const unsigned short" *utf16Pattern in
A null-terminated utf-16 string.
.AP int length in
The length of the UTF-8 string in bytes (not UTF-8 characters). If
negative, all bytes up to the first null byte are used.
.AP int uniLength in
The length of the Unicode string in characters.
The length of the Unicode string in characters. Must be greater than or
equal to 0.
.AP "Tcl_DString" *dsPtr in/out
A pointer to a previously initialized \fBTcl_DString\fR.
.AP "unsigned long" numChars in
@@ -144,7 +113,7 @@ If non-NULL, filled with the number of bytes in the backslash sequence,
including the backslash character.
.AP char *dst out
Buffer in which the bytes represented by the backslash sequence are stored.
At most 4 bytes are stored in the buffer.
At most \fBTCL_UTF_MAX\fR bytes are stored in the buffer.
.AP int nocase in
Specifies whether the match should be done case-sensitive (0) or
case-insensitive (1).
@@ -152,21 +121,21 @@ case-insensitive (1).
.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
These routines convert between UTF-8 strings and Unicode/Utf-16 characters.
A UTF-8 character is a Unicode character represented as a varying-length
sequence of up to \fB4\fR bytes. A multibyte UTF-8 sequence
consists of a lead byte followed by some number of trail bytes.
These routines convert between UTF-8 strings and Unicode characters. An
Unicode character represented as an unsigned, fixed-size
quantity. A UTF-8 character is a Unicode character represented as
a varying-length sequence of up to \fBTCL_UTF_MAX\fR bytes. A multibyte UTF-8
sequence consists of a lead byte followed by some number of trail bytes.
.PP
\fBTCL_UTF_MAX\fR is the maximum number of bytes that \fBTcl_UtfToUniChar\fR
can consume in a single call.
\fBTCL_UTF_MAX\fR is the maximum number of bytes that it takes to
represent one Unicode character in the UTF-8 representation.
.PP
\fBTcl_UniCharToUtf\fR stores the character \fIch\fR as a UTF-8 string
in starting at \fIbuf\fR. The return value is the number of bytes stored
in \fIbuf\fR. If ch is a high surrogate (range U+D800 - U+DBFF), then
the return value will be 1 and a single byte in the range 0xF0 - 0xF4
will be stored. If you still want to produce UTF-8 output for it (even
though knowing it's an illegal code-point on its own), just call
\fBTcl_UniCharToUtf\fR again specifying ch = -1.
in \fIbuf\fR. If ch is an upper surrogate (range U+D800 - U+DBFF), then
the return value will be 0 and nothing will be stored. If you still
want to produce UTF-8 output for it (even though knowing it's an illegal
code-point on its own), just call \fBTcl_UniCharToUtf\fR again using ch = -1.
.PP
\fBTcl_UtfToUniChar\fR reads one UTF-8 character starting at \fIsrc\fR
and stores it as a Tcl_UniChar in \fI*chPtr\fR. The return value is the
@@ -178,11 +147,12 @@ a byte in the range 0x80 - 0x9F, \fBTcl_UtfToUniChar\fR assumes the
cp1252 encoding, stores the corresponding Tcl_UniChar in \fI*chPtr\fR
and returns 1. If the input is otherwise
not in proper UTF-8 format, \fBTcl_UtfToUniChar\fR will store the first
byte of \fIsrc\fR in \fI*chPtr\fR as a Tcl_UniChar between 0x00A0 and
0x00FF and return 1.
byte of \fIsrc\fR in \fI*chPtr\fR as a Tcl_UniChar between 0x0000 and
0x00ff and return 1.
.PP
\fBTcl_UniCharToUtfDString\fR converts the given Unicode string
to UTF-8, storing the result in a previously initialized \fBTcl_DString\fR.
You must specify \fIuniLength\fR, the length of the given Unicode string.
The return value is a pointer to the UTF-8 representation of the
Unicode string. Storage for the return value is appended to the
end of the \fBTcl_DString\fR.
@@ -259,48 +229,30 @@ string. The caller must not ask for the next character after the last
character in the string if the string is not terminated by a null
character.
.PP
\fBTcl_UtfPrev\fR is used to step backward through but not beyond the
UTF-8 string that begins at \fIstart\fR. If the UTF-8 string is made
up entirely of complete and well-formed characters, and \fIsrc\fR points
to the lead byte of one of those characters (or to the location one byte
past the end of the string), then repeated calls of \fBTcl_UtfPrev\fR will
return pointers to the lead bytes of each character in the string, one
character at a time, terminating when it returns \fIstart\fR.
.PP
When the conditions of completeness and well-formedness may not be satisfied,
a more precise description of the function of \fBTcl_UtfPrev\fR is necessary.
It always returns a pointer greater than or equal to \fIstart\fR; that is,
always a pointer to a location in the string. It always returns a pointer to
a byte that begins a character when scanning for characters beginning
from \fIstart\fR. When \fIsrc\fR is greater than \fIstart\fR, it
always returns a pointer less than \fIsrc\fR and greater than or
equal to (\fIsrc\fR - \fBTCL_UTF_MAX\fR). The character that begins
at the returned pointer is the first one that either includes the
byte \fIsrc[-1]\fR, or might include it if the right trail bytes are
present at \fIsrc\fR and greater. \fBTcl_UtfPrev\fR never reads the
byte \fIsrc[0]\fR nor the byte \fIstart[-1]\fR nor the byte
\fIsrc[-\fBTCL_UTF_MAX\fI-1]\fR.
Given \fIsrc\fR, a pointer to some location in a UTF-8 string (or to a
null byte immediately following such a string), \fBTcl_UtfPrev\fR
returns a pointer to the closest preceding byte that starts a UTF-8
character.
This function will not back up to a position before \fIstart\fR,
the start of the UTF-8 string. If \fIsrc\fR was already at \fIstart\fR, the
return value will be \fIstart\fR.
.PP
\fBTcl_UniCharAtIndex\fR corresponds to a C string array dereference or the
Pascal Ord() function. It returns the Unicode character represented at the
Pascal Ord() function. It returns the Tcl_UniChar represented at the
specified character (not byte) \fIindex\fR in the UTF-8 string
\fIsrc\fR. The source string must contain at least \fIindex\fR
characters. If a negative \fIindex\fR is given or \fIindex\fR points
to the second half of a surrogate pair, it returns -1.
characters. Behavior is undefined if a negative \fIindex\fR is given.
.PP
\fBTcl_UtfAtIndex\fR returns a pointer to the specified character (not
byte) \fIindex\fR in the UTF-8 string \fIsrc\fR. The source string must
contain at least \fIindex\fR characters. This is equivalent to calling
\fBTcl_UtfToUniChar\fR \fIindex\fR times, except if that would return
a pointer to the second byte of a valid 4-byte UTF-8 sequence, in which
case, \fBTcl_UtfToUniChar\fR will be called once more to find the end
of the sequence. If a negative \fIindex\fR is given, the returned pointer
points to the first character in the source string.
\fBTcl_UtfNext\fR \fIindex\fR times. If a negative \fIindex\fR is given,
the return pointer points to the first character in the source string.
.PP
\fBTcl_UtfBackslash\fR is a utility procedure used by several of the Tcl
commands. It parses a backslash sequence and stores the properly formed
UTF-8 character represented by the backslash sequence in the output
buffer \fIdst\fR. At most 4 bytes are stored in the buffer.
buffer \fIdst\fR. At most \fBTCL_UTF_MAX\fR bytes are stored in the buffer.
\fBTcl_UtfBackslash\fR modifies \fI*readPtr\fR to contain the number
of bytes in the backslash sequence, including the backslash character.
The return value is the number of bytes stored in the output buffer.
+1 -1
View File
@@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ has been completed.
.VS TIP508
Manages the default value of the array. Arrays initially have no default
value, but this command allows you to set one; the default value will be
returned when reading from an element of the array \fIarrayName\fR if the read
returned when reading from an element of the array \farrayName\fR if the read
would otherwise result in an error. Note that this may cause the \fBappend\fR,
\fBdict\fR, \fBincr\fR and \fBlappend\fR commands to change their behavior in
relation to non-existing array elements.
+101 -290
View File
@@ -12,10 +12,12 @@
.SH NAME
binary \- Insert and extract fields from binary strings
.SH SYNOPSIS
.VS 8.6
\fBbinary decode \fIformat\fR ?\fI\-option value ...\fR? \fIdata\fR
.br
\fBbinary encode \fIformat\fR ?\fI\-option value ...\fR? \fIdata\fR
.br
.VE 8.6
\fBbinary format \fIformatString \fR?\fIarg arg ...\fR?
.br
\fBbinary scan \fIstring formatString \fR?\fIvarName varName ...\fR?
@@ -29,9 +31,11 @@ architecture, it might produce an 8-byte binary string consisting of
two 4-byte integers, one for each of the numbers. The subcommand
\fBbinary scan\fR, does the opposite: it extracts data
from a binary string and returns it as ordinary Tcl string values.
.VS 8.6
The \fBbinary encode\fR and \fBbinary decode\fR subcommands convert
binary data to or from string encodings such as base64 (used in MIME
messages for example).
.VE 8.6
.PP
Note that other operations on binary data, such as taking a subsequence of it,
getting its length, or reinterpreting it as a string in some encoding, are
@@ -40,6 +44,7 @@ done by other Tcl commands (respectively \fBstring range\fR,
binary string in Tcl is merely one where all the characters it contains are in
the range \eu0000\-\eu00FF.
.SH "BINARY ENCODE AND DECODE"
.VS 8.6
.PP
When encoding binary data as a readable string, the starting binary data is
passed to the \fBbinary encode\fR command, together with the name of the
@@ -73,9 +78,7 @@ During decoding, the following options are supported:
.TP
\fB\-strict\fR
.
Instructs the decoder to throw an error if it encounters any characters
that are not strictly part of the encoding itself. Otherwise it ignores them.
RFC 2045 calls for base64 decoders to be non-strict.
Instructs the decoder to throw an error if it encounters whitespace characters. Otherwise it ignores them.
.RE
.TP
\fBhex\fR
@@ -89,8 +92,7 @@ options are supported:
.TP
\fB\-strict\fR
.
Instructs the decoder to throw an error if it encounters whitespace characters.
Otherwise it ignores them.
Instructs the decoder to throw an error if it encounters whitespace characters. Otherwise it ignores them.
.RE
.TP
\fBuuencode\fR
@@ -105,31 +107,28 @@ produce files that other implementations of decoders cannot process):
.TP
\fB\-maxlen \fIlength\fR
.
Indicates the maximum number of characters to produce for each encoded line.
The valid range is 5 to 85. Line lengths outside that range cannot be
accommodated by the encoding format. The default value is 61.
Indicates that the output should be split into lines of no more than
\fIlength\fR characters. By default, lines are split every 61 characters, and
this must be in the range 3 to 85 due to limitations in the encoding.
.TP
\fB\-wrapchar \fIcharacter\fR
.
Indicates the character(s) to use to mark the end of each encoded line.
Acceptable values are a sequence of zero or more characters from the
set { \\x09 (TAB), \\x0B (VT), \\x0C (FF), \\x0D (CR) } followed
by zero or one newline \\x0A (LF). Any other values are rejected because
they would generate encoded text that could not be decoded. The default value
is a single newline.
Indicates that, when lines are split because of the \fB\-maxlen\fR option,
\fIcharacter\fR should be used to separate lines. By default, this is a
newline character,
.QW \en .
.PP
During decoding, the following options are supported:
.TP
\fB\-strict\fR
.
Instructs the decoder to throw an error if it encounters anything
outside of the standard encoding format. Without this option, the
decoder tolerates some deviations, mostly to forgive reflows of lines
between the encoder and decoder.
Instructs the decoder to throw an error if it encounters unexpected whitespace
characters. Otherwise it ignores them.
.PP
Note that neither the encoder nor the decoder handle the header and footer of
the uuencode format.
.RE
.VE 8.6
.SH "BINARY FORMAT"
.PP
The \fBbinary format\fR command generates a binary string whose layout
@@ -144,9 +143,7 @@ Most field specifiers consume one argument to obtain the value to be
formatted. The type character specifies how the value is to be
formatted. The \fIcount\fR typically indicates how many items of the
specified type are taken from the value. If present, the \fIcount\fR
is a non-negative decimal integer or
.QW \fB*\fR ,
which normally indicates
is a non-negative decimal integer or \fB*\fR, which normally indicates
that all of the items in the value are to be used. If the number of
arguments does not match the number of fields in the format string
that consume arguments, then an error is generated. The flag character
@@ -154,7 +151,6 @@ is ignored for \fBbinary format\fR.
.PP
Here is a small example to clarify the relation between the field
specifiers and the arguments:
.PP
.CS
\fBbinary format\fR d3d {1.0 2.0 3.0 4.0} 0.1
.CE
@@ -182,63 +178,29 @@ not part of the ISO 8859\-1 character set.)
If \fIarg\fR has fewer than \fIcount\fR bytes, then additional zero
bytes are used to pad out the field. If \fIarg\fR is longer than the
specified length, the extra characters will be ignored. If
\fIcount\fR is
.QW \fB*\fR ,
then all of the bytes in \fIarg\fR will be
\fIcount\fR is \fB*\fR, then all of the bytes in \fIarg\fR will be
formatted. If \fIcount\fR is omitted, then one character will be
formatted. For example, the command:
formatted. For example,
.RS
.PP
.CS
\fBbinary format\fR a7a*a alpha bravo charlie
.CE
.PP
will return a binary string equivalent to:
.PP
.CS
\fBalpha\e000\e000bravoc\fR
.CE
.PP
the command:
.PP
will return a string equivalent to \fBalpha\e000\e000bravoc\fR,
.CS
\fBbinary format\fR a* [encoding convertto utf-8 \eu20ac]
.CE
.PP
will return a binary string equivalent to:
.PP
.CS
\fB\e342\e202\e254\fR
.CE
.PP
(which is the
UTF-8 byte sequence for a Euro-currency character), and the command:
.PP
will return a string equivalent to \fB\e342\e202\e254\fR (which is the
UTF-8 byte sequence for a Euro-currency character) and
.CS
\fBbinary format\fR a* [encoding convertto iso8859-15 \eu20ac]
.CE
.PP
will return a binary string equivalent to:
.PP
.CS
\fB\e244\fR
.CE
.PP
(which is the ISO
will return a string equivalent to \fB\e244\fR (which is the ISO
8859\-15 byte sequence for a Euro-currency character). Contrast these
last two with:
.PP
.CS
\fBbinary format\fR a* \eu20ac
.CE
.PP
which returns a binary string equivalent to:
.PP
.CS
\fB\e254\fR
.CE
.PP
(i.e. \fB\exac\fR) by
which returns a string equivalent to \fB\e254\fR (i.e. \fB\exac\fR) by
truncating the high-bits of the character, and which is probably not
what is desired.
.RE
@@ -246,62 +208,42 @@ what is desired.
This form is the same as \fBa\fR except that spaces are used for
padding instead of nulls. For example,
.RS
.PP
.CS
\fBbinary format\fR A6A*A alpha bravo charlie
.CE
.PP
will return
.PP
.CS
\fBalpha bravoc\fR
.CE
will return \fBalpha bravoc\fR.
.RE
.IP \fBb\fR 5
Stores a string of \fIcount\fR binary digits in low-to-high order
within each byte in the output binary string. \fIArg\fR must contain a
within each byte in the output string. \fIArg\fR must contain a
sequence of \fB1\fR and \fB0\fR characters. The resulting bytes are
emitted in first to last order with the bits being formatted in
low-to-high order within each byte. If \fIarg\fR has fewer than
\fIcount\fR digits, then zeros will be used for the remaining bits.
If \fIarg\fR has more than the specified number of digits, the extra
digits will be ignored. If \fIcount\fR is
.QW \fB*\fR ,
then all of the
digits will be ignored. If \fIcount\fR is \fB*\fR, then all of the
digits in \fIarg\fR will be formatted. If \fIcount\fR is omitted,
then one digit will be formatted. If the number of bits formatted
does not end at a byte boundary, the remaining bits of the last byte
will be zeros. For example,
.RS
.PP
.CS
\fBbinary format\fR b5b* 11100 111000011010
.CE
.PP
will return a binary string equivalent to:
.PP
.CS
\fB\ex07\ex87\ex05\fR
.CE
will return a string equivalent to \fB\ex07\ex87\ex05\fR.
.RE
.IP \fBB\fR 5
This form is the same as \fBb\fR except that the bits are stored in
high-to-low order within each byte. For example,
.RS
.PP
.CS
\fBbinary format\fR B5B* 11100 111000011010
.CE
.PP
will return a binary string equivalent to:
.PP
.CS
\fB\exe0\exe1\exa0\fR
.CE
will return a string equivalent to \fB\exe0\exe1\exa0\fR.
.RE
.IP \fBH\fR 5
Stores a string of \fIcount\fR hexadecimal digits in high-to-low
within each byte in the output binary string. \fIArg\fR must contain a
within each byte in the output string. \fIArg\fR must contain a
sequence of characters in the set
.QW 0123456789abcdefABCDEF .
The resulting bytes are emitted in first to last order with the hex digits
@@ -309,66 +251,43 @@ being formatted in high-to-low order within each byte. If \fIarg\fR
has fewer than \fIcount\fR digits, then zeros will be used for the
remaining digits. If \fIarg\fR has more than the specified number of
digits, the extra digits will be ignored. If \fIcount\fR is
.QW \fB*\fR ,
then all of the digits in \fIarg\fR will be formatted. If
\fB*\fR, then all of the digits in \fIarg\fR will be formatted. If
\fIcount\fR is omitted, then one digit will be formatted. If the
number of digits formatted does not end at a byte boundary, the
remaining bits of the last byte will be zeros. For example,
.RS
.PP
.CS
\fBbinary format\fR H3H*H2 ab DEF 987
.CE
.PP
will return a binary string equivalent to:
.PP
.CS
\fB\exab\ex00\exde\exf0\ex98\fR
.CE
will return a string equivalent to \fB\exab\ex00\exde\exf0\ex98\fR.
.RE
.IP \fBh\fR 5
This form is the same as \fBH\fR except that the digits are stored in
low-to-high order within each byte. This is seldom required. For example,
.RS
.PP
.CS
\fBbinary format\fR h3h*h2 AB def 987
.CE
.PP
will return a binary string equivalent to:
.PP
.CS
\fB\exba\ex00\exed\ex0f\ex89\fR
.CE
will return a string equivalent to \fB\exba\ex00\exed\ex0f\ex89\fR.
.RE
.IP \fBc\fR 5
Stores one or more 8-bit integer values in the output string. If no
\fIcount\fR is specified, then \fIarg\fR must consist of an integer
value. If \fIcount\fR is specified, \fIarg\fR must consist of a list
containing at least that many integers. The low-order 8 bits of each integer
are stored as a one-byte value at the cursor position. If \fIcount\fR is
.QW \fB*\fR ,
then all of the integers in the list are formatted. If the
are stored as a one-byte value at the cursor position. If \fIcount\fR
is \fB*\fR, then all of the integers in the list are formatted. If the
number of elements in the list is greater
than \fIcount\fR, then the extra elements are ignored. For example,
.RS
.PP
.CS
\fBbinary format\fR c3cc* {3 -3 128 1} 260 {2 5}
.CE
.PP
will return a binary string equivalent to:
.PP
.CS
\fB\ex03\exfd\ex80\ex04\ex02\ex05\fR
.CE
.PP
whereas:
.PP
will return a string equivalent to
\fB\ex03\exfd\ex80\ex04\ex02\ex05\fR, whereas
.CS
\fBbinary format\fR c {2 5}
.CE
.PP
will generate an error.
.RE
.IP \fBs\fR 5
@@ -378,32 +297,22 @@ low-order 16-bits of each integer are stored as a two-byte value at
the cursor position with the least significant byte stored first. For
example,
.RS
.PP
.CS
\fBbinary format\fR s3 {3 -3 258 1}
.CE
.PP
will return a binary string equivalent to:
.PP
.CS
\fB\ex03\ex00\exfd\exff\ex02\ex01\fR
.CE
will return a string equivalent to
\fB\ex03\ex00\exfd\exff\ex02\ex01\fR.
.RE
.IP \fBS\fR 5
This form is the same as \fBs\fR except that it stores one or more
16-bit integers in big-endian byte order in the output string. For
example,
.RS
.PP
.CS
\fBbinary format\fR S3 {3 -3 258 1}
.CE
.PP
will return a binary string equivalent to:
.PP
.CS
\fB\ex00\ex03\exff\exfd\ex01\ex02\fR
.CE
will return a string equivalent to
\fB\ex00\ex03\exff\exfd\ex01\ex02\fR.
.RE
.IP \fBt\fR 5
This form (mnemonically \fItiny\fR) is the same as \fBs\fR and \fBS\fR
@@ -418,32 +327,22 @@ low-order 32-bits of each integer are stored as a four-byte value at
the cursor position with the least significant byte stored first. For
example,
.RS
.PP
.CS
\fBbinary format\fR i3 {3 -3 65536 1}
.CE
.PP
will return a binary string equivalent to:
.PP
.CS
will return a string equivalent to
\fB\ex03\ex00\ex00\ex00\exfd\exff\exff\exff\ex00\ex00\ex01\ex00\fR
.CE
.RE
.IP \fBI\fR 5
This form is the same as \fBi\fR except that it stores one or more one
or more 32-bit integers in big-endian byte order in the output string.
For example,
.RS
.PP
.CS
\fBbinary format\fR I3 {3 -3 65536 1}
.CE
.PP
will return a binary string equivalent to:
.PP
.CS
will return a string equivalent to
\fB\ex00\ex00\ex00\ex03\exff\exff\exff\exfd\ex00\ex01\ex00\ex00\fR
.CE
.RE
.IP \fBn\fR 5
This form (mnemonically \fInumber\fR or \fInormal\fR) is the same as
@@ -459,24 +358,20 @@ low-order 64-bits of each integer are stored as an eight-byte value at
the cursor position with the least significant byte stored first. For
example,
.RS
.PP
.CS
\fBbinary format\fR w 7810179016327718216
.CE
.PP
will return the binary string \fBHelloTcl\fR.
will return the string \fBHelloTcl\fR
.RE
.IP \fBW\fR 5
This form is the same as \fBw\fR except that it stores one or more one
or more 64-bit integers in big-endian byte order in the output string.
For example,
.RS
.PP
.CS
\fBbinary format\fR Wc 4785469626960341345 110
.CE
.PP
will return the binary string \fBBigEndian\fR
will return the string \fBBigEndian\fR
.RE
.IP \fBm\fR 5
This form (mnemonically the mirror of \fBw\fR) is the same as \fBw\fR
@@ -499,16 +394,11 @@ double-precision floating point numbers internally, there may be some
loss of precision in the conversion to single-precision. For example,
on a Windows system running on an Intel Pentium processor,
.RS
.PP
.CS
\fBbinary format\fR f2 {1.6 3.4}
.CE
.PP
will return a binary string equivalent to:
.PP
.CS
\fB\excd\excc\excc\ex3f\ex9a\ex99\ex59\ex40\fR
.CE
will return a string equivalent to
\fB\excd\excc\excc\ex3f\ex9a\ex99\ex59\ex40\fR.
.RE
.IP \fBr\fR 5
This form (mnemonically \fIreal\fR) is the same as \fBf\fR except that
@@ -525,16 +415,11 @@ or more double-precision floating point numbers in the machine's native
representation in the output string. For example, on a
Windows system running on an Intel Pentium processor,
.RS
.PP
.CS
\fBbinary format\fR d1 {1.6}
.CE
.PP
will return a binary string equivalent to:
.PP
.CS
\fB\ex9a\ex99\ex99\ex99\ex99\ex99\exf9\ex3f\fR
.CE
will return a string equivalent to
\fB\ex9a\ex99\ex99\ex99\ex99\ex99\exf9\ex3f\fR.
.RE
.IP \fBq\fR 5
This form (mnemonically the mirror of \fBd\fR) is the same as \fBd\fR
@@ -547,37 +432,26 @@ This form is the same as \fBq\fR except that it stores the
double-precision floating point numbers in big-endian order.
.IP \fBx\fR 5
Stores \fIcount\fR null bytes in the output string. If \fIcount\fR is
not specified, stores one null byte. If \fIcount\fR is
.QW \fB*\fR ,
not specified, stores one null byte. If \fIcount\fR is \fB*\fR,
generates an error. This type does not consume an argument. For
example,
.RS
.PP
.CS
\fBbinary format\fR a3xa3x2a3 abc def ghi
.CE
.PP
will return a binary string equivalent to:
.PP
.CS
\fBabc\e000def\e000\e000ghi\fR
.CE
will return a string equivalent to \fBabc\e000def\e000\e000ghi\fR.
.RE
.IP \fBX\fR 5
Moves the cursor back \fIcount\fR bytes in the output string. If
\fIcount\fR is
.QW \fB*\fR
or is larger than the current cursor position,
\fIcount\fR is \fB*\fR or is larger than the current cursor position,
then the cursor is positioned at location 0 so that the next byte
stored will be the first byte in the result string. If \fIcount\fR is
omitted then the cursor is moved back one byte. This type does not
consume an argument. For example,
.RS
.PP
.CS
\fBbinary format\fR a3X*a3X2a3 abc def ghi
.CE
.PP
will return \fBdghi\fR.
.RE
.IP \fB@\fR 5
@@ -586,22 +460,14 @@ specified by \fIcount\fR. Position 0 refers to the first byte in the
output string. If \fIcount\fR refers to a position beyond the last
byte stored so far, then null bytes will be placed in the uninitialized
locations and the cursor will be placed at the specified location. If
\fIcount\fR is
.QW \fB*\fR ,
then the cursor is moved to the current end of
\fIcount\fR is \fB*\fR, then the cursor is moved to the current end of
the output string. If \fIcount\fR is omitted, then an error will be
generated. This type does not consume an argument. For example,
.RS
.PP
.CS
\fBbinary format\fR a5@2a1@*a3@10a1 abcde f ghi j
.CE
.PP
will return
.PP
.CS
\fBabfdeghi\e000\e000j\fR
.CE
will return \fBabfdeghi\e000\e000j\fR.
.RE
.SH "BINARY SCAN"
.PP
@@ -623,9 +489,8 @@ argument to obtain the variable into which the scanned values should
be placed. The type character specifies how the binary data is to be
interpreted. The \fIcount\fR typically indicates how many items of
the specified type are taken from the data. If present, the
\fIcount\fR is a non-negative decimal integer or
.QW \fB*\fR ,
which normally indicates that all of the remaining items in the data are to
\fIcount\fR is a non-negative decimal integer or \fB*\fR, which
normally indicates that all of the remaining items in the data are to
be used. If there are not enough bytes left after the current cursor
position to satisfy the current field specifier, then the
corresponding variable is left untouched and \fBbinary scan\fR returns
@@ -639,7 +504,6 @@ is accepted for all field types but is ignored for non-integer fields.
A similar example as with \fBbinary format\fR should explain the
relation between field specifiers and arguments in case of the binary
scan subcommand:
.PP
.CS
\fBbinary scan\fR $bytes s3s first second
.CE
@@ -651,15 +515,12 @@ If \fIbytes\fR contains fewer than 8 bytes (i.e. four 2-byte
integers), no assignment to \fIsecond\fR will be made, and if
\fIbytes\fR contains fewer than 6 bytes (i.e. three 2-byte integers),
no assignment to \fIfirst\fR will be made. Hence:
.PP
.CS
puts [\fBbinary scan\fR abcdefg s3s first second]
puts $first
puts $second
.CE
.PP
will print (assuming neither variable is set previously):
.PP
.CS
1
25185 25699 26213
@@ -671,17 +532,14 @@ It is \fIimportant\fR to note that the \fBc\fR, \fBs\fR, and \fBS\fR
long data size values. In doing this, values that have their high
bit set (0x80 for chars, 0x8000 for shorts, 0x80000000 for ints),
will be sign extended. Thus the following will occur:
.PP
.CS
set signShort [\fBbinary format\fR s1 0x8000]
\fBbinary scan\fR $signShort s1 val; \fI# val == 0xFFFF8000\fR
.CE
.PP
If you require unsigned values you can include the
.QW u
flag character following
the field type. For example, to read an unsigned short value:
.PP
.CS
set signShort [\fBbinary format\fR s1 0x8000]
\fBbinary scan\fR $signShort su1 val; \fI# val == 0x00008000\fR
@@ -692,9 +550,8 @@ reading bytes from the current position. The cursor is initially
at position 0 at the beginning of the data. The type may be any one of
the following characters:
.IP \fBa\fR 5
The data is a byte string of length \fIcount\fR. If \fIcount\fR is
.QW \fB*\fR ,
then all of the remaining bytes in \fIstring\fR will be
The data is a byte string of length \fIcount\fR. If \fIcount\fR
is \fB*\fR, then all of the remaining bytes in \fIstring\fR will be
scanned into the variable. If \fIcount\fR is omitted, then one
byte will be scanned.
All bytes scanned will be interpreted as being characters in the
@@ -703,30 +560,24 @@ needed if the string is not a binary string or a string encoded in ISO
8859\-1.
For example,
.RS
.PP
.CS
\fBbinary scan\fR abcde\e000fghi a6a10 var1 var2
.CE
.PP
will return \fB1\fR with the string equivalent to \fBabcde\e000\fR
stored in \fIvar1\fR and \fIvar2\fR left unmodified, and
.PP
.CS
\fBbinary scan\fR \e342\e202\e254 a* var1
set var2 [encoding convertfrom utf-8 $var1]
.CE
.PP
will store a Euro-currency character in \fIvar2\fR.
.RE
.IP \fBA\fR 5
This form is the same as \fBa\fR, except trailing blanks and nulls are stripped from
the scanned value before it is stored in the variable. For example,
.RS
.PP
.CS
\fBbinary scan\fR "abc efghi \e000" A* var1
.CE
.PP
will return \fB1\fR with \fBabc efghi\fR stored in \fIvar1\fR.
.RE
.IP \fBb\fR 5
@@ -737,16 +588,13 @@ and
.QW 0
characters. The data bytes are scanned in first to last order with
the bits being taken in low-to-high order within each byte. Any extra
bits in the last byte are ignored. If \fIcount\fR is
.QW \fB*\fR ,
then all of the remaining bits in \fIstring\fR will be scanned. If
bits in the last byte are ignored. If \fIcount\fR is \fB*\fR, then
all of the remaining bits in \fIstring\fR will be scanned. If
\fIcount\fR is omitted, then one bit will be scanned. For example,
.RS
.PP
.CS
\fBbinary scan\fR \ex07\ex87\ex05 b5b* var1 var2
.CE
.PP
will return \fB2\fR with \fB11100\fR stored in \fIvar1\fR and
\fB1110000110100000\fR stored in \fIvar2\fR.
.RE
@@ -754,11 +602,9 @@ will return \fB2\fR with \fB11100\fR stored in \fIvar1\fR and
This form is the same as \fBb\fR, except the bits are taken in
high-to-low order within each byte. For example,
.RS
.PP
.CS
\fBbinary scan\fR \ex70\ex87\ex05 B5B* var1 var2
.CE
.PP
will return \fB2\fR with \fB01110\fR stored in \fIvar1\fR and
\fB1000011100000101\fR stored in \fIvar2\fR.
.RE
@@ -769,16 +615,13 @@ high-to-low order represented as a sequence of characters in the set
The data bytes are scanned in first to last
order with the hex digits being taken in high-to-low order within each
byte. Any extra bits in the last byte are ignored. If \fIcount\fR is
.QW \fB*\fR ,
then all of the remaining hex digits in \fIstring\fR will be
\fB*\fR, then all of the remaining hex digits in \fIstring\fR will be
scanned. If \fIcount\fR is omitted, then one hex digit will be
scanned. For example,
.RS
.PP
.CS
\fBbinary scan\fR \ex07\exC6\ex05\ex1f\ex34 H3H* var1 var2
.CE
.PP
will return \fB2\fR with \fB07c\fR stored in \fIvar1\fR and
\fB051f34\fR stored in \fIvar2\fR.
.RE
@@ -786,11 +629,9 @@ will return \fB2\fR with \fB07c\fR stored in \fIvar1\fR and
This form is the same as \fBH\fR, except the digits are taken in
reverse (low-to-high) order within each byte. For example,
.RS
.PP
.CS
\fBbinary scan\fR \ex07\ex86\ex05\ex12\ex34 h3h* var1 var2
.CE
.PP
will return \fB2\fR with \fB706\fR stored in \fIvar1\fR and
\fB502143\fR stored in \fIvar2\fR.
.PP
@@ -799,151 +640,135 @@ multiple bytes in order should use the \fBH\fR format.
.RE
.IP \fBc\fR 5
The data is turned into \fIcount\fR 8-bit signed integers and stored
in the corresponding variable as a list, or as unsigned if \fBu\fR is placed
immediately after the \fBc\fR. If \fIcount\fR is
.QW \fB*\fR ,
in the corresponding variable as a list. If \fIcount\fR is \fB*\fR,
then all of the remaining bytes in \fIstring\fR will be scanned. If
\fIcount\fR is omitted, then one 8-bit integer will be scanned. For
example,
.RS
.PP
.CS
\fBbinary scan\fR \ex07\ex86\ex05 c2c* var1 var2
.CE
.PP
will return \fB2\fR with \fB7 -122\fR stored in \fIvar1\fR and \fB5\fR
stored in \fIvar2\fR. Note that the integers returned are signed unless
\fBcu\fR in place of \fBc\fR.
stored in \fIvar2\fR. Note that the integers returned are signed, but
they can be converted to unsigned 8-bit quantities using an expression
like:
.CS
set num [expr { $num & 0xff }]
.CE
.RE
.IP \fBs\fR 5
The data is interpreted as \fIcount\fR 16-bit signed integers
represented in little-endian byte order, or as unsigned if \fBu\fR is placed
immediately after the \fBs\fR. The integers are stored in
the corresponding variable as a list. If \fIcount\fR is
.QW \fB*\fR ,
then all of the remaining bytes in \fIstring\fR will be scanned. If
represented in little-endian byte order. The integers are stored in
the corresponding variable as a list. If \fIcount\fR is \fB*\fR, then
all of the remaining bytes in \fIstring\fR will be scanned. If
\fIcount\fR is omitted, then one 16-bit integer will be scanned. For
example,
.RS
.PP
.CS
\fBbinary scan\fR \ex05\ex00\ex07\ex00\exf0\exff s2s* var1 var2
.CE
.PP
will return \fB2\fR with \fB5 7\fR stored in \fIvar1\fR and \fB\-16\fR
stored in \fIvar2\fR. Note that the integers returned are signed unless
\fBsu\fR is used in place of \fBs\fR.
stored in \fIvar2\fR. Note that the integers returned are signed, but
they can be converted to unsigned 16-bit quantities using an expression
like:
.CS
set num [expr { $num & 0xffff }]
.CE
.RE
.IP \fBS\fR 5
This form is the same as \fBs\fR except that the data is interpreted
as \fIcount\fR 16-bit integers represented in big-endian byte
as \fIcount\fR 16-bit signed integers represented in big-endian byte
order. For example,
.RS
.PP
.CS
\fBbinary scan\fR \ex00\ex05\ex00\ex07\exff\exf0 S2S* var1 var2
.CE
.PP
will return \fB2\fR with \fB5 7\fR stored in \fIvar1\fR and \fB\-16\fR
stored in \fIvar2\fR.
.RE
.IP \fBt\fR 5
The data is interpreted as \fIcount\fR 16-bit signed integers
represented in the native byte order of the machine running the Tcl
script, or as unsigned if \fBu\fR is placed
immediately after the \fBt\fR. It is otherwise identical to \fBs\fR and \fBS\fR.
script. It is otherwise identical to \fBs\fR and \fBS\fR.
To determine what the native byte order of the machine is, refer to
the \fBbyteOrder\fR element of the \fBtcl_platform\fR array.
.IP \fBi\fR 5
The data is interpreted as \fIcount\fR 32-bit signed integers
represented in little-endian byte order, or as unsigned if \fBu\fR is placed
immediately after the \fBi\fR. The integers are stored in
the corresponding variable as a list. If \fIcount\fR is
.QW \fB*\fR ,
then all of the remaining bytes in \fIstring\fR will be scanned. If
represented in little-endian byte order. The integers are stored in
the corresponding variable as a list. If \fIcount\fR is \fB*\fR, then
all of the remaining bytes in \fIstring\fR will be scanned. If
\fIcount\fR is omitted, then one 32-bit integer will be scanned. For
example,
.RS
.PP
.CS
set str \ex05\ex00\ex00\ex00\ex07\ex00\ex00\ex00\exf0\exff\exff\exff
\fBbinary scan\fR $str i2i* var1 var2
.CE
.PP
will return \fB2\fR with \fB5 7\fR stored in \fIvar1\fR and \fB\-16\fR
stored in \fIvar2\fR. Note that the integers returned are signed unless
\fBiu\fR is used in place of \fBi\fR.
stored in \fIvar2\fR. Note that the integers returned are signed, but
they can be converted to unsigned 32-bit quantities using an expression
like:
.CS
set num [expr { $num & 0xffffffff }]
.CE
.RE
.IP \fBI\fR 5
This form is the same as \fBI\fR except that the data is interpreted
as \fIcount\fR 32-bit signed integers represented in big-endian byte
order, or as unsigned if \fBu\fR is placed
immediately after the \fBI\fR. For example,
order. For example,
.RS
.PP
.CS
set str \ex00\ex00\ex00\ex05\ex00\ex00\ex00\ex07\exff\exff\exff\exf0
\fBbinary scan\fR $str I2I* var1 var2
.CE
.PP
will return \fB2\fR with \fB5 7\fR stored in \fIvar1\fR and \fB\-16\fR
stored in \fIvar2\fR.
.RE
.IP \fBn\fR 5
The data is interpreted as \fIcount\fR 32-bit signed integers
represented in the native byte order of the machine running the Tcl
script, or as unsigned if \fBu\fR is placed
immediately after the \fBn\fR. It is otherwise identical to \fBi\fR and \fBI\fR.
script. It is otherwise identical to \fBi\fR and \fBI\fR.
To determine what the native byte order of the machine is, refer to
the \fBbyteOrder\fR element of the \fBtcl_platform\fR array.
.IP \fBw\fR 5
The data is interpreted as \fIcount\fR 64-bit signed integers
represented in little-endian byte order, or as unsigned if \fBu\fR is placed
immediately after the \fBw\fR. The integers are stored in
the corresponding variable as a list. If \fIcount\fR is
.QW \fB*\fR ,
then all of the remaining bytes in \fIstring\fR will be scanned. If
represented in little-endian byte order. The integers are stored in
the corresponding variable as a list. If \fIcount\fR is \fB*\fR, then
all of the remaining bytes in \fIstring\fR will be scanned. If
\fIcount\fR is omitted, then one 64-bit integer will be scanned. For
example,
.RS
.PP
.CS
set str \ex05\ex00\ex00\ex00\ex07\ex00\ex00\ex00\exf0\exff\exff\exff
\fBbinary scan\fR $str wi* var1 var2
.CE
.PP
will return \fB2\fR with \fB30064771077\fR stored in \fIvar1\fR and
\fB\-16\fR stored in \fIvar2\fR.
\fB\-16\fR stored in \fIvar2\fR. Note that the integers returned are
signed and cannot be represented by Tcl as unsigned values.
.RE
.IP \fBW\fR 5
This form is the same as \fBw\fR except that the data is interpreted
as \fIcount\fR 64-bit signed integers represented in big-endian byte
order, or as unsigned if \fBu\fR is placed
immediately after the \fBW\fR. For example,
order. For example,
.RS
.PP
.CS
set str \ex00\ex00\ex00\ex05\ex00\ex00\ex00\ex07\exff\exff\exff\exf0
\fBbinary scan\fR $str WI* var1 var2
.CE
.PP
will return \fB2\fR with \fB21474836487\fR stored in \fIvar1\fR and \fB\-16\fR
stored in \fIvar2\fR.
.RE
.IP \fBm\fR 5
The data is interpreted as \fIcount\fR 64-bit signed integers
represented in the native byte order of the machine running the Tcl
script, or as unsigned if \fBu\fR is placed
immediately after the \fBm\fR. It is otherwise identical to \fBw\fR and \fBW\fR.
script. It is otherwise identical to \fBw\fR and \fBW\fR.
To determine what the native byte order of the machine is, refer to
the \fBbyteOrder\fR element of the \fBtcl_platform\fR array.
.IP \fBf\fR 5
The data is interpreted as \fIcount\fR single-precision floating point
numbers in the machine's native representation. The floating point
numbers are stored in the corresponding variable as a list. If
\fIcount\fR is
.QW \fB*\fR ,
then all of the remaining bytes in
\fIcount\fR is \fB*\fR, then all of the remaining bytes in
\fIstring\fR will be scanned. If \fIcount\fR is omitted, then one
single-precision floating point number will be scanned. The size of a
floating point number may vary across architectures, so the number of
@@ -952,11 +777,9 @@ valid floating point number, the resulting value is undefined and
compiler dependent. For example, on a Windows system running on an
Intel Pentium processor,
.RS
.PP
.CS
\fBbinary scan\fR \ex3f\excc\excc\excd f var1
.CE
.PP
will return \fB1\fR with \fB1.6000000238418579\fR stored in
\fIvar1\fR.
.RE
@@ -976,11 +799,9 @@ as \fIcount\fR double-precision floating point numbers in the
machine's native representation. For example, on a Windows system
running on an Intel Pentium processor,
.RS
.PP
.CS
\fBbinary scan\fR \ex9a\ex99\ex99\ex99\ex99\ex99\exf9\ex3f d var1
.CE
.PP
will return \fB1\fR with \fB1.6000000000000001\fR
stored in \fIvar1\fR.
.RE
@@ -996,36 +817,28 @@ order. This conversion is not portable to the minority of systems not
using IEEE floating point representations.
.IP \fBx\fR 5
Moves the cursor forward \fIcount\fR bytes in \fIstring\fR. If
\fIcount\fR is
.QW \fB*\fR
or is larger than the number of bytes after the
\fIcount\fR is \fB*\fR or is larger than the number of bytes after the
current cursor position, then the cursor is positioned after
the last byte in \fIstring\fR. If \fIcount\fR is omitted, then the
cursor is moved forward one byte. Note that this type does not
consume an argument. For example,
.RS
.PP
.CS
\fBbinary scan\fR \ex01\ex02\ex03\ex04 x2H* var1
.CE
.PP
will return \fB1\fR with \fB0304\fR stored in \fIvar1\fR.
.RE
.IP \fBX\fR 5
Moves the cursor back \fIcount\fR bytes in \fIstring\fR. If
\fIcount\fR is
.QW \fB*\fR
or is larger than the current cursor position,
\fIcount\fR is \fB*\fR or is larger than the current cursor position,
then the cursor is positioned at location 0 so that the next byte
scanned will be the first byte in \fIstring\fR. If \fIcount\fR
is omitted then the cursor is moved back one byte. Note that this
type does not consume an argument. For example,
.RS
.PP
.CS
\fBbinary scan\fR \ex01\ex02\ex03\ex04 c2XH* var1 var2
.CE
.PP
will return \fB2\fR with \fB1 2\fR stored in \fIvar1\fR and \fB020304\fR
stored in \fIvar2\fR.
.RE
@@ -1036,11 +849,9 @@ by \fIcount\fR. Note that position 0 refers to the first byte in
\fIstring\fR, then the cursor is positioned after the last byte. If
\fIcount\fR is omitted, then an error will be generated. For example,
.RS
.PP
.CS
\fBbinary scan\fR \ex01\ex02\ex03\ex04 c2@1H* var1 var2
.CE
.PP
will return \fB2\fR with \fB1 2\fR stored in \fIvar1\fR and \fB020304\fR
stored in \fIvar2\fR.
.RE
+6
View File
@@ -56,7 +56,9 @@ When the return code from evaluation of \fIscript\fR is
\fBTCL_ERROR\fR, four additional entries are defined in the dictionary
of return options stored in \fIoptionsVarName\fR: \fB\-errorinfo\fR,
\fB\-errorcode\fR, \fB\-errorline\fR, and
.VS 8.6
\fB\-errorstack\fR.
.VE 8.6
The value of the \fB\-errorinfo\fR entry is a formatted stack trace containing
more information about the context in which the error happened. The formatted
stack trace is meant to be read by a person. The value of the
@@ -65,6 +67,7 @@ list. The \fB\-errorcode\fR value is meant to be further processed by
programs, and may not be particularly readable by people. The value of the
\fB\-errorline\fR entry is an integer indicating which line of \fIscript\fR
was being evaluated when the error occurred.
.VS 8.6
The value of the \fB\-errorstack\fR entry is an
even-sized list made of token-parameter pairs accumulated while
unwinding the stack. The token may be
@@ -84,11 +87,14 @@ the static text of the calling sites, and
.IP [3]
it is coarser-grained, with only one element per stack frame (like procs; no
separate elements for \fBforeach\fR constructs for example).
.VE 8.6
.PP
The values of the \fB\-errorinfo\fR and \fB\-errorcode\fR entries of
the most recent error are also available as values of the global
variables \fB::errorInfo\fR and \fB::errorCode\fR respectively.
.VS 8.6
The value of the \fB\-errorstack\fR entry surfaces as \fBinfo errorstack\fR.
.VE 8.6
.PP
Tcl packages may provide commands that set other entries in the
dictionary of return options, and the \fBreturn\fR command may be
+1 -1
View File
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ home directory (as specified in the HOME environment variable) if
Returns an empty string.
Note that the current working directory is a per-process resource; the
\fBcd\fR command changes the working directory for all interpreters
and all threads.
and (in a threaded environment) all threads.
.SH EXAMPLES
.PP
Change to the home directory of the user \fBfred\fR:
+11 -1
View File
@@ -35,6 +35,7 @@ turned on by default.
.
Close and destroy the channel called \fIchannelId\fR. Note that this
deletes all existing file-events registered on the channel.
.VS 8.6
If the \fIdirection\fR argument (which must be \fBread\fR or \fBwrite\fR or
any unique abbreviation of them) is present, the channel will only be
half-closed, so that it can go from being read-write to write-only or
@@ -44,6 +45,7 @@ write-only channels. Without the \fIdirection\fR argument, the channel is
closed for both reading and writing (but only if those directions are
currently open). It is an error to close a read-only channel for writing, or a
write-only channel for reading.
.VE 8.6
.RS
.PP
As part of closing the channel, all buffered output is flushed to the
@@ -81,10 +83,12 @@ an error occurs while flushing output. If a command in a command
pipeline created with \fBopen\fR returns an error, \fBchan close\fR
generates an error (similar to the \fBexec\fR command.)
.PP
.VS 8.6
Note that half-closes of sockets and command pipelines can have important side
effects because they result in a shutdown() or close() of the underlying
system resource, which can change how other processes or systems respond to
the Tcl program.
.VE 8.6
.RE
.TP
\fBchan configure \fIchannelId\fR ?\fIoptionName\fR? ?\fIvalue\fR? ?\fIoptionName value\fR?...
@@ -536,6 +540,7 @@ an extremely long line that exceeds the available memory to buffer it).
Returns -1 if the channel was not opened for the mode in question.
.TP
\fBchan pipe\fR
.VS 8.6
Creates a standalone pipe whose read- and write-side channels are
returned as a 2-element list, the first element being the read side and
the second the write side. Can be useful e.g. to redirect
@@ -556,13 +561,16 @@ is most likely to show up when using pipelines for testing; care should be
taken to ensure that deadlocks do not occur and that potential short reads are
allowed for.
.RE
.VE 8.6
.TP
\fBchan pop \fIchannelId\fR
.VS 8.6
Removes the topmost transformation from the channel \fIchannelId\fR, if there
is any. If there are no transformations added to \fIchannelId\fR, this is
equivalent to \fBchan close\fR of that channel. The result is normally the
empty string, but can be an error in some situations (i.e. where the
underlying system stream is closed and that results in an error).
.VE 8.6
.TP
\fBchan postevent \fIchannelId eventSpec\fR
.
@@ -601,6 +609,7 @@ executed in the interpreter that set them up.
.RE
.TP
\fBchan push \fIchannelId cmdPrefix\fR
.VS 8.6
Adds a new transformation on top of the channel \fIchannelId\fR. The
\fIcmdPrefix\fR argument describes a list of one or more words which represent
a handler that will be used to implement the transformation. The command
@@ -609,6 +618,7 @@ The result of this subcommand is a handle to the transformation. Note that it
is important to make sure that the transformation is capable of supporting the
channel mode that it is used with or this can make the channel neither
readable nor writable.
.VE 8.6
.TP
\fBchan puts\fR ?\fB\-nonewline\fR? ?\fIchannelId\fR? \fIstring\fR
.
@@ -772,7 +782,7 @@ set offset 0
\fI# Search for string "FOOBAR" in the file\fR
while {[\fBchan gets\fR $f line] >= 0} {
set idx [string first FOOBAR $line]
if {$idx >= 0} {
if {$idx > -1} {
\fI# Found it; rewrite line\fR
\fBchan seek\fR $f [expr {$offset + $idx}]
+9 -10
View File
@@ -471,36 +471,36 @@ The following format groups are recognized by the \fBclock scan\fR and
\fBclock format\fR commands.
.TP
\fB%a\fR
On output, produces an abbreviation (\fIe.g.,\fR \fBMon\fR) for the day
On output, receives an abbreviation (\fIe.g.,\fR \fBMon\fR) for the day
of the week in the given locale. On input, matches the name of the day
of the week in the given locale (in either abbreviated or full form, or
any unique prefix of either form).
.TP
\fB%A\fR
On output, produces the full name (\fIe.g.,\fR \fBMonday\fR) of the day
On output, receives the full name (\fIe.g.,\fR \fBMonday\fR) of the day
of the week in the given locale. On input, matches the name of the day
of the week in the given locale (in either abbreviated or full form, or
any unique prefix of either form).
.TP
\fB%b\fR
On output, produces an abbreviation (\fIe.g.,\fR \fBJan\fR) for the name
On output, receives an abbreviation (\fIe.g.,\fR \fBJan\fR) for the name
of the month in the given locale. On input, matches the name of the month
in the given locale (in either abbreviated or full form, or
any unique prefix of either form).
.TP
\fB%B\fR
On output, produces the full name (\fIe.g.,\fR \fBJanuary\fR)
On output, receives the full name (\fIe.g.,\fR \fBJanuary\fR)
of the month in the given locale. On input, matches the name of the month
in the given locale (in either abbreviated or full form, or
any unique prefix of either form).
.TP
\fB%c\fR
On output, produces a localized representation of date and time of day;
On output, receives a localized representation of date and time of day;
the localized representation is expected to use the Gregorian calendar.
On input, matches whatever \fB%c\fR produces.
.TP
\fB%C\fR
On output, produces the number of the century in Indo-Arabic numerals.
On output, receives the number of the century in Indo-Arabic numerals.
On input, matches one or two digits, possibly with leading whitespace,
that are expected to be the number of the century.
.TP
@@ -913,14 +913,13 @@ an error may result if these years are used.
\fIISO 8601 point-in-time\fR
.
An ISO 8601 point-in-time specification, such as
.QW "\fICCyymmdd\fBT\fIhhmmss\fR",
.QW \fICCyymmdd\fBT\fIhhmmss\fR,
where \fBT\fR is the literal
.QW T ,
.QW "\fICCyymmdd hhmmss\fR" ,
.QW "\fICCyymmdd\fBT\fIhh:mm:ss\fR" ,
or
.QW "\fICCyy-mm-dd\fBT\fIhh\fB:\fImm\fB:\fIss\fR".
Note that only these four formats are accepted.
.QW \fICCyymmdd\fBT\fIhh\fB:\fImm\fB:\fIss\fR .
Note that only these three formats are accepted.
The command does \fInot\fR accept the full range of point-in-time
specifications specified in ISO8601. Other formats can be recognized by
giving an explicit \fB\-format\fR option to the \fBclock scan\fR command.
+4
View File
@@ -49,13 +49,16 @@ When the last interpreter in which the channel is registered invokes
.PP
Channels are automatically closed when an interpreter is destroyed and
when the process exits.
.VS 8.6
From 8.6 on (TIP#398), nonblocking channels are no longer switched to blocking mode when exiting; this guarantees a timely exit even when the peer or a communication channel is stalled. To ensure proper flushing of stalled nonblocking channels on exit, one must now either (a) actively switch them back to blocking or (b) use the environment variable TCL_FLUSH_NONBLOCKING_ON_EXIT, which when set and not equal to "0" restores the previous behavior.
.VE 8.6
.PP
The command returns an empty string, and may generate an error if
an error occurs while flushing output. If a command in a command
pipeline created with \fBopen\fR returns an error, \fBclose\fR
generates an error (similar to the \fBexec\fR command.)
.PP
.VS 8.6
The two-argument form is a
.QW "half-close" :
given a bidirectional channel like a
@@ -77,6 +80,7 @@ abnormal exit error.
.PP
Currently only sockets and command pipelines support half-close. A future
extension will allow reflected and stacked channels to do so.
.VE 8.6
.SH EXAMPLE
.PP
This illustrates how you can use Tcl to ensure that files get closed
-217
View File
@@ -1,217 +0,0 @@
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 2014-2018 Donal K. Fellows.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH "cookiejar" n 0.1 http "Tcl Bundled Packages"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
cookiejar \- Implementation of the Tcl http package cookie jar protocol
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf
\fBpackage require\fR \fBcookiejar\fR ?\fB0.1\fR?
\fB::http::cookiejar configure\fR ?\fIoptionName\fR? ?\fIoptionValue\fR?
\fB::http::cookiejar create\fR \fIname\fR ?\fIfilename\fR?
\fB::http::cookiejar new\fR ?\fIfilename\fR?
\fIcookiejar\fR \fBdestroy\fR
\fIcookiejar\fR \fBforceLoadDomainData\fR
\fIcookiejar\fR \fBgetCookies\fR \fIprotocol host path\fR
\fIcookiejar\fR \fBstoreCookie\fR \fIoptions\fR
\fIcookiejar\fR \fBlookup\fR ?\fIhost\fR? ?\fIkey\fR?
.fi
.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
The cookiejar package provides an implementation of the http package's cookie
jar protocol using an SQLite database. It provides one main command,
\fB::http::cookiejar\fR, which is a TclOO class that should be instantiated to
create a cookie jar that manages a particular HTTP session.
.PP
The database management policy can be controlled at the package level by the
\fBconfigure\fR method on the \fB::http::cookiejar\fR class object:
.TP
\fB::http::cookiejar configure\fR ?\fIoptionName\fR? ?\fIoptionValue\fR?
.
If neither \fIoptionName\fR nor \fIoptionValue\fR are supplied, this returns a
copy of the configuration as a Tcl dictionary. If just \fIoptionName\fR is
supplied, just the value of the named option is returned. If both
\fIoptionName\fR and \fIoptionValue\fR are given, the named option is changed
to be the given value.
.RS
.PP
Supported options are:
.TP
\fB\-domainfile \fIfilename\fR
.
A file (defaulting to within the cookiejar package) with a description of the
list of top-level domains (e.g., \fB.com\fR or \fB.co.jp\fR). Such domains
\fImust not\fR accept cookies set upon them. Note that the list of such
domains is both security-sensitive and \fInot\fR constant and should be
periodically refetched. Cookie jars maintain their own cache of the domain
list.
.TP
\fB\-domainlist \fIurl\fR
.
A URL to fetch the list of top-level domains (e.g., \fB.com\fR or
\fB.co.jp\fR) from. Such domains \fImust not\fR accept cookies set upon
them. Note that the list of such domains is both security-sensitive and
\fInot\fR constant and should be periodically refetched. Cookie jars maintain
their own cache of the domain list.
.TP
\fB\-domainrefresh \fIintervalMilliseconds\fR
.
The number of milliseconds between checks of the \fI\-domainlist\fR for new
domains.
.TP
\fB\-loglevel \fIlevel\fR
.
The logging level of this package. The logging level must be (in order of
decreasing verbosity) one of \fBdebug\fR, \fBinfo\fR, \fBwarn\fR, or
\fBerror\fR.
.TP
\fB\-offline \fIflag\fR
.
Allows the cookie managment engine to be placed into offline mode. In offline
mode, the list of domains is read immediately from the file configured in the
\fB\-domainfile\fR option, and the \fB\-domainlist\fR option is not used; it
also makes the \fB\-domainrefresh\fR option be effectively ignored.
.TP
\fB\-purgeold \fIintervalMilliseconds\fR
.
The number of milliseconds between checks of the database for expired
cookies; expired cookies are deleted.
.TP
\fB\-retain \fIcookieCount\fR
.
The maximum number of cookies to retain in the database.
.TP
\fB\-vacuumtrigger \fIdeletionCount\fR
.
A count of the number of persistent cookie deletions to go between vacuuming
the database.
.RE
.PP
Cookie jar instances may be made with any of the standard TclOO instance
creation methods (\fBcreate\fR or \fBnew\fR).
.TP
\fB::http::cookiejar new\fR ?\fIfilename\fR?
.
If a \fIfilename\fR argument is provided, it is the name of a file containing
an SQLite database that will contain the persistent cookies maintained by the
cookie jar; the database will be created if the file does not already
exist. If \fIfilename\fR is not supplied, the database will be held entirely within
memory, which effectively forces all cookies within it to be session cookies.
.SS "INSTANCE METHODS"
.PP
The following methods are supported on the instances:
.TP
\fIcookiejar\fR \fBdestroy\fR
.
This is the standard TclOO destruction method. It does \fInot\fR delete the
SQLite database if it is written to disk. Callers are responsible for ensuring
that the cookie jar is not in use by the http package at the time of
destruction.
.TP
\fIcookiejar\fR \fBforceLoadDomainData\fR
.
This method causes the cookie jar to immediately load (and cache) the domain
list data. The domain list will be loaded from the \fB\-domainlist\fR
configured a the package level if that is enabled, and otherwise will be
obtained from the \fB\-domainfile\fR configured at the package level.
.TP
\fIcookiejar\fR \fBgetCookies\fR \fIprotocol host path\fR
.
This method obtains the cookies for a particular HTTP request. \fIThis
implements the http cookie jar protocol.\fR
.TP
\fIcookiejar\fR \fBpolicyAllow\fR \fIoperation domain path\fR
.
This method is called by the \fBstoreCookie\fR method to get a decision on
whether to allow \fIoperation\fR to be performed for the \fIdomain\fR and
\fIpath\fR. This is checked immediately before the database is updated but
after the built-in security checks are done, and should return a boolean
value; if the value is false, the operation is rejected and the database is
not modified. The supported \fIoperation\fRs are:
.RS
.TP
\fBdelete\fR
.
The \fIdomain\fR is seeking to delete a cookie.
.TP
\fBsession\fR
.
The \fIdomain\fR is seeking to create or update a session cookie.
.TP
\fBset\fR
.
The \fIdomain\fR is seeking to create or update a persistent cookie (with a
defined lifetime).
.PP
The default implementation of this method just returns true, but subclasses of
this class may impose their own rules.
.RE
.TP
\fIcookiejar\fR \fBstoreCookie\fR \fIoptions\fR
.
This method stores a single cookie from a particular HTTP response. Cookies
that fail security checks are ignored. \fIThis implements the http cookie jar
protocol.\fR
.TP
\fIcookiejar\fR \fBlookup\fR ?\fIhost\fR? ?\fIkey\fR?
.
This method looks a cookie by exact host (or domain) matching. If neither
\fIhost\fR nor \fIkey\fR are supplied, the list of hosts for which a cookie is
stored is returned. If just \fIhost\fR (which may be a hostname or a domain
name) is supplied, the list of cookie keys stored for that host is returned.
If both \fIhost\fR and \fIkey\fR are supplied, the value for that key is
returned; it is an error if no such host or key match exactly.
.SH "EXAMPLES"
.PP
The simplest way of using a cookie jar is to just permanently configure it at
the start of the application.
.PP
.CS
package require http
\fBpackage require cookiejar\fR
set cookiedb ~/.tclcookies.db
http::configure -cookiejar [\fBhttp::cookiejar new\fR $cookiedb]
# No further explicit steps are required to use cookies
set tok [http::geturl http://core.tcl.tk/]
.CE
.PP
To only allow a particular domain to use cookies, perhaps because you only
want to enable a particular host to create and manipulate sessions, create a
subclass that imposes that policy.
.PP
.CS
package require http
\fBpackage require cookiejar\fR
oo::class create MyCookieJar {
superclass \fBhttp::cookiejar\fR
method \fBpolicyAllow\fR {operation domain path} {
return [expr {$domain eq "my.example.com"}]
}
}
set cookiedb ~/.tclcookies.db
http::configure -cookiejar [MyCookieJar new $cookiedb]
# No further explicit steps are required to use cookies
set tok [http::geturl http://core.tcl.tk/]
.CE
.SH "SEE ALSO"
http(n), oo::class(n), sqlite3(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
cookie, internet, security policy, www
'\" Local Variables:
'\" mode: nroff
'\" fill-column: 78
'\" End:
+10 -98
View File
@@ -9,18 +9,15 @@
.BS
'\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
coroutine, yield, yieldto, coroinject, coroprobe \- Create and produce values from coroutines
coroutine, yield, yieldto \- Create and produce values from coroutines
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf
\fBcoroutine \fIname command\fR ?\fIarg...\fR?
\fByield\fR ?\fIvalue\fR?
.VS TIP396
\fByieldto\fR \fIcommand\fR ?\fIarg...\fR?
\fIname\fR ?\fIvalue...\fR?
.sp
.VS "8.7, TIP383"
\fBcoroinject \fIcoroName command\fR ?\fIarg...\fR?
\fBcoroprobe \fIcoroName command\fR ?\fIarg...\fR?
.VE "8.7, TIP383"
.VE TIP396
.fi
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
@@ -42,6 +39,7 @@ the context to be suspended. If the coroutine context never yields and instead
returns conventionally, the result of the \fBcoroutine\fR command will be the
result of the evaluation of the context.
.PP
.VS TIP396
The coroutine may also suspend its execution by use of the \fByieldto\fR
command, which instead of returning, cedes execution to some command called
\fIcommand\fR (resolved in the context of the coroutine) and to which \fIany
@@ -60,10 +58,11 @@ with multiple arguments is by using \fByieldto\fR and the \fBreturn\fR
command, like this:
.PP
.CS
proc yieldMultiple {value} {
tailcall \fByieldto\fR string cat $value
proc yieldm {value} {
\fByieldto\fR return -level 0 $value
}
.CE
.VE TIP396
.PP
The coroutine can also be deleted by destroying the command \fIname\fR, and
the name of the current coroutine can be retrieved by using
@@ -76,51 +75,6 @@ At the point when \fIcommand\fR is called, the current namespace will be the
global namespace and there will be no stack frames above it (in the sense of
\fBupvar\fR and \fBuplevel\fR). However, which command to call will be
determined in the namespace that the \fBcoroutine\fR command was called from.
.PP
.VS "8.7, TIP383"
A suspended coroutine (i.e., one that has \fByield\fRed or \fByieldto\fR-d)
may have its state inspected (or modified) at that point by using
\fBcoroprobe\fR to run a command at the point where the coroutine is at. The
command takes the name of the coroutine to run the command in, \fIcoroName\fR,
and the name of a command (any any arguments it requires) to immediately run
at that point. The result of that command is the result of the \fBcoroprobe\fR
command, and the gross state of the coroutine remains the same afterwards
(i.e., the coroutine is still expecting the results of a \fByield\fR or
\fByieldto\fR as before) though variables may have been changed.
.PP
Similarly, the \fBcoroinject\fR command may be used to place a command to be
run inside a suspended coroutine (when it is resumed) to process arguments,
with quite a bit of similarity to \fBcoroprobe\fR. However, with
\fBcoroinject\fR there are several key differences:
.VE "8.7, TIP383"
.IP \(bu
.VS "8.7, TIP383"
The coroutine is not immediately resumed after the injection has been done. A
consequence of this is that multiple injections may be done before the
coroutine is resumed. There injected commands are performed in \fIreverse
order of definition\fR (that is, they are internally stored on a stack).
.VE "8.7, TIP383"
.IP \(bu
.VS "8.7, TIP383"
An additional two arguments are appended to the list of arguments to be run
(that is, the \fIcommand\fR and its \fIargs\fR are extended by two elements).
The first is the name of the command that suspended the coroutine (\fByield\fR
or \fByieldto\fR), and the second is the argument (or list of arguments, in
the case of \fByieldto\fR) that is the current resumption value.
.VE "8.7, TIP383"
.IP \(bu
.VS "8.7, TIP383"
The result of the injected command is used as the result of the \fByield\fR or
\fByieldto\fR that caused the coroutine to become suspended. Where there are
multiple injected commands, the result of one becomes the resumption value
processed by the next.
.PP
The injection is a one-off. It is not retained once it has been executed. It
may \fByield\fR or \fByieldto\fR as part of its execution.
.PP
Note that running coroutines may be neither probed nor injected; the
operations may only be applied to
.VE "8.7, TIP383"
.SH EXAMPLES
.PP
This example shows a coroutine that will produce an infinite sequence of
@@ -184,6 +138,7 @@ for {set i 1} {$i <= 20} {incr i} {
}
.CE
.PP
.VS TIP396
This example shows how a value can be passed around a group of three
coroutines that yield to each other:
.PP
@@ -195,57 +150,14 @@ proc juggler {name target {value ""}} {
while {$value ne ""} {
puts "$name : $value"
set value [string range $value 0 end-1]
lassign [\fByieldto\fR \fI$target\fR $value] value
lassign [\fByieldto\fR $target $value] value
}
}
\fBcoroutine\fR j1 juggler Larry [
\fBcoroutine\fR j2 juggler Curly [
\fBcoroutine\fR j3 juggler Moe j1]] "Nyuck!Nyuck!Nyuck!"
.CE
.PP
.VS "8.7, TIP383"
This example shows a simple coroutine that collects non-empty values and
returns a list of them when not given an argument. It also shows how we can
look inside the coroutine to find out what it is doing, and how we can modify
the input on a one-off basis.
.PP
.CS
proc collectorImpl {} {
set me [info coroutine]
set accumulator {}
for {set val [\fByield\fR $me]} {$val ne ""} {set val [\fByield\fR]} {
lappend accumulator $val
}
return $accumulator
}
\fBcoroutine\fR collect collectorImpl
\fIcollect\fR 123
\fIcollect\fR "abc def"
\fIcollect\fR 456
puts [\fBcoroprobe \fIcollect\fR set accumulator]
# ==> 123 {abc def} 456
\fIcollect\fR "pqr"
\fBcoroinject \fIcollect\fR apply {{type value} {
puts "Received '$value' at a $type in [info coroutine]"
return [string toupper $value]
}}
\fIcollect\fR rst
# ==> Received 'rst' at a yield in ::collect
\fIcollect\fR xyz
puts [\fIcollect\fR]
# ==> 123 {abc def} 456 pqr RST xyz
.CE
.PP
This example shows a simple coroutine that collects non-empty values and
returns a list of them when not given an argument. It also shows how we can
look inside the coroutine to find out what it is doing.
.VE "8.7, TIP383"
.VE TIP396
.SS "DETAILED SEMANTICS"
.PP
This example demonstrates that coroutines start from the global namespace, and
+6
View File
@@ -17,9 +17,11 @@ dde \- Execute a Dynamic Data Exchange command
.sp
\fBdde servername\fR ?\fB\-force\fR? ?\fB\-handler \fIproc\fR? ?\fB\-\|\-\fR? ?\fItopic\fR?
.sp
.VS 8.6
\fBdde execute\fR ?\fB\-async\fR? ?\fB\-binary\fR? \fIservice topic data\fR
.sp
\fBdde poke\fR ?\fB\-binary\fR? \fIservice topic item data\fR
.VE 8.6
.sp
\fBdde request\fR ?\fB\-binary\fR? \fIservice topic item\fR
.sp
@@ -80,11 +82,13 @@ script is run in the application. The \fB\-async\fR option requests
asynchronous invocation. The command returns an error message if the
script did not run, unless the \fB\-async\fR flag was used, in which case
the command returns immediately with no error.
.VS 8.6
Without the \fB\-binary\fR option all data will be sent in unicode. For
dde clients which don't implement the CF_UNICODE clipboard format, this
will automatically be translated to the system encoding. You can use
the \fB\-binary\fR option in combination with the result of
\fBencoding convertto\fR to send data in any other encoding.
.VE 8.6
.TP
\fBdde poke\fR ?\fB\-binary\fR? \fIservice topic item data\fR
.
@@ -95,11 +99,13 @@ specific but can be a command to the server or the name of a file to work
on. The \fIitem\fR is also application specific and is often not used, but
it must always be non-null. The \fIdata\fR field is given to the remote
application.
.VS 8.6
Without the \fB\-binary\fR option all data will be sent in unicode. For
dde clients which don't implement the CF_UNICODE clipboard format, this
will automatically be translated to the system encoding. You can use
the \fB\-binary\fR option in combination with the result of
\fBencoding convertto\fR to send data in any other encoding.
.VE 8.6
.TP
\fBdde request\fR ?\fB\-binary\fR? \fIservice topic item\fR
.
+80 -194
View File
@@ -34,11 +34,7 @@ either the \fIdefScript\fR argument or by the \fIsubcommand\fR and following
\fIarg\fR arguments; when the second is present, it is exactly as if all the
arguments from \fIsubcommand\fR onwards are made into a list and that list is
used as the \fIdefScript\fR argument.
.PP
Note that the constructor for \fBoo::class\fR will call \fBoo::define\fR on
the script argument that it is provided. This is a convenient way to create
and define a class in one step.
.SH "CONFIGURING CLASSES"
.SS "CONFIGURING CLASSES"
.PP
The following commands are supported in the \fIdefScript\fR for
\fBoo::define\fR, each of which may also be used in the \fIsubcommand\fR form:
@@ -52,7 +48,7 @@ the \fBmethod\fR definition, below.
.RS
.PP
Class methods can be called on either the class itself or on the instances of
that class. When they are called, the current object (see the \fBsel\fR and
that class. When they are called, the current object (see the \fBself\R and
\fBmy\fR commands) is the class on which they are called or the class of the
instance on which they are called, depending on whether they are called on the
class or an instance of the class, respectively. If called on a subclass or
@@ -74,11 +70,13 @@ namespace of the constructor will be a namespace that is unique to the object
being constructed. Within the constructor, the \fBnext\fR command should be
used to call the superclasses' constructors. If \fIbodyScript\fR is the empty
string, the constructor will be deleted.
.RS
.PP
Classes do not need to have a constructor defined. If none is specified, the
superclass's constructor will be used instead.
.RE
.TP
\fBdeletemethod\fI name\fR ?\fIname ...\fR?
.
This deletes each of the methods called \fIname\fR from a class. The methods
must have previously existed in that class. Does not affect the superclasses
of the class, nor does it affect the subclasses or instances of the class
(except when they have a call chain through the class being modified).
.TP
\fBdestructor\fI bodyScript\fR
.
@@ -104,6 +102,16 @@ class being defined. Note that the methods themselves may be actually defined
by a superclass; subclass exports override superclass visibility, and may in
turn be overridden by instances.
.TP
\fBfilter\fR ?\fI\-slotOperation\fR? ?\fImethodName ...\fR?
.
This slot (see \fBSLOTTED DEFINITIONS\fR below)
sets or updates the list of method names that are used to guard whether
method call to instances of the class may be called and what the method's
results are. Each \fImethodName\fR names a single filtering method (which may
be exposed or not exposed); it is not an error for a non-existent method to be
named since they may be defined by subclasses.
By default, this slot works by appending.
.TP
\fBforward\fI name cmdName \fR?\fIarg ...\fR?
.
This creates or updates a forwarded method called \fIname\fR. The method is
@@ -132,7 +140,7 @@ where the current namespace is the instance namespace of the class object
itself. This is useful for setting up, e.g., class-scoped variables.
.VE TIP478
.TP
\fBmethod\fI name \fR?\fIoption\fR? \fIargList bodyScript\fR
\fBmethod\fI name argList bodyScript\fR
.
This creates or updates a method that is implemented as a procedure-like
script. The name of the method is \fIname\fR, the formal arguments to the
@@ -142,20 +150,23 @@ the body of the method is evaluated, the current namespace of the method will
be a namespace that is unique to the current object. The method will be
exported if \fIname\fR starts with a lower-case letter, and non-exported
otherwise; this behavior can be overridden via \fBexport\fR and
\fBunexport\fR
.VS TIP519
or by specifying \fB\-export\fR, \fB\-private\fR or \fB\-unexport\fR in the
optional parameter \fIoption\fR.
.VE TIP519
\fBunexport\fR.
.RS
.PP
.VS TIP500
If in a private definition context (see the \fBprivate\fR definition command,
below) or if the \fB\-private\fR flag is given for \fIoption\fR, this command
creates private procedure-like methods.
below), this command creates private procedure-like methods.
.VE TIP500
.RE
.TP
\fBmixin\fR ?\fI\-slotOperation\fR? ?\fIclassName ...\fR?
.
This slot (see \fBSLOTTED DEFINITIONS\fR below)
sets or updates the list of additional classes that are to be mixed into
all the instances of the class being defined. Each \fIclassName\fR argument
names a single class that is to be mixed in.
By default, this slot works by replacement.
.TP
\fBprivate \fIcmd arg...\fR
.TP
\fBprivate \fIscript\fR
@@ -175,6 +186,16 @@ context.
.RE
.VE TIP500
.TP
\fBrenamemethod\fI fromName toName\fR
.
This renames the method called \fIfromName\fR in a class to \fItoName\fR. The
method must have previously existed in the class, and \fItoName\fR must not
previously refer to a method in that class. Does not affect the superclasses
of the class, nor does it affect the subclasses or instances of the class
(except when they have a call chain through the class being modified). Does
not change the export status of the method; if it was exported before, it will
be afterwards.
.TP
\fBself\fI subcommand arg ...\fR
.TP
\fBself\fI script\fR
@@ -248,79 +269,24 @@ namespace has a unique prefix that makes accidental use from other classes
extremely unlikely.
.VE TIP500
.RE
.SS "ADVANCED CLASS CONFIGURATION OPTIONS"
.PP
The following definitions are also supported, but are not required in simple
programs:
.TP
\fBdefinitionnamespace\fR ?\fIkind\fR? \fInamespaceName\fR
.VS TIP524
This allows control over what namespace will be used by the \fBoo::define\fR
and \fBoo::objdefine\fR commands to look up the definition commands they
use. When any object has a definition operation applied to it, \fIthe class that
it is an instance of\fR (and its superclasses and mixins) is consulted for
what definition namespace to use. \fBoo::define\fR gets the class definition
namespace, and \fB::oo::objdefine\fR gets the instance definition namespace,
but both otherwise use the identical lookup operation.
.RS
.PP
This sets the definition namespace of kind \fIkind\fR provided by the current
class to \fInamespaceName\fR. The \fInamespaceName\fR must refer to a
currently existing namespace, or must be the empty string (to stop the current
class from having such a namespace connected). The \fIkind\fR, if supplied,
must be either \fB\-class\fR (the default) or \fB\-instance\fR to specify the
whether the namespace for use with \fBoo::define\fR or \fBoo::objdefine\fR
respectively is being set.
.PP
The class \fBoo::object\fR has its instance namespace locked to
\fB::oo::objdefine\fR, and the class \fBoo::class\fR has its class namespace
locked to \fB::oo::define\fR. A consequence of this is that effective use of
this feature for classes requires the definition of a metaclass.
.RE
.VE TIP524
.TP
\fBdeletemethod\fI name\fR ?\fIname ...\fR?
.
This deletes each of the methods called \fIname\fR from a class. The methods
must have previously existed in that class. Does not affect the superclasses
of the class, nor does it affect the subclasses or instances of the class
(except when they have a call chain through the class being modified) or the
class object itself.
.TP
\fBfilter\fR ?\fI\-slotOperation\fR? ?\fImethodName ...\fR?
.
This slot (see \fBSLOTTED DEFINITIONS\fR below)
sets or updates the list of method names that are used to guard whether
method call to instances of the class may be called and what the method's
results are. Each \fImethodName\fR names a single filtering method (which may
be exposed or not exposed); it is not an error for a non-existent method to be
named since they may be defined by subclasses.
By default, this slot works by appending.
.TP
\fBmixin\fR ?\fI\-slotOperation\fR? ?\fIclassName ...\fR?
.
This slot (see \fBSLOTTED DEFINITIONS\fR below)
sets or updates the list of additional classes that are to be mixed into
all the instances of the class being defined. Each \fIclassName\fR argument
names a single class that is to be mixed in.
By default, this slot works by replacement.
.TP
\fBrenamemethod\fI fromName toName\fR
.
This renames the method called \fIfromName\fR in a class to \fItoName\fR. The
method must have previously existed in the class, and \fItoName\fR must not
previously refer to a method in that class. Does not affect the superclasses
of the class, nor does it affect the subclasses or instances of the class
(except when they have a call chain through the class being modified), or the
class object itself. Does
not change the export status of the method; if it was exported before, it will
be afterwards.
.SH "CONFIGURING OBJECTS"
.SS "CONFIGURING OBJECTS"
.PP
The following commands are supported in the \fIdefScript\fR for
\fBoo::objdefine\fR, each of which may also be used in the \fIsubcommand\fR
form:
.TP
\fBclass\fI className\fR
.
This allows the class of an object to be changed after creation. Note that the
class's constructors are not called when this is done, and so the object may
well be in an inconsistent state unless additional configuration work is done.
.TP
\fBdeletemethod\fI name\fR ?\fIname ...\fR
.
This deletes each of the methods called \fIname\fR from an object. The methods
must have previously existed in that object. Does not affect the classes that
the object is an instance of.
.TP
\fBexport\fI name \fR?\fIname ...\fR?
.
This arranges for each of the named methods, \fIname\fR, to be exported
@@ -328,6 +294,17 @@ This arranges for each of the named methods, \fIname\fR, to be exported
being defined. Note that the methods themselves may be actually defined by a
class or superclass; object exports override class visibility.
.TP
\fBfilter\fR ?\fI\-slotOperation\fR? ?\fImethodName ...\fR?
.
This slot (see \fBSLOTTED DEFINITIONS\fR below)
sets or updates the list of method names that are used to guard whether a
method call to the object may be called and what the method's results are.
Each \fImethodName\fR names a single filtering method (which may be exposed or
not exposed); it is not an error for a non-existent method to be named. Note
that the actual list of filters also depends on the filters set upon any
classes that the object is an instance of.
By default, this slot works by appending.
.TP
\fBforward\fI name cmdName \fR?\fIarg ...\fR?
.
This creates or updates a forwarded object method called \fIname\fR. The
@@ -344,7 +321,7 @@ below), this command creates private forwarded methods.
.VE TIP500
.RE
.TP
\fBmethod\fI name \fR?\fIoption\fR? \fIargList bodyScript\fR
\fBmethod\fI name argList bodyScript\fR
.
This creates, updates or deletes an object method. The name of the method is
\fIname\fR, the formal arguments to the method (defined using the same format
@@ -352,18 +329,12 @@ as for the Tcl \fBproc\fR command) will be \fIargList\fR, and the body of the
method will be \fIbodyScript\fR. When the body of the method is evaluated, the
current namespace of the method will be a namespace that is unique to the
object. The method will be exported if \fIname\fR starts with a lower-case
letter, and non-exported otherwise;
.VS TIP519
this can be overridden by specifying \fB\-export\fR, \fB\-private\fR or
\fB\-unexport\fR in the optional parameter \fIoption\fR, or via the
\fBexport\fR and \fBunexport\fR definitions.
.VE TIP519
letter, and non-exported otherwise.
.RS
.PP
.VS TIP500
If in a private definition context (see the \fBprivate\fR definition command,
below) or if the \fB\-private\fR flag is given for \fIoption\fR, this command
creates private procedure-like methods.
below), this command creates private procedure-like methods.
.VE TIP500
.RE
.TP
@@ -392,6 +363,19 @@ difference in behavior when used in a private definition context.
.RE
.VE TIP500
.TP
\fBrenamemethod\fI fromName toName\fR
.
This renames the method called \fIfromName\fR in an object to \fItoName\fR.
The method must have previously existed in the object, and \fItoName\fR must
not previously refer to a method in that object. Does not affect the classes
that the object is an instance of. Does not change the export status of the
method; if it was exported before, it will be afterwards.
.TP
\fBself \fR
.VS TIP470
This gives the name of the object currently being configured.
.VE TIP470
.TP
\fBunexport\fI name \fR?\fIname ...\fR?
.
This arranges for each of the named methods, \fIname\fR, to be not exported
@@ -424,50 +408,6 @@ instance namespace has a unique prefix that makes accidental use from
superclass methods extremely unlikely.
.VE TIP500
.RE
.SS "ADVANCED OBJECT CONFIGURATION OPTIONS"
.PP
The following definitions are also supported, but are not required in simple
programs:
.TP
\fBclass\fI className\fR
.
This allows the class of an object to be changed after creation. Note that the
class's constructors are not called when this is done, and so the object may
well be in an inconsistent state unless additional configuration work is done.
.TP
\fBdeletemethod\fI name\fR ?\fIname ...\fR
.
This deletes each of the methods called \fIname\fR from an object. The methods
must have previously existed in that object (e.g., because it was created
through \fBoo::objdefine method\fR). Does not affect the classes that the
object is an instance of, or remove the exposure of those class-provided
methods in the instance of that class.
.TP
\fBfilter\fR ?\fI\-slotOperation\fR? ?\fImethodName ...\fR?
.
This slot (see \fBSLOTTED DEFINITIONS\fR below)
sets or updates the list of method names that are used to guard whether a
method call to the object may be called and what the method's results are.
Each \fImethodName\fR names a single filtering method (which may be exposed or
not exposed); it is not an error for a non-existent method to be named. Note
that the actual list of filters also depends on the filters set upon any
classes that the object is an instance of.
By default, this slot works by appending.
.TP
\fBrenamemethod\fI fromName toName\fR
.
This renames the method called \fIfromName\fR in an object to \fItoName\fR.
The method must have previously existed in the object, and \fItoName\fR must
not previously refer to a method in that object. Does not affect the classes
that the object is an instance of and cannot rename in an instance object the
methods provided by those classes (though a \fBoo::objdefine forward\fRed
method may provide an equivalent capability). Does not change the export
status of the method; if it was exported before, it will be afterwards.
.TP
\fBself \fR
.VS TIP470
This gives the name of the object currently being configured.
.VE TIP470
.SH "PRIVATE METHODS"
.VS TIP500
When a class or instance has a private method, that private method can only be
@@ -719,60 +659,6 @@ $g update "emailaddress=admins"
\fI\(-> DB: update row ::oo::Obj125 with emailaddress=admins\fR
.CE
.VE TIP478
.PP
.VS TIP524
This example shows how to make a custom definition for a class. Note that it
explicitly includes delegation to the existing definition commands via
\fBnamespace path\fR.
.PP
.CS
namespace eval myDefinitions {
# Delegate to existing definitions where not overridden
namespace path \fB::oo::define\fR
# A custom type of method
proc exprmethod {name arguments body} {
tailcall \fBmethod\fR $name $arguments [list expr $body]
}
# A custom way of building a constructor
proc parameters args {
uplevel 1 [list \fBvariable\fR {*}$args]
set body [join [lmap a $args {
string map [list VAR $a] {
set [my varname VAR] [expr {double($VAR)}]
}
}] ";"]
tailcall \fBconstructor\fR $args $body
}
}
# Bind the namespace into a (very simple) metaclass for use
oo::class create exprclass {
\fBsuperclass\fR oo::class
\fBdefinitionnamespace\fR myDefinitions
}
# Use the custom definitions
exprclass create quadratic {
parameters a b c
exprmethod evaluate {x} {
($a * $x**2) + ($b * $x) + $c
}
}
# Showing the resulting class and object in action
quadratic create quad 1 2 3
for {set x 0} {$x <= 4} {incr x} {
puts [format "quad(%d) = %.2f" $x [quad evaluate $x]]
}
\fI\(-> quad(0) = 3.00\fR
\fI\(-> quad(1) = 6.00\fR
\fI\(-> quad(2) = 11.00\fR
\fI\(-> quad(3) = 18.00\fR
\fI\(-> quad(4) = 27.00\fR
.CE
.VE TIP524
.SH "SEE ALSO"
next(n), oo::class(n), oo::object(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
+11 -23
View File
@@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ writing the resulting dictionary value back to that variable.
Non-existent keys are treated as if they map to an empty string. The
updated dictionary value is returned.
.VS TIP508
If \fIdictionaryVariable\fR indicates an element that does not exist of an
If \fIdictionaryVarable\fR indicates an element that does not exist of an
array that has a default value set, the default value and will be used as the
value of the dictionary prior to the appending operation.
.VE TIP508
@@ -54,8 +54,10 @@ type (which may be abbreviated.) Supported filter types are:
.RS
.TP
\fBdict filter \fIdictionaryValue \fBkey\fR ?\fIglobPattern ...\fR?
.VS 8.6
The key rule only matches those key/value pairs whose keys match any
of the given patterns (in the style of \fBstring match\fR.)
.VE 8.6
.TP
\fBdict filter \fIdictionaryValue \fBscript {\fIkeyVariable valueVariable\fB} \fIscript\fR
.
@@ -72,8 +74,10 @@ result. The key/value pairs are tested in the order in which the keys
were inserted into the dictionary.
.TP
\fBdict filter \fIdictionaryValue \fBvalue \fR?\fIglobPattern ...\fR?
.VS 8.6
The value rule only matches those key/value pairs whose values match any
of the given patterns (in the style of \fBstring match\fR.)
.VE 8.6
.RE
.TP
\fBdict for {\fIkeyVariable valueVariable\fB} \fIdictionaryValue body\fR
@@ -116,22 +120,6 @@ It is an error to attempt to retrieve a value for a key that is not
present in the dictionary.
.RE
.TP
\fBdict getdef \fIdictionaryValue \fR?\fIkey ...\fR? \fIkey default\fR
.TP
\fBdict getwithdefault \fIdictionaryValue \fR?\fIkey ...\fR? \fIkey default\fR
.VS "8.7, TIP342"
This behaves the same as \fBdict get\fR (with at least one \fIkey\fR
argument), returning the value that the key path maps to in the
dictionary \fIdictionaryValue\fR, except that instead of producing an
error because the \fIkey\fR (or one of the \fIkey\fRs on the key path)
is absent, it returns the \fIdefault\fR argument instead.
.RS
.PP
Note that there must always be at least one \fIkey\fR provided, and that
\fBdict getdef\fR and \fBdict getwithdefault\fR are aliases for each other.
.RE
.VE "8.7, TIP342"
.TP
\fBdict incr \fIdictionaryVariable key \fR?\fIincrement\fR?
.
This adds the given increment value (an integer that defaults to 1 if
@@ -142,7 +130,7 @@ are treated as if they map to 0. It is an error to increment a value
for an existing key if that value is not an integer. The updated
dictionary value is returned.
.VS TIP508
If \fIdictionaryVariable\fR indicates an element that does not exist of an
If \fIdictionaryVarable\fR indicates an element that does not exist of an
array that has a default value set, the default value and will be used as the
value of the dictionary prior to the incrementing operation.
.VE TIP508
@@ -172,7 +160,7 @@ there to be no items to append to the list. It is an error for the
value that the key maps to to not be representable as a list. The
updated dictionary value is returned.
.VS TIP508
If \fIdictionaryVariable\fR indicates an element that does not exist of an
If \fIdictionaryVarable\fR indicates an element that does not exist of an
array that has a default value set, the default value and will be used as the
value of the dictionary prior to the list-appending operation.
.VE TIP508
@@ -234,7 +222,7 @@ containing a mapping from the given key to the given value. When
multiple keys are present, this operation creates or updates a chain
of nested dictionaries. The updated dictionary value is returned.
.VS TIP508
If \fIdictionaryVariable\fR indicates an element that does not exist of an
If \fIdictionaryVarable\fR indicates an element that does not exist of an
array that has a default value set, the default value and will be used as the
value of the dictionary prior to the value insert/update operation.
.VE TIP508
@@ -254,7 +242,7 @@ must be specified, but the last key on the key-path need not exist.
All other components on the path must exist. The updated dictionary
value is returned.
.VS TIP508
If \fIdictionaryVariable\fR indicates an element that does not exist of an
If \fIdictionaryVarable\fR indicates an element that does not exist of an
array that has a default value set, the default value and will be used as the
value of the dictionary prior to the value remove operation.
.VE TIP508
@@ -274,7 +262,7 @@ or some other kind of exceptional exit. The result of \fBdict
update\fR is (unless some kind of error occurs) the result of the
evaluation of \fIbody\fR.
.VS TIP508
If \fIdictionaryVariable\fR indicates an element that does not exist of an
If \fIdictionaryVarable\fR indicates an element that does not exist of an
array that has a default value set, the default value and will be used as the
value of the dictionary prior to the update operation.
.VE TIP508
@@ -313,7 +301,7 @@ dictionaries no longer exists. The result of \fBdict with\fR is
(unless some kind of error occurs) the result of the evaluation of
\fIbody\fR.
.VS TIP508
If \fIdictionaryVariable\fR indicates an element that does not exist of an
If \fIdictionaryVarable\fR indicates an element that does not exist of an
array that has a default value set, the default value and will be used as the
value of the dictionary prior to the updating operation.
.VE TIP508
+2
View File
@@ -338,6 +338,7 @@ if {[catch {\fBexec\fR grep foo bar.txt} results options]} {
}
}
.CE
.VS 8.6
.PP
This is more easily written using the \fBtry\fR command, as that makes
it simpler to trap specific types of errors. This is
@@ -351,6 +352,7 @@ try {
set status [lindex [dict get $options -errorcode] 2]
}
.CE
.VE 8.6
.SS "WORKING WITH QUOTED ARGUMENTS"
.PP
When translating a command from a Unix shell invocation, care should
+35 -124
View File
@@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ expr \- Evaluate an expression
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
The \fIexpr\fR command concatenates \fIarg\fRs, separated by a space, into an expression, and evaluates
Concatenates \fIarg\fRs, separated by a space, into an expression, and evaluates
that expression, returning its value.
The operators permitted in an expression include a subset of
the operators permitted in C expressions. For those operators
@@ -41,17 +41,27 @@ When an expression evaluates to an integer, the value is the decimal form of
the integer, and when an expression evaluates to a floating-point number, the
value is the form produced by the \fB%g\fR format specifier of Tcl's
\fBformat\fR command.
.PP
.VS "TIP 582"
You can use \fB#\fR at any point in the expression (except inside double
quotes or braces) to start a comment. Comments last to the end of the line or
the end of the expression, whichever comes first.
.VE "TIP 582"
.SS OPERANDS
.PP
An expression consists of a combination of operands, operators, parentheses and
commas, possibly with whitespace between any of these elements, which is
ignored.
An integer operand may be specified in decimal (the normal case, the optional
first two characters are \fB0d\fR), binary
(the first two characters are \fB0b\fR), octal
(the first two characters are \fB0o\fR), or hexadecimal
(the first two characters are \fB0x\fR) form. For
compatibility with older Tcl releases, an operand that begins with \fB0\fR is
interpreted as an octal integer even if the second character is not \fBo\fR.
A floating-point number may be specified in any of several
common decimal formats, and may use the decimal point \fB.\fR,
\fBe\fR or \fBE\fR for scientific notation, and
the sign characters \fB+\fR and \fB\-\fR. The
following are all valid floating-point numbers: 2.1, 3., 6e4, 7.91e+16.
The strings \fBInf\fR
and \fBNaN\fR, in any combination of case, are also recognized as floating point
values. An operand that doesn't have a numeric interpretation must be quoted
with either braces or with double quotes.
.PP
An operand may be specified in any of the following ways:
.IP [1]
@@ -87,55 +97,12 @@ and the value of \fBb\fR is 6. The command on the left side of each line
produces the value on the right side.
.PP
.CS
.ta 9c
\fBexpr\fR {3.1 + $a} \fI6.1\fR
\fBexpr\fR {2 + "$a.$b"} \fI5.6\fR
\fBexpr\fR {4*[llength "6 2"]} \fI8\fR
.ta 6c
\fBexpr\fR 3.1 + $a \fI6.1\fR
\fBexpr\fR 2 + "$a.$b" \fI5.6\fR
\fBexpr\fR 4*[llength "6 2"] \fI8\fR
\fBexpr\fR {{word one} < "word $a"} \fI0\fR
.CE
.PP
\fBInteger value\fR
.PP
An integer operand may be specified in decimal (the normal case, the optional
first two characters are \fB0d\fR), binary
(the first two characters are \fB0b\fR), octal
(the first two characters are \fB0o\fR), or hexadecimal
(the first two characters are \fB0x\fR) form. For
compatibility with older Tcl releases, an operand that begins with \fB0\fR is
interpreted as an octal integer even if the second character is not \fBo\fR.
.PP
\fBFloating-point value\fR
.PP
A floating-point number may be specified in any of several
common decimal formats, and may use the decimal point \fB.\fR,
\fBe\fR or \fBE\fR for scientific notation, and
the sign characters \fB+\fR and \fB\-\fR. The
following are all valid floating-point numbers: 2.1, 3., 6e4, 7.91e+16.
The strings \fBInf\fR
and \fBNaN\fR, in any combination of case, are also recognized as floating point
values. An operand that doesn't have a numeric interpretation must be quoted
with either braces or with double quotes.
.PP
\fBBoolean value\fR
.PP
A boolean value may be represented by any of the values \fB0\fR, \fBfalse\fR, \fBno\fR,
or \fBoff\fR and any of the values \fB1\fR, \fBtrue\fR, \fByes\fR, or \fBon\fR.
.PP
\fBDigit Separator\fR
.PP
Digits in any numeric value may be separated with one or more underscore
characters, "\fB_\fR", to improve readability. These separators may only
appear between digits. The separator may not appear at the start of a
numeric value, between the leading 0 and radix specifier, or at the
end of a numeric value. Here are some examples:
.PP
.CS
.ta 9c
\fBexpr\fR 100_000_000 \fI100000000\fR
\fBexpr\fR 0xffff_ffff \fI4294967295\fR
\fBformat\fR 0x%x 0b1111_1110_1101_1011 \fI0xfedb\fR
.CE
.PP
.SS OPERATORS
.PP
For operators having both a numeric mode and a string mode, the numeric mode is
@@ -159,8 +126,7 @@ applied to integers.
.TP 20
\fB**\fR
.
Exponentiation. Valid for numeric operands. The maximum exponent value
that Tcl can handle if the first number is an integer > 1 is 268435455.
Exponentiation. Valid for numeric operands.
.TP 20
\fB*\0\0/\0\0%\fR
.
@@ -192,18 +158,7 @@ A right shift always propagates the sign bit.
.TP 20
\fB<\0\0>\0\0<=\0\0>=\fR
.
Boolean numeric-preferring comparisons: less than, greater than, less than or
equal, and greater than or equal. If either argument is not numeric, the
comparison is done using UNICODE string comparison, as with the string
comparison operators below, which have the same precedence.
.TP 20
\fBlt\0\0gt\0\0le\0\0ge\fR
.VS "8.7, TIP461"
Boolean string comparisons: less than, greater than, less than or equal, and
greater than or equal. These always compare values using their UNICODE strings
(also see \fBstring compare\fR), unlike with the numeric-preferring
comparisons abov, which have the same precedence.
.VE "8.7, TIP461"
Boolean less than, greater than, less than or equal, and greater than or equal.
.TP 20
\fB==\0\0!=\fR
.
@@ -234,22 +189,16 @@ Bit-wise OR. Valid for integer operands.
\fB&&\fR
.
Logical AND. If both operands are true, the result is 1, or 0 otherwise.
This operator evaluates lazily; it only evaluates its second operand if it
must in order to determine its result.
This operator evaluates lazily; it only evaluates its second operand if it
must in order to determine its result.
.TP 20
\fB||\fR
.
Logical OR. If both operands are false, the result is 0, or 1 otherwise.
This operator evaluates lazily; it only evaluates its second operand if it
must in order to determine its result.
.TP 20
\fIx \fB?\fI y \fB:\fI z\fR
\fIx\fB?\fIy\fB:\fIz\fR
.
If-then-else, as in C. If \fIx\fR is false , the result is the value of
\fIy\fR. Otherwise the result is the value of \fIz\fR.
This operator evaluates lazily; it evaluates only one of \fIy\fR or \fIz\fR.
.PP
The exponentiation operator promotes types in the same way that the multiply
and divide operators do, and the result is is the same as the result of
@@ -257,7 +206,6 @@ and divide operators do, and the result is is the same as the result of
Exponentiation groups right-to-left within a precedence level. Other binary
operators group left-to-right. For example, the value of
.PP
.PP
.CS
\fBexpr\fR {4*2 < 7}
.CE
@@ -276,7 +224,7 @@ which means that operands are not evaluated if they are
not needed to determine the outcome. For example, in
.PP
.CS
\fBexpr\fR {$v?[a]:[b]}
\fBexpr\fR {$v ? [a] : [b]}
.CE
.PP
only one of \fB[a]\fR or \fB[b]\fR is evaluated,
@@ -388,73 +336,39 @@ This also avoids issues that can arise if Tcl is allowed to perform
substitution on the value before \fBexpr\fR is called.
.PP
In the following example, the value of the expression is 11 because the Tcl parser first
substitutes \fB$b\fR and \fBexpr\fR then substitutes \fB$a\fR as part
of evaluating the expression
.QW "$a + 2*4" .
Enclosing the
expression in braces would result in a syntax error as \fB$b\fR does
not evaluate to a numeric value.
.PP
substitutes \fB$b\fR and \fBexpr\fR then substitutes \fB$a\fR. Enclosing the
expression in braces would result in a syntax error.
.CS
set a 3
set b {$a + 2}
\fBexpr\fR $b*4
.CE
.PP
When an expression is generated at runtime, like the one above is, the bytecode
When an expression is generated at runtime, like the one above is, the bytcode
compiler must ensure that new code is generated each time the expression
is evaluated. This is the most costly kind of expression from a performance
perspective. In such cases, consider directly using the commands described in
the \fBmathfunc\fR(n) or \fBmathop\fR(n) documentation instead of \fBexpr\fR.
.PP
Most expressions are not formed at runtime, but are literal strings or contain
substitutions that don't introduce other substitutions. To allow the bytecode
compiler to work with an expression as a string literal at compilation time,
ensure that it contains no substitutions or that it is enclosed in braces or
otherwise quoted to prevent Tcl from performing substitutions, allowing
\fBexpr\fR to perform them instead.
.PP
If it is necessary to include a non-constant expression string within the
wider context of an otherwise-constant expression, the most efficient
technique is to put the varying part inside a recursive \fBexpr\fR, as this at
least allows for the compilation of the outer part, though it does mean that
the varying part must itself be evaluated as a separate expression. Thus, in
this example the result is 20 and the outer expression benefits from fully
cached bytecode compilation.
.PP
.CS
set a 3
set b {$a + 2}
\fBexpr\fR {[\fBexpr\fR $b] * 4}
.CE
.PP
In general, you should enclose your expression in braces wherever possible,
and where not possible, the argument to \fBexpr\fR should be an expression
defined elsewhere as simply as possible. It is usually more efficient and
safer to use other techniques (e.g., the commands in the \fBtcl::mathop\fR
namespace) than it is to do complex expression generation.
.SH EXAMPLES
.PP
A numeric comparison whose result is 1:
.PP
.CS
\fBexpr\fR {"0x03" > "2"}
.CE
.PP
A string comparison whose result is 1:
.PP
.CS
\fBexpr\fR {"0y" > "0x12"}
.CE
.PP
.VS "8.7, TIP461"
A forced string comparison whose result is 0:
.PP
.CS
\fBexpr\fR {"0x03" gt "2"}
.CE
.VE "8.7, TIP461"
.PP
Define a procedure that computes an
.QW interesting
mathematical function:
@@ -493,9 +407,7 @@ value of true:
.PP
.CS
set isTrue [\fBexpr\fR {
# Does the environment variable exist, and...
[info exists ::env(SOME_ENV_VAR)] &&
# ...does it contain a proper true value?
[string is true -strict $::env(SOME_ENV_VAR)]
}]
.CE
@@ -509,14 +421,13 @@ set randNum [\fBexpr\fR { int(100 * rand()) }]
array(n), for(n), if(n), mathfunc(n), mathop(n), namespace(n), proc(n),
string(n), Tcl(n), while(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
arithmetic, boolean, compare, expression, fuzzy comparison, integer value
arithmetic, boolean, compare, expression, fuzzy comparison
.SH COPYRIGHT
.nf
Copyright \(co 1993 The Regents of the University of California.
Copyright \(co 1994-2000 Sun Microsystems Incorporated.
Copyright \(co 2005 by Kevin B. Kenny <kennykb@acm.org>. All rights reserved.
Copyright (c) 1993 The Regents of the University of California.
Copyright (c) 1994-2000 Sun Microsystems Incorporated.
Copyright (c) 2005 by Kevin B. Kenny <kennykb@acm.org>. All rights reserved.
.fi
'\" Local Variables:
'\" mode: nroff
'\" fill-column: 78
'\" End:
+2 -30
View File
@@ -433,38 +433,9 @@ If \fIname\fR contains no separators then returns \fIname\fR. So,
\fBfile tail a/b\fR, \fBfile tail a/b/\fR and \fBfile tail b\fR all
return \fBb\fR.
.TP
\fBfile tempdir\fR ?\fItemplate\fR?
.VS "8.7, TIP 431"
Creates a temporary directory (guaranteed to be newly created and writable by
the current script) and returns its name. If \fItemplate\fR is given, it
specifies one of or both of the existing directory (on a filesystem controlled
by the operating system) to contain the temporary directory, and the base part
of the directory name; it is considered to have the location of the directory
if there is a directory separator in the name, and the base part is everything
after the last directory separator (if non-empty). The default containing
directory is determined by system-specific operations, and the default base
name prefix is
.QW \fBtcl\fR .
.RS
.PP
The following output is typical and illustrative; the actual output will vary
between platforms:
.PP
.CS
% \fBfile tempdir\fR
/var/tmp/tcl_u0kuy5
% \fBfile tempdir\fR /tmp/myapp
/tmp/myapp_8o7r9L
% \fBfile tempdir\fR /tmp/
/tmp/tcl_1mOJHD
% \fBfile tempdir\fR myapp
/var/tmp/myapp_0ihS0n
.CE
.RE
.VE "8.7, TIP 431"
.TP
\fBfile tempfile\fR ?\fInameVar\fR? ?\fItemplate\fR?
'\" TIP #210
.VS 8.6
Creates a temporary file and returns a read-write channel opened on that file.
If the \fInameVar\fR is given, it specifies a variable that the name of the
temporary file will be written into; if absent, Tcl will attempt to arrange
@@ -479,6 +450,7 @@ Note that temporary files are \fIonly\fR ever created on the native
filesystem. As such, they can be relied upon to be used with operating-system
native APIs and external programs that require a filename.
.RE
.VE 8.6
.TP
\fBfile type \fIname\fR
.
-83
View File
@@ -1,83 +0,0 @@
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 2018 by Kevin B. Kenny <kennykb@acm.org>. All rights reserved
'\" Copyright (c) 2019 by Donal Fellows
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH fpclassify n 8.7 Tcl "Tcl Float Classifier"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
fpclassify \- Floating point number classification of Tcl values
.SH SYNOPSIS
package require \fBTcl 8.7\fR
.sp
\fBfpclassify \fIvalue\fR
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
The \fBfpclassify\fR command takes a floating point number, \fIvalue\fR, and
returns one of the following strings that describe it:
.TP
\fBzero\fR
.
\fIvalue\fR is a floating point zero.
.TP
\fBsubnormal\fR
.
\fIvalue\fR is the result of a gradual underflow.
.TP
\fBnormal\fR
.
\fIvalue\fR is an ordinary floating-point number (not zero, subnormal,
infinite, nor NaN).
.TP
\fBinfinite\fR
.
\fIvalue\fR is a floating-point infinity.
.TP
\fBnan\fR
.
\fIvalue\fR is Not-a-Number.
.PP
The \fBfpclassify\fR command throws an error if value is not a floating-point
value and cannot be converted to one.
.SH EXAMPLE
.PP
This shows how to check whether the result of a computation is numerically
safe or not. (Note however that it does not guard against numerical errors;
just against representational problems.)
.PP
.CS
set value [command-that-computes-a-value]
switch [\fBfpclassify\fR $value] {
normal - zero {
puts "Result is $value"
}
infinite {
puts "Result is infinite"
}
subnormal {
puts "Result is $value - WARNING! precision lost"
}
nan {
puts "Computation completely failed"
}
}
.CE
.SH "SEE ALSO"
expr(n), mathfunc(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
floating point
.SH STANDARDS
This command depends on the \fBfpclassify\fR() C macro conforming to
.QW "ISO C99"
(i.e., to ISO/IEC 9899:1999).
.SH COPYRIGHT
.nf
Copyright \(co 2018 by Kevin B. Kenny <kennykb@acm.org>. All rights reserved
.fi
'\" Local Variables:
'\" mode: nroff
'\" End:
+2 -117
View File
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@
.SH NAME
http \- Client-side implementation of the HTTP/1.1 protocol
.SH SYNOPSIS
\fBpackage require http\fI ?\fB2.9\fR?
\fBpackage require http\fI ?\fB2.8\fR?
.\" See Also -useragent option documentation in body!
.sp
\fB::http::config\fR ?\fI\-option value\fR ...?
@@ -99,15 +99,6 @@ comma-separated list of mime type patterns that you are
willing to receive. For example,
.QW "image/gif, image/jpeg, text/*" .
.TP
\fB\-cookiejar\fR \fIcommand\fR
.VS TIP406
The cookie store for the package to use to manage HTTP cookies.
\fIcommand\fR is a command prefix list; if the empty list (the
default value) is used, no cookies will be sent by requests or stored
from responses. The command indicated by \fIcommand\fR, if supplied,
must obey the \fBCOOKIE JAR PROTOCOL\fR described below.
.VE TIP406
.TP
\fB\-pipeline\fR \fIboolean\fR
.
Specifies whether HTTP/1.1 transactions on a persistent socket will be
@@ -170,7 +161,7 @@ throwing an error processing non-latin-1 characters.
The value of the User-Agent header in the HTTP request. In an unsafe
interpreter, the default value depends upon the operating system, and
the version numbers of \fBhttp\fR and \fBTcl\fR, and is (for example)
.QW "\fBMozilla/5.0 (Windows; U; Windows NT 10.0) http/2.9.0 Tcl/8.6.9\fR" .
.QW "\fBMozilla/5.0 (Windows; U; Windows NT 10.0) http/2.8.12 Tcl/8.6.8\fR" .
A safe interpreter cannot determine its operating system, and so the default
in a safe interpreter is to use a Windows 10 value with the current version
numbers of \fBhttp\fR and \fBTcl\fR.
@@ -259,10 +250,6 @@ proc httpHandlerCallback {socket token} {
return $nbytes
}
.CE
.PP
The \fBhttp::geturl\fR code for the \fB-handler\fR option is not compatible with either compression or chunked transfer-encoding. If \fB-handler\fR is specified, then to work around these issues \fBhttp::geturl\fR will reduce the HTTP protocol to 1.0, and override the \fB-zip\fR option (i.e. it will not send the header "\fBAccept-Encoding: gzip,deflate,compress\fR").
.PP
If options \fB-handler\fR and \fB-channel\fR are used together, the handler is responsible for copying the data from the HTTP socket to the specified channel. The name of the channel is available to the handler as element \fB-channel\fR of the token array.
.RE
.TP
\fB\-headers\fR \fIkeyvaluelist\fR
@@ -783,108 +770,6 @@ Subsequent GET and HEAD requests in a failed pipeline will also be retried.
that the retry is appropriate\fR - specifically, the application must know
that if the failed POST successfully modified the state of the server, a repeat POST
would have no adverse effect.
.VS TIP406
.SH "COOKIE JAR PROTOCOL"
.PP
Cookies are short key-value pairs used to implement sessions within the
otherwise-stateless HTTP protocol. (See RFC 6265 for details; Tcl does not
implement the Cookie2 protocol as that is rarely seen in the wild.)
.PP
Cookie storage managment commands \(em
.QW "cookie jars"
\(em must support these subcommands which form the HTTP cookie storage
management protocol. Note that \fIcookieJar\fR below does not have to be a
command name; it is properly a command prefix (a Tcl list of words that will
be expanded in place) and admits many possible implementations.
.PP
Though not formally part of the protocol, it is expected that particular
values of \fIcookieJar\fR will correspond to sessions; it is up to the caller
of \fB::http::config\fR to decide what session applies and to manage the
deletion of said sessions when they are no longer desired (which should be
when they not configured as the current cookie jar).
.TP
\fIcookieJar \fBgetCookies \fIprotocol host requestPath\fR
.
This command asks the cookie jar what cookies should be supplied for a
particular request. It should take the \fIprotocol\fR (typically \fBhttp\fR or
\fBhttps\fR), \fIhost\fR name and \fIrequestPath\fR (parsed from the \fIurl\fR
argument to \fB::http::geturl\fR) and return a list of cookie keys and values
that describe the cookies to supply to the remote host. The list must have an
even number of elements.
.RS
.PP
There should only ever be at most one cookie with a particular key for any
request (typically the one with the most specific \fIhost\fR/domain match and
most specific \fIrequestPath\fR/path match), but there may be many cookies
with different names in any request.
.RE
.TP
\fIcookieJar \fBstoreCookie \fIcookieDictionary\fR
.
This command asks the cookie jar to store a particular cookie that was
returned by a request; the result of this command is ignored. The cookie
(which will have been parsed by the http package) is described by a
dictionary, \fIcookieDictionary\fR, that may have the following keys:
.RS
.TP
\fBdomain\fR
.
This is always present. Its value describes the domain hostname \fIor
prefix\fR that the cookie should be returned for. The checking of the domain
against the origin (below) should be careful since sites that issue cookies
should only do so for domains related to themselves. Cookies that do not obey
a relevant origin matching rule should be ignored.
.TP
\fBexpires\fR
.
This is optional. If present, the cookie is intended to be a persistent cookie
and the value of the option is the Tcl timestamp (in seconds from the same
base as \fBclock seconds\fR) of when the cookie expires (which may be in the
past, which should result in the cookie being deleted immediately). If absent,
the cookie is intended to be a session cookie that should be not persisted
beyond the lifetime of the cookie jar.
.TP
\fBhostonly\fR
.
This is always present. Its value is a boolean that describes whether the
cookie is a single host cookie (true) or a domain-level cookie (false).
.TP
\fBhttponly\fR
.
This is always present. Its value is a boolean that is true when the site
wishes the cookie to only ever be used with HTTP (or HTTPS) traffic.
.TP
\fBkey\fR
.
This is always present. Its value is the \fIkey\fR of the cookie, which is
part of the information that must be return when sending this cookie back in a
future request.
.TP
\fBorigin\fR
.
This is always present. Its value describes where the http package believes it
received the cookie from, which may be useful for checking whether the
cookie's domain is valid.
.TP
\fBpath\fR
.
This is always present. Its value describes the path prefix of requests to the
cookie domain where the cookie should be returned.
.TP
\fBsecure\fR
.
This is always present. Its value is a boolean that is true when the cookie
should only used on requests sent over secure channels (typically HTTPS).
.TP
\fBvalue\fR
.
This is always present. Its value is the value of the cookie, which is part of
the information that must be return when sending this cookie back in a future
request.
.PP
Other keys may always be ignored; they have no meaning in this protocol.
.RE
.VE TIP406
.SH EXAMPLE
.PP
This example creates a procedure to copy a URL to a file while printing a
-88
View File
@@ -1,88 +0,0 @@
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 2014-2018 Donal K. Fellows.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH "idna" n 0.1 http "Tcl Bundled Packages"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
tcl::idna \- Support for normalization of Internationalized Domain Names
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf
package require tcl::idna 1.0
\fBtcl::idna decode\fR \fIhostname\fR
\fBtcl::idna encode\fR \fIhostname\fR
\fBtcl::idna puny decode\fR \fIstring\fR ?\fIcase\fR?
\fBtcl::idna puny encode\fR \fIstring\fR ?\fIcase\fR?
\fBtcl::idna version\fR
.fi
.SH DESCRIPTION
This package provides an implementation of the punycode scheme used in
Internationalised Domain Names, and some access commands. (See RFC 3492 for a
description of punycode.)
.TP
\fBtcl::idna decode\fR \fIhostname\fR
.
This command takes the name of a host that potentially contains
punycode-encoded character sequences, \fIhostname\fR, and returns the hostname
as might be displayed to the user. Note that there are often UNICODE
characters that have extremely similar glyphs, so care should be taken with
displaying hostnames to users.
.TP
\fBtcl::idna encode\fR \fIhostname\fR
.
This command takes the name of a host as might be displayed to the user,
\fIhostname\fR, and returns the version of the hostname with characters not
permitted in basic hostnames encoded with punycode.
.TP
\fBtcl::idna puny\fR \fIsubcommand ...\fR
.
This command provides direct access to the basic punycode encoder and
decoder. It supports two \fIsubcommand\fRs:
.RS
.TP
\fBtcl::idna puny decode\fR \fIstring\fR ?\fIcase\fR?
.
This command decodes the punycode-encoded string, \fIstring\fR, and returns
the result. If \fIcase\fR is provided, it is a boolean to make the case be
folded to upper case (if \fIcase\fR is true) or lower case (if \fIcase\fR is
false) during the decoding process; if omitted, no case transformation is
applied.
.TP
\fBtcl::idna puny encode\fR \fIstring\fR ?\fIcase\fR?
.
This command encodes the string, \fIstring\fR, and returns the
punycode-encoded version of the string. If \fIcase\fR is provided, it is a
boolean to make the case be folded to upper case (if \fIcase\fR is true) or
lower case (if \fIcase\fR is false) during the encoding process; if omitted,
no case transformation is applied.
.RE
.TP
\fBtcl::idna version\fR
.
This returns the version of the \fBtcl::idna\fR package.
.SH "EXAMPLE"
.PP
This is an example of how punycoding of a string works:
.PP
.CS
package require tcl::idna
puts [\fBtcl::idna puny encode\fR "abc\(->def"]
# prints: \fIabcdef-kn2c\fR
puts [\fBtcl::idna puny decode\fR "abcdef-kn2c"]
# prints: \fIabc\(->def\fR
.CE
'\" TODO: show how it handles a real domain name
.SH "SEE ALSO"
http(n), cookiejar(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
internet, www
'\" Local Variables:
'\" mode: nroff
'\" fill-column: 78
'\" End:
+254 -165
View File
@@ -13,102 +13,129 @@
.BS
'\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
info \- Information about the state of the Tcl interpreter
info \- Return information about the state of the Tcl interpreter
.SH SYNOPSIS
\fBinfo \fIoption \fR?\fIarg arg ...\fR?
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
Available commands:
This command provides information about various internals of the Tcl
interpreter.
The legal \fIoption\fRs (which may be abbreviated) are:
.TP
\fBinfo args \fIprocname\fR
.
Returns the names of the parameters to the procedure named \fIprocname\fR.
Returns a list containing the names of the arguments to procedure
\fIprocname\fR, in order. \fIProcname\fR must be the name of a
Tcl command procedure.
.TP
\fBinfo body \fIprocname\fR
.
Returns the body of the procedure named \fIprocname\fR.
Returns the body of procedure \fIprocname\fR. \fIProcname\fR must be
the name of a Tcl command procedure.
.TP
\fBinfo class\fI subcommand class\fR ?\fIarg ...\fR
.
Returns information about the class named \fIclass\fR.
See \fBCLASS INTROSPECTION\fR below.
Returns information about the class, \fIclass\fR. The \fIsubcommand\fRs are
described in \fBCLASS INTROSPECTION\fR below.
.TP
\fBinfo cmdcount\fR
.
Returns the total number of commands evaluated in this interpreter.
Returns a count of the total number of commands that have been invoked
in this interpreter.
.TP
\fBinfo cmdtype \fIcommandName\fR
.VS TIP426
Returns a the type of the command named \fIcommandName\fR.
Built-in types are:
Returns a description of the kind of command named by \fIcommandName\fR. The
supported types are:
.RS
.IP \fBalias\fR
\fIcommandName\fR was created by \fBinterp alias\fR.
In a safe interpreter an alias is only visible if both the alias and the
target are visible.
Indicates that \fIcommandName\fR was created by \fBinterp alias\fR. Note that
safe interpreters can only see a subset of aliases (specifically those between
two commands within themselves).
.IP \fBcoroutine\fR
\fIcommandName\fR was created by \fBcoroutine\fR.
Indicates that \fIcommandName\fR was created by \fBcoroutine\fR.
.IP \fBensemble\fR
\fIcommandName\fR was created by \fBnamespace ensemble\fR.
Indicates that \fIcommandName\fR was created by \fBnamespace ensemble\fR.
.IP \fBimport\fR
\fIcommandName\fR was created by \fBnamespace import\fR.
Indicates that \fIcommandName\fR was created by \fBnamespace import\fR.
.IP \fBnative\fR
\fIcommandName\fR was created by the \fBTcl_CreateObjProc\fR
Indicates that \fIcommandName\fR was created by the \fBTcl_CreateObjProc\fR
interface directly without further registration of the type of command.
.IP \fBobject\fR
\fIcommandName\fR is the public command that represents an
Indicates that \fIcommandName\fR is the public command that represents an
instance of \fBoo::object\fR or one of its subclasses.
.IP \fBprivateObject\fR
\fIcommandName\fR is the private command, \fBmy\fR by default,
Indicates that \fIcommandName\fR is the private command (\fBmy\fR by default)
that represents an instance of \fBoo::object\fR or one of its subclasses.
.IP \fBproc\fR
\fIcommandName\fR was created by \fBproc\fR.
.IP \fBinterp\fR
\fIcommandName\fR was created by \fBinterp create\fR.
Indicates that \fIcommandName\fR was created by \fBproc\fR.
.IP \fBslave\fR
Indicates that \fIcommandName\fR was created by \fBinterp create\fR.
.IP \fBzlibStream\fR
\fIcommandName\fR was created by \fBzlib stream\fR.
Indicates that \fIcommandName\fR was created by \fBzlib stream\fR.
.PP
Other types may be also registered as well. See \fBTcl_RegisterCommandTypeName\fR.
There may be other registered types as well; this is a set that is extensible
at the implementation level with \fBTcl_RegisterCommandTypeName\fR.
.RE
.VE TIP426
.TP
\fBinfo commands \fR?\fIpattern\fR?
.
Returns the names of all commands visible in the current namespace. If
\fIpattern\fR is given, returns only those names that match according to
\fBstring match\fR. Only the last component of \fIpattern\fR is a pattern.
Other components identify a namespace. See \fBNAMESPACE RESOLUTION\fR in the
\fBnamespace\fR(n) documentation.
If \fIpattern\fR is not specified,
returns a list of names of all the Tcl commands visible
(i.e. executable without using a qualified name) to the current namespace,
including both the built-in commands written in C and
the command procedures defined using the \fBproc\fR command.
If \fIpattern\fR is specified,
only those names matching \fIpattern\fR are returned.
Matching is determined using the same rules as for \fBstring match\fR.
\fIpattern\fR can be a qualified name like \fBFoo::print*\fR.
That is, it may specify a particular namespace
using a sequence of namespace names separated by double colons (\fB::\fR),
and may have pattern matching special characters
at the end to specify a set of commands in that namespace.
If \fIpattern\fR is a qualified name,
the resulting list of command names has each one qualified with the name
of the specified namespace, and only the commands defined in the named
namespace are returned.
.\" Technically, most of this hasn't changed; that's mostly just the
.\" way it always worked. Hardly anyone knew that though.
.TP
\fBinfo complete \fIcommand\fR
.
Returns 1 if \fIcommand\fR is a complete command, and \fB0\fR otherwise.
Typically used in line-oriented input environments
to allow users to type in commands that span multiple lines.
Returns 1 if \fIcommand\fR is a complete Tcl command in the sense of
having no unclosed quotes, braces, brackets or array element names.
If the command does not appear to be complete then 0 is returned.
This command is typically used in line-oriented input environments
to allow users to type in commands that span multiple lines; if the
command is not complete, the script can delay evaluating it until additional
lines have been typed to complete the command.
.TP
\fBinfo coroutine\fR
.
Returns the name of the current \fBcoroutine\fR, or the empty
string if there is no current coroutine or the current coroutine
has been deleted.
Returns the name of the currently executing \fBcoroutine\fR, or the empty
string if either no coroutine is currently executing, or the current coroutine
has been deleted (but has not yet returned or yielded since deletion).
.TP
\fBinfo default \fIprocname parameter varname\fR
\fBinfo default \fIprocname arg varname\fR
.
If the parameter \fIparameter\fR for the procedure named \fIprocname\fR has a
default value, stores that value in \fIvarname\fR and returns \fB1\fR.
Otherwise, returns \fB0\fR.
\fIProcname\fR must be the name of a Tcl command procedure and \fIarg\fR
must be the name of an argument to that procedure. If \fIarg\fR
does not have a default value then the command returns \fB0\fR.
Otherwise it returns \fB1\fR and places the default value of \fIarg\fR
into variable \fIvarname\fR.
.TP
\fBinfo errorstack \fR?\fIinterp\fR?
.
Returns a description of the active command at each level for the
last error in the current interpreter, or in the interpreter named
\fIinterp\fR if given.
Returns, in a form that is programmatically easy to parse, the function names
and arguments at each level from the call stack of the last error in the given
\fIinterp\fR, or in the current one if not specified.
.RS
.PP
The description is a dictionary of tokens and parameters. Tokens are
This form is an even-sized list alternating tokens and parameters. Tokens are
currently either \fBCALL\fR, \fBUP\fR, or \fBINNER\fR, but other values may be
introduced in the future. \fBCALL\fR indicates a command call, and its
introduced in the future. \fBCALL\fR indicates a procedure call, and its
parameter is the corresponding \fBinfo level\fR \fB0\fR. \fBUP\fR indicates a
shift in variable frames generated by \fBuplevel\fR or similar, and applies to
the previous \fBCALL\fR item. Its parameter is the level offset. \fBINNER\fR
@@ -116,103 +143,126 @@ identifies the
.QW "inner context" ,
which is the innermost atomic command or bytecode instruction that raised the
error, along with its arguments when available. While \fBCALL\fR and \fBUP\fR
provide a trail of the call path, \fBINNER\fR provides details of the offending
operation in the innermost procedure call, even to sub-expression
allow to follow complex call paths, \fBINNER\fR homes in on the offending
operation in the innermost procedure call, even going to sub-expression
granularity.
.PP
This information is also present in the \fB\-errorstack\fR entry of the
options dictionary returned by 3-argument \fBcatch\fR; \fBinfo errorstack\fR
is a convenient way of retrieving it for uncaught errors at top-level in an
interactive \fBinterpreter\fR.
interactive \fBtclsh\fR.
.RE
.TP
\fBinfo exists \fIvarName\fR
.
Returns \fB1\fR if a variable named \fIvarName\fR is visible and has been
defined, and \fB0\fR otherwise.
Returns \fB1\fR if the variable named \fIvarName\fR exists in the
current context (either as a global or local variable) and has been
defined by being given a value, returns \fB0\fR otherwise.
.TP
\fBinfo frame\fR ?\fIdepth\fR?
\fBinfo frame\fR ?\fInumber\fR?
.
Returns the depth of the call to \fBinfo frame\fR itself. Otherwise, returns a
dictionary describing the active command at the \fIdepth\fR, which counts all
commands visible to \fBinfo level\fR, plus commands that don't create a new
level, such as \fBeval\fR, \fBsource\fR, or \fIuplevel\fR. The frame depth is
always greater than the current level.
This command provides access to all frames on the stack, even those
hidden from \fBinfo level\fR. If \fInumber\fR is not specified, this
command returns a number giving the frame level of the command. This
is 1 if the command is invoked at top-level. If \fInumber\fR is
specified, then the result is a dictionary containing the location
information for the command at the \fInumber\fRed level on the stack.
.RS
.PP
If \fIdepth\fR is greater than \fB0\fR it is the frame at that depth. Otherwise
it is the number of frames up from the current frame.
If \fInumber\fR is positive (> 0) then it selects a particular stack
level (1 refers to the outer-most active command, 2 to the command it
called, and so on, up to the current frame level which refers to
\fBinfo frame\fR itself); otherwise it gives a level relative to the
current command (0 refers to the current command, i.e., \fBinfo
frame\fR itself, -1 to its caller, and so on).
.PP
As with \fBinfo level\fR and error traces, for nested commands like
This is similar to how \fBinfo level\fR works, except that this
subcommand reports all frames, like \fBsource\fRd scripts,
\fBeval\fRs, \fBuplevel\fRs, etc.
.PP
Note that for nested commands, like
.QW "foo [bar [x]]" ,
only
.QW x
is seen by \fBinfo frame\fR invoked within
will be seen by an \fBinfo frame\fR invoked within
.QW x .
This is the same as for \fBinfo level\fR and error stack traces.
.PP
The dictionary may contain the following keys:
The result dictionary may contain the keys listed below, with the
specified meanings for their values:
.TP
\fBtype\fR
.
Always present. Possible values are \fBsource\fR, \fBproc\fR,
This entry is always present and describes the nature of the location
for the command. The recognized values are \fBsource\fR, \fBproc\fR,
\fBeval\fR, and \fBprecompiled\fR.
.RS
.TP
\fBsource\fR\0\0\0\0\0\0\0\0
.
A script loaded via the \fBsource\fR
means that the command is found in a script loaded by the \fBsource\fR
command.
.TP
\fBproc\fR\0\0\0\0\0\0\0\0
.
The body of a procedure that could not be traced back to a
line in a particular script.
means that the command is found in dynamically created procedure body.
.TP
\fBeval\fR\0\0\0\0\0\0\0\0
.
The body of a script provided to \fBeval\fR or \fBuplevel\fR.
means that the command is executed by \fBeval\fR or \fBuplevel\fR.
.TP
\fBprecompiled\fR\0\0\0\0\0\0\0\0
.
A pre-compiled script (loadable by the package
\fBtbcload\fR), and no further information is available.
means that the command is found in a pre-compiled script (loadable by
the package \fBtbcload\fR), and no further information will be
available.
.RE
.TP
\fBline\fR
.
The line number of of the command inside its script. Not available for
\fBprecompiled\fR commands. When the type is \fBsource\fR, the line number is
relative to the beginning of the file, whereas for the last two types it is
relative to the start of the script.
This entry provides the number of the line the command is at inside of
the script it is a part of. This information is not present for type
\fBprecompiled\fR. For type \fBsource\fR this information is counted
relative to the beginning of the file, whereas for the last two types
the line is counted relative to the start of the script.
.TP
\fBfile\fR
.
For type \fBsource\fR, provides the normalized path of the file that contains
the command.
This entry is present only for type \fBsource\fR. It provides the
normalized path of the file the command is in.
.TP
\fBcmd\fR
.
The command before substitutions were performed.
This entry provides the string representation of the command. This is
usually the unsubstituted form, however for commands which are a
canonically-constructed list (e.g., as produced by the \fBlist\fR command)
executed by \fBeval\fR it is the substituted form as they have no other
string representation. Care is taken that the canonicality property of
the latter is not spoiled.
.TP
\fBproc\fR
.
For type \fBprod\fR, the name of the procedure containing the command.
This entry is present only if the command is found in the body of a
regular Tcl procedure. It then provides the name of that procedure.
.TP
\fBlambda\fR
.
For a command in a script evaluated as the body of an unnamed routine via the
\fBapply\fR command, the definition of that routine.
This entry is present only if the command is found in the body of an
anonymous Tcl procedure, i.e. a lambda. It then provides the entire
definition of the lambda in question.
.TP
\fBlevel\fR
.
For a frame that corresponds to a level, (to be determined).
This entry is present only if the queried frame has a corresponding
frame returned by \fBinfo level\fR. It provides the index of this
frame, relative to the current level (0 and negative numbers).
.PP
When a command can be traced to its literal definition in some script, e.g.
procedures nested in statically defined procedures, and literal eval scripts in
files or statically defined procedures, its type is \fBsource\fR and its
location is the absolute line number in the script. Otherwise, its type is
\fBproc\fR and its location is its line number within the body of the
procedure.
A thing of note is that for procedures statically defined in files the
locations of commands in their bodies will be reported with type
\fBsource\fR and absolute line numbers, and not as type
\fBproc\fR. The same is true for procedures nested in statically
defined procedures, and literal eval scripts in files or statically
defined procedures.
.PP
In contrast, procedure definitions and \fBeval\fR within a dynamically
\fBeval\fRuated environment count line numbers relative to the start of
@@ -220,7 +270,7 @@ their script, even if they would be able to count relative to the
start of the outer dynamic script. That type of number usually makes
more sense.
.PP
A different way of describing this behaviour is that file-based
A different way of describing this behaviour is that file based
locations are tracked as deeply as possible, and where this is not
possible the lines are counted based on the smallest possible
\fBeval\fR or procedure body, as that scope is usually easier to find
@@ -234,112 +284,169 @@ counted relative to the start of each word (smallest scope)
.TP
\fBinfo functions \fR?\fIpattern\fR?
.
If \fIpattern\fR is not given, returns a list of all the math
If \fIpattern\fR is not specified, returns a list of all the math
functions currently defined.
If \fIpattern\fR is given, returns only those names that match
\fIpattern\fR according to \fBstring match\fR.
If \fIpattern\fR is specified, only those functions whose name matches
\fIpattern\fR are returned. Matching is determined using the same
rules as for \fBstring match\fR.
.TP
\fBinfo globals \fR?\fIpattern\fR?
.
If \fIpattern\fR is not given, returns a list of all the names
If \fIpattern\fR is not specified, returns a list of all the names
of currently-defined global variables.
Global variables are variables in the global namespace.
If \fIpattern\fR is given, only those names matching \fIpattern\fR
If \fIpattern\fR is specified, only those names matching \fIpattern\fR
are returned. Matching is determined using the same rules as for
\fBstring match\fR.
.TP
\fBinfo hostname\fR
.
Returns the name of the current host.
This name is not guaranteed to be the fully-qualified domain
name of the host. Where machines have several different names, as is
Returns the name of the computer on which this invocation is being
executed.
Note that this name is not guaranteed to be the fully qualified domain
name of the host. Where machines have several different names (as is
common on systems with both TCP/IP (DNS) and NetBIOS-based networking
installed, it is the name that is suitable for TCP/IP networking that
installed,) it is the name that is suitable for TCP/IP networking that
is returned.
.TP
\fBinfo level\fR ?\fIlevel\fR?
\fBinfo level\fR ?\fInumber\fR?
.
If \fInumber\fR is not given, the level this routine was called from.
Otherwise returns the complete command active at the given level. If
\fInumber\fR is greater than \fB0\fR, it is the desired level. Otherwise, it
is \fInumber\fR levels up from the current level. A complete command is the
words in the command, with all subsitutions performed, meaning that it is a
list. See \fBuplevel\fR for more information on levels.
If \fInumber\fR is not specified, this command returns a number
giving the stack level of the invoking procedure, or 0 if the
command is invoked at top-level. If \fInumber\fR is specified,
then the result is a list consisting of the name and arguments for the
procedure call at level \fInumber\fR on the stack. If \fInumber\fR
is positive then it selects a particular stack level (1 refers
to the top-most active procedure, 2 to the procedure it called, and
so on); otherwise it gives a level relative to the current level
(0 refers to the current procedure, -1 to its caller, and so on).
See the \fBuplevel\fR command for more information on what stack
levels mean.
.TP
\fBinfo library\fR
.
Returns the value of \fBtcl_library\fR, which is the name of the library
directory in which the scripts distributed with Tcl scripts are stored.
Returns the name of the library directory in which standard Tcl
scripts are stored.
This is actually the value of the \fBtcl_library\fR
variable and may be changed by setting \fBtcl_library\fR.
.TP
\fBinfo linkedname \fIvarname\fR
.VS TIP471
Returns the name of the variable that link variable \fIvarname\fR is
ultimately linked to. This will be a fully qualified name if the variable
ultimately linked to is in a namespace (including the global namespace). Array
elements will be indicated by having
.QW \fB(\fR ,
the name of the element, and
.QW \fB)\fR
appended.
.RS
.PP
Link variables are (usually) local variables created by \fBupvar\fR,
\fBglobal\fR, \fBnamespace upvar\fR, and \fBvariable\fR.
.RE
.VE TIP471
.TP
\fBinfo loaded \fR?\fIinterp\fR? ?\fIpackage\fR?
.
Returns the name of each file loaded in \fIinterp\fR va \fBload\fR as part of
\fIpackage\fR . If \fIpackage\fR is not given, returns a list where each item
is the name of the loaded file and the name of the package for which the file
was loaded. For a statically-loaded package the name of the file is the empty
string. For \fIinterp\fR, the empty string is the current interpreter.
Returns the filename loaded as part of \fIpackage\fR. If \fIpackage\fR
is not specified, returns a list describing all of the packages
that have been loaded into \fIinterp\fR with the \fBload\fR command.
Each list element is a sub-list with two elements consisting of the
name of the file from which the package was loaded and the name of
the package.
For statically-loaded packages the file name will be an empty string.
If \fIinterp\fR is omitted then information is returned for all packages
loaded in any interpreter in the process.
To get a list of just the packages in the current interpreter, specify
an empty string for the \fIinterp\fR argument.
.TP
\fBinfo locals \fR?\fIpattern\fR?
.
If \fIpattern\fR is given, returns the name of each local variable matching
\fIpattern\fR according to \fBstring match\fR. Otherwise, returns the name of
each local variable. A variables defined with the \fBglobal\fR, \fBupvar\fR or
\fBvariable\fR is not local.
If \fIpattern\fR is not specified, returns a list of all the names
of currently-defined local variables, including arguments to the
current procedure, if any.
Variables defined with the \fBglobal\fR, \fBupvar\fR and
\fBvariable\fR commands will not be returned.
If \fIpattern\fR is specified, only those names matching \fIpattern\fR
are returned. Matching is determined using the same rules as for
\fBstring match\fR.
.TP
\fBinfo nameofexecutable\fR
.
Returns the absolute pathname of the program for the current interpreter. If
such a file can not be identified an empty string is returned.
Returns the full path name of the binary file from which the application
was invoked. If Tcl was unable to identify the file, then an empty
string is returned.
.TP
\fBinfo object\fI subcommand object\fR ?\fIarg ...\fR
.
Returns information about the object named \fIobject\fR. \fIsubcommand\fR is
described \fBOBJECT INTROSPECTION\fR below.
Returns information about the object, \fIobject\fR. The \fIsubcommand\fRs are
described in \fBOBJECT INTROSPECTION\fR below.
.TP
\fBinfo patchlevel\fR
.
Returns the value of the global variable \fBtcl_patchLevel\fR, in which the
exact version of the Tcl library initially stored.
Returns the value of the global variable \fBtcl_patchLevel\fR, which holds
the exact version of the Tcl library by default.
.TP
\fBinfo procs \fR?\fIpattern\fR?
.
Returns the names of all visible procedures. If \fIpattern\fR is given, returns
only those names that match according to \fBstring match\fR. Only the final
component in \fIpattern\fR is actually considered a pattern. Any qualifying
components simply select a namespace. See \fBNAMESPACE RESOLUTION\fR in the
\fBnamespace\fR(n) documentation.
If \fIpattern\fR is not specified, returns a list of all the
names of Tcl command procedures in the current namespace.
If \fIpattern\fR is specified,
only those procedure names in the current namespace
matching \fIpattern\fR are returned.
Matching is determined using the same rules as for
\fBstring match\fR.
If \fIpattern\fR contains any namespace separators, they are used to
select a namespace relative to the current namespace (or relative to
the global namespace if \fIpattern\fR starts with \fB::\fR) to match
within; the matching pattern is taken to be the part after the last
namespace separator.
.TP
\fBinfo script\fR ?\fIfilename\fR?
.
Returns the pathname of the innermost script currently being evaluated, or the
empty string if no pathname can be determined. If \fIfilename\fR is given,
sets the return value of any future calls to \fBinfo script\fR for the duration
of the innermost active script. This is useful in virtual file system
applications.
If a Tcl script file is currently being evaluated (i.e. there is a
call to \fBTcl_EvalFile\fR active or there is an active invocation
of the \fBsource\fR command), then this command returns the name
of the innermost file being processed. If \fIfilename\fR is specified,
then the return value of this command will be modified for the
duration of the active invocation to return that name. This is
useful in virtual file system applications.
Otherwise the command returns an empty string.
.TP
\fBinfo sharedlibextension\fR
.
Returns the extension used on this platform for names of shared libraries, e.g.
\fB.so\fR under Solaris. Returns the empty string if shared libraries are not
supported on this platform.
Returns the extension used on this platform for the names of files
containing shared libraries (for example, \fB.so\fR under Solaris).
If shared libraries are not supported on this platform then an empty
string is returned.
.TP
\fBinfo tclversion\fR
.
Returns the value of the global variable \fBtcl_version\fR, in which the
major and minor version of the Tcl library are stored.
Returns the value of the global variable \fBtcl_version\fR, which holds the
major and minor version of the Tcl library by default.
.TP
\fBinfo vars\fR ?\fIpattern\fR?
.
If \fIpattern\fR is not given, returns the names of all visible variables. If
\fIpattern\fR is given, returns only those names that match according to
\fBstring match\fR. Only the last component of \fIpattern\fR is a pattern.
Other components identify a namespace. See \fBNAMESPACE RESOLUTION\fR in the
\fBnamespace\fR(n) documentation. When \fIpattern\fR is a qualified name,
results are fully qualified.
A variable that has declared but not yet defined is included in the results.
If \fIpattern\fR is not specified,
returns a list of all the names of currently-visible variables.
This includes locals and currently-visible globals.
If \fIpattern\fR is specified, only those names matching \fIpattern\fR
are returned. Matching is determined using the same rules as for
\fBstring match\fR.
\fIpattern\fR can be a qualified name like \fBFoo::option*\fR.
That is, it may specify a particular namespace
using a sequence of namespace names separated by double colons (\fB::\fR),
and may have pattern matching special characters
at the end to specify a set of variables in that namespace.
If \fIpattern\fR is a qualified name,
the resulting list of variable names
has each matching namespace variable qualified with the name
of its namespace.
Note that a currently-visible variable may not yet
.QW exist
if it has not
been set (e.g. a variable declared but not set by \fBvariable\fR).
.SS "CLASS INTROSPECTION"
.PP
The following \fIsubcommand\fR values are supported by \fBinfo class\fR:
@@ -391,24 +498,6 @@ list; the first element is the list of arguments to the method in a form
suitable for passing to another call to \fBproc\fR or a method definition, and
the second element is the body of the method.
.TP
\fBinfo class definitionnamespace\fI class\fR ?\fIkind\fR?
.VS TIP524
This subcommand returns the definition namespace for \fIkind\fR definitions of
the class \fIclass\fR; the definition namespace only affects the instances of
\fIclass\fR, not \fIclass\fR itself. The \fIkind\fR can be either
\fB\-class\fR to return the definition namespace used for \fBoo::define\fR, or
\fB\-instance\fR to return the definition namespace used for
\fBoo::objdefine\fR; the \fB\-class\fR kind is default (though this is only
actually useful on classes that are subclasses of \fBoo::class\fR).
.RS
.PP
If \fIclass\fR does not provide a definition namespace of the given kind,
this command returns the empty string. In those circumstances, the
\fBoo::define\fR and \fBoo::objdefine\fR commands look up which definition
namespace to use using the class inheritance hierarchy.
.RE
.VE TIP524
.TP
\fBinfo class destructor\fI class\fR
.
This subcommand returns the body of the destructor of class \fIclass\fR. If no
@@ -433,7 +522,7 @@ instances to those that match it according to the rules of \fBstring match\fR.
.
This subcommand returns a list of all public (i.e. exported) methods of the
class called \fIclass\fR. Any of the following \fIoption\fRs may be
given, controlling exactly which method names are returned:
specified, controlling exactly which method names are returned:
.RS
.TP
\fB\-all\fR
@@ -510,7 +599,7 @@ This subcommand returns a list of all variables that have been declared for
the class named \fIclass\fR (i.e. that are automatically present in the
class's methods, constructor and destructor).
.VS TIP500
If the \fB\-private\fR option is given, this lists the private variables
If the \fB\-private\fR option is specified, this lists the private variables
declared instead.
.VE TIP500
.SS "OBJECT INTROSPECTION"
@@ -548,7 +637,7 @@ methods.
.TP
\fBinfo object class\fI object\fR ?\fIclassName\fR?
.
If \fIclassName\fR is not given, this subcommand returns class of the
If \fIclassName\fR is unspecified, this subcommand returns class of the
\fIobject\fR object. If \fIclassName\fR is present, this subcommand returns a
boolean value indicating whether the \fIobject\fR is of that class.
.TP
@@ -617,7 +706,7 @@ direct or indirect).
.
This subcommand returns a list of all public (i.e. exported) methods of the
object called \fIobject\fR. Any of the following \fIoption\fRs may be
given, controlling exactly which method names are returned:
specified, controlling exactly which method names are returned:
.RS
.TP
\fB\-all\fR
@@ -687,7 +776,7 @@ This subcommand returns a list of all variables that have been declared for
the object named \fIobject\fR (i.e. that are automatically present in the
object's methods).
.VS TIP500
If the \fB\-private\fR option is given, this lists the private variables
If the \fB\-private\fR option is specified, this lists the private variables
declared instead.
.VE TIP500
.TP
+126 -128
View File
@@ -19,18 +19,18 @@ interp \- Create and manipulate Tcl interpreters
.PP
This command makes it possible to create one or more new Tcl
interpreters that co-exist with the creating interpreter in the
same application. The creating interpreter is called the \fIparent\fR
and the new interpreter is called a \fIchild\fR.
A parent can create any number of children, and each child can
itself create additional children for which it is parent, resulting
same application. The creating interpreter is called the \fImaster\fR
and the new interpreter is called a \fIslave\fR.
A master can create any number of slaves, and each slave can
itself create additional slaves for which it is master, resulting
in a hierarchy of interpreters.
.PP
Each interpreter is independent from the others: it has its own name
space for commands, procedures, and global variables.
A parent interpreter may create connections between its children and
A master interpreter may create connections between its slaves and
itself using a mechanism called an \fIalias\fR. An \fIalias\fR is
a command in a child interpreter which, when invoked, causes a
command to be invoked in its parent interpreter or in another child
a command in a slave interpreter which, when invoked, causes a
command to be invoked in its master interpreter or in another slave
interpreter. The only other connections between interpreters are
through environment variables (the \fBenv\fR variable), which are
normally shared among all interpreters in the application,
@@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ share files and to transfer references to open files from one interpreter
to another.
.PP
The \fBinterp\fR command also provides support for \fIsafe\fR
interpreters. A safe interpreter is a child whose functions have
interpreters. A safe interpreter is a slave whose functions have
been greatly restricted, so that it is safe to execute untrusted
scripts without fear of them damaging other interpreters or the
application's environment. For example, all IO channel creation
@@ -54,18 +54,18 @@ instead, it is \fIhidden\fR, so that only trusted interpreters can obtain
access to it. For a detailed explanation of hidden commands, see
\fBHIDDEN COMMANDS\fR, below.
The alias mechanism can be used for protected communication (analogous to a
kernel call) between a child interpreter and its parent.
kernel call) between a slave interpreter and its master.
See \fBALIAS INVOCATION\fR, below, for more details
on how the alias mechanism works.
.PP
A qualified interpreter name is a proper Tcl list containing a subset of its
A qualified interpreter name is a proper Tcl lists containing a subset of its
ancestors in the interpreter hierarchy, terminated by the string naming the
interpreter in its immediate parent. Interpreter names are relative to the
interpreter in its immediate master. Interpreter names are relative to the
interpreter in which they are used. For example, if
.QW \fBa\fR
is a child of the current interpreter and it has a child
is a slave of the current interpreter and it has a slave
.QW \fBa1\fR ,
which in turn has a child
which in turn has a slave
.QW \fBa11\fR ,
the qualified name of
.QW \fBa11\fR
@@ -77,14 +77,14 @@ is the list
The \fBinterp\fR command, described below, accepts qualified interpreter
names as arguments; the interpreter in which the command is being evaluated
can always be referred to as \fB{}\fR (the empty list or string). Note that
it is impossible to refer to a parent (ancestor) interpreter by name in a
child interpreter except through aliases. Also, there is no global name by
it is impossible to refer to a master (ancestor) interpreter by name in a
slave interpreter except through aliases. Also, there is no global name by
which one can refer to the first interpreter created in an application.
Both restrictions are motivated by safety concerns.
.SH "THE INTERP COMMAND"
.PP
The \fBinterp\fR command is used to create, delete, and manipulate
child interpreters, and to share or transfer
slave interpreters, and to share or transfer
channels between interpreters. It can have any of several forms, depending
on the \fIsubcommand\fR argument:
.TP
@@ -94,11 +94,11 @@ Returns a Tcl list whose elements are the \fItargetCmd\fR and
\fIarg\fRs associated with the alias represented by \fIsrcToken\fR
(this is the value returned when the alias was
created; it is possible that the name of the source command in the
child is different from \fIsrcToken\fR).
slave is different from \fIsrcToken\fR).
.TP
\fBinterp\fR \fBalias\fR \fIsrcPath\fR \fIsrcToken\fR \fB{}\fR
.
Deletes the alias for \fIsrcToken\fR in the child interpreter identified by
Deletes the alias for \fIsrcToken\fR in the slave interpreter identified by
\fIsrcPath\fR.
\fIsrcToken\fR refers to the value returned when the alias
was created; if the source command has been renamed, the renamed
@@ -106,9 +106,9 @@ command will be deleted.
.TP
\fBinterp\fR \fBalias\fR \fIsrcPath\fR \fIsrcCmd\fR \fItargetPath\fR \fItargetCmd \fR?\fIarg arg ...\fR?
.
This command creates an alias between one child and another (see the
\fBalias\fR child command below for creating aliases between a child
and its parent). In this command, either of the child interpreters
This command creates an alias between one slave and another (see the
\fBalias\fR slave command below for creating aliases between a slave
and its master). In this command, either of the slave interpreters
may be anywhere in the hierarchy of interpreters under the interpreter
invoking the command.
\fISrcPath\fR and \fIsrcCmd\fR identify the source of the alias.
@@ -117,9 +117,9 @@ interpreter. For example,
.QW "\fBa b\fR"
identifies an interpreter
.QW \fBb\fR ,
which is a child of interpreter
which is a slave of interpreter
.QW \fBa\fR ,
which is a child of the invoking interpreter. An empty list specifies
which is a slave of the invoking interpreter. An empty list specifies
the interpreter invoking the command. \fIsrcCmd\fR gives the name of
a new command, which will be created in the source interpreter.
\fITargetPath\fR and \fItargetCmd\fR specify a target interpreter
@@ -154,6 +154,7 @@ what to set the interpreter's background exception handler to. See the
\fBBACKGROUND EXCEPTION HANDLING\fR section for more details.
.TP
\fBinterp\fR \fBcancel \fR?\fB\-unwind\fR? ?\fB\-\|\-\fR? ?\fIpath\fR? ?\fIresult\fR?
.VS 8.6
Cancels the script being evaluated in the interpreter identified by
\fIpath\fR. Without the \fB\-unwind\fR switch the evaluation stack for
the interpreter is unwound until an enclosing catch command is found or
@@ -166,40 +167,41 @@ switches; it may be needed if \fIpath\fR is an unusual value such
as \fB\-safe\fR. If \fIresult\fR is present, it will be used as the
error message string; otherwise, a default error message string will be
used.
.VE 8.6
.TP
\fBinterp\fR \fBcreate \fR?\fB\-safe\fR? ?\fB\-\|\-\fR? ?\fIpath\fR?
.
Creates a child interpreter identified by \fIpath\fR and a new command,
called a \fIchild command\fR. The name of the child command is the last
component of \fIpath\fR. The new child interpreter and the child command
Creates a slave interpreter identified by \fIpath\fR and a new command,
called a \fIslave command\fR. The name of the slave command is the last
component of \fIpath\fR. The new slave interpreter and the slave command
are created in the interpreter identified by the path obtained by removing
the last component from \fIpath\fR. For example, if \fIpath\fR is \fBa b
c\fR then a new child interpreter and child command named \fBc\fR are
c\fR then a new slave interpreter and slave command named \fBc\fR are
created in the interpreter identified by the path \fBa b\fR.
The child command may be used to manipulate the new interpreter as
The slave command may be used to manipulate the new interpreter as
described below. If \fIpath\fR is omitted, Tcl creates a unique name of the
form \fBinterp\fIx\fR, where \fIx\fR is an integer, and uses it for the
interpreter and the child command. If the \fB\-safe\fR switch is specified
(or if the parent interpreter is a safe interpreter), the new child
interpreter and the slave command. If the \fB\-safe\fR switch is specified
(or if the master interpreter is a safe interpreter), the new slave
interpreter will be created as a safe interpreter with limited
functionality; otherwise the child will include the full set of Tcl
functionality; otherwise the slave will include the full set of Tcl
built-in commands and variables. The \fB\-\|\-\fR switch can be used to
mark the end of switches; it may be needed if \fIpath\fR is an unusual
value such as \fB\-safe\fR. The result of the command is the name of the
new interpreter. The name of a child interpreter must be unique among all
the children for its parent; an error occurs if a child interpreter by the
given name already exists in this parent.
The initial recursion limit of the child interpreter is set to the
new interpreter. The name of a slave interpreter must be unique among all
the slaves for its master; an error occurs if a slave interpreter by the
given name already exists in this master.
The initial recursion limit of the slave interpreter is set to the
current recursion limit of its parent interpreter.
.TP
\fBinterp\fR \fBdebug \fIpath\fR ?\fB\-frame\fR ?\fIbool\fR??
.
Controls whether frame-level stack information is captured in the
child interpreter identified by \fIpath\fR. If no arguments are
slave interpreter identified by \fIpath\fR. If no arguments are
given, option and current setting are returned. If \fB\-frame\fR
is given, the debug setting is set to the given boolean if provided
and the current setting is returned.
This only affects the output of \fBinfo frame\fR, in that exact
This only effects the output of \fBinfo frame\fR, in that exact
frame-level information for command invocation at the bytecode level
is only captured with this setting on.
.RS
@@ -237,8 +239,8 @@ consistency of the underlying interpreter's state.
\fBinterp\fR \fBdelete \fR?\fIpath ...\fR?
.
Deletes zero or more interpreters given by the optional \fIpath\fR
arguments, and for each interpreter, it also deletes its children. The
command also deletes the child command for each interpreter deleted.
arguments, and for each interpreter, it also deletes its slaves. The
command also deletes the slave command for each interpreter deleted.
For each \fIpath\fR argument, if no interpreter by that name
exists, the command raises an error.
.TP
@@ -246,20 +248,20 @@ exists, the command raises an error.
.
This command concatenates all of the \fIarg\fR arguments in the same
fashion as the \fBconcat\fR command, then evaluates the resulting string as
a Tcl script in the child interpreter identified by \fIpath\fR. The result
a Tcl script in the slave interpreter identified by \fIpath\fR. The result
of this evaluation (including all \fBreturn\fR options,
such as \fB\-errorinfo\fR and \fB\-errorcode\fR information, if an
error occurs) is returned to the invoking interpreter.
Note that the script will be executed in the current context stack frame of the
\fIpath\fR interpreter; this is so that the implementations (in a parent
interpreter) of aliases in a child interpreter can execute scripts in
the child that find out information about the child's current state
\fIpath\fR interpreter; this is so that the implementations (in a master
interpreter) of aliases in a slave interpreter can execute scripts in
the slave that find out information about the slave's current state
and stack frame.
.TP
\fBinterp exists \fIpath\fR
.
Returns \fB1\fR if a child interpreter by the specified \fIpath\fR
exists in this parent, \fB0\fR otherwise. If \fIpath\fR is omitted, the
Returns \fB1\fR if a slave interpreter by the specified \fIpath\fR
exists in this master, \fB0\fR otherwise. If \fIpath\fR is omitted, the
invoking interpreter is used.
.TP
\fBinterp expose \fIpath\fR \fIhiddenName\fR ?\fIexposedCmdName\fR?
@@ -285,7 +287,7 @@ Currently both \fIexposedCmdName\fR and \fIhiddenCmdName\fR can
not contain namespace qualifiers, or an error is raised.
Commands to be hidden by \fBinterp hide\fR are looked up in the global
namespace even if the current namespace is not the global one. This
prevents children from fooling a parent interpreter into hiding the wrong
prevents slaves from fooling a master interpreter into hiding the wrong
command, by making the current namespace be different from the global one.
Hidden commands are explained in more detail in \fBHIDDEN COMMANDS\fR, below.
.TP
@@ -369,15 +371,11 @@ Both interpreters must close it to close the underlying IO channel; IO
channels accessible in an interpreter are automatically closed when an
interpreter is destroyed.
.TP
\fBinterp\fR \fBchildren\fR ?\fIpath\fR?
.
Returns a Tcl list of the names of all the child interpreters associated
with the interpreter identified by \fIpath\fR. If \fIpath\fR is omitted,
the invoking interpreter is used.
.TP
\fBinterp\fR \fBslaves\fR ?\fIpath\fR?
.
Synonym for . \fBinterp\fR \fBchildren\fR ?\fIpath\fR?
Returns a Tcl list of the names of all the slave interpreters associated
with the interpreter identified by \fIpath\fR. If \fIpath\fR is omitted,
the invoking interpreter is used.
.TP
\fBinterp\fR \fBtarget\fR \fIpath alias\fR
.
@@ -395,48 +393,48 @@ The target command does not have to be defined at the time of this invocation.
Causes the IO channel identified by \fIchannelId\fR to become available in
the interpreter identified by \fIdestPath\fR and unavailable in the
interpreter identified by \fIsrcPath\fR.
.SH "CHILD COMMAND"
.SH "SLAVE COMMAND"
.PP
For each child interpreter created with the \fBinterp\fR command, a
new Tcl command is created in the parent interpreter with the same
For each slave interpreter created with the \fBinterp\fR command, a
new Tcl command is created in the master interpreter with the same
name as the new interpreter. This command may be used to invoke
various operations on the interpreter. It has the following
general form:
.PP
.CS
\fIchild command \fR?\fIarg arg ...\fR?
\fIslave command \fR?\fIarg arg ...\fR?
.CE
.PP
\fIChild\fR is the name of the interpreter, and \fIcommand\fR
\fISlave\fR is the name of the interpreter, and \fIcommand\fR
and the \fIarg\fRs determine the exact behavior of the command.
The valid forms of this command are:
.TP
\fIchild \fBaliases\fR
\fIslave \fBaliases\fR
.
Returns a Tcl list whose elements are the tokens of all the
aliases in \fIchild\fR. The tokens correspond to the values returned when
aliases in \fIslave\fR. The tokens correspond to the values returned when
the aliases were created (which may not be the same
as the current names of the commands).
.TP
\fIchild \fBalias \fIsrcToken\fR
\fIslave \fBalias \fIsrcToken\fR
.
Returns a Tcl list whose elements are the \fItargetCmd\fR and
\fIarg\fRs associated with the alias represented by \fIsrcToken\fR
(this is the value returned when the alias was
created; it is possible that the actual source command in the
child is different from \fIsrcToken\fR).
slave is different from \fIsrcToken\fR).
.TP
\fIchild \fBalias \fIsrcToken \fB{}\fR
\fIslave \fBalias \fIsrcToken \fB{}\fR
.
Deletes the alias for \fIsrcToken\fR in the child interpreter.
Deletes the alias for \fIsrcToken\fR in the slave interpreter.
\fIsrcToken\fR refers to the value returned when the alias
was created; if the source command has been renamed, the renamed
command will be deleted.
.TP
\fIchild \fBalias \fIsrcCmd targetCmd \fR?\fIarg ..\fR?
\fIslave \fBalias \fIsrcCmd targetCmd \fR?\fIarg ..\fR?
.
Creates an alias such that whenever \fIsrcCmd\fR is invoked
in \fIchild\fR, \fItargetCmd\fR is invoked in the parent.
in \fIslave\fR, \fItargetCmd\fR is invoked in the master.
The \fIarg\fR arguments will be passed to \fItargetCmd\fR as additional
arguments, prepended before any arguments passed in the invocation of
\fIsrcCmd\fR.
@@ -445,69 +443,69 @@ The command returns a token that uniquely identifies the command created
\fIsrcCmd\fR, even if the command is renamed afterwards. The token may but
does not have to be equal to \fIsrcCmd\fR.
.TP
\fIchild \fBbgerror\fR ?\fIcmdPrefix\fR?
\fIslave \fBbgerror\fR ?\fIcmdPrefix\fR?
.
This command either gets or sets the current background exception handler
for the \fIchild\fR interpreter. If \fIcmdPrefix\fR is
for the \fIslave\fR interpreter. If \fIcmdPrefix\fR is
absent, the current background exception handler is returned, and if it is
present, it is a list of words (of minimum length one) that describes
what to set the interpreter's background exception handler to. See the
\fBBACKGROUND EXCEPTION HANDLING\fR section for more details.
.TP
\fIchild \fBeval \fIarg \fR?\fIarg ..\fR?
\fIslave \fBeval \fIarg \fR?\fIarg ..\fR?
.
This command concatenates all of the \fIarg\fR arguments in
the same fashion as the \fBconcat\fR command, then evaluates
the resulting string as a Tcl script in \fIchild\fR.
the resulting string as a Tcl script in \fIslave\fR.
The result of this evaluation (including all \fBreturn\fR options,
such as \fB\-errorinfo\fR and \fB\-errorcode\fR information, if an
error occurs) is returned to the invoking interpreter.
Note that the script will be executed in the current context stack frame
of \fIchild\fR; this is so that the implementations (in a parent
interpreter) of aliases in a child interpreter can execute scripts in
the child that find out information about the child's current state
of \fIslave\fR; this is so that the implementations (in a master
interpreter) of aliases in a slave interpreter can execute scripts in
the slave that find out information about the slave's current state
and stack frame.
.TP
\fIchild \fBexpose \fIhiddenName \fR?\fIexposedCmdName\fR?
\fIslave \fBexpose \fIhiddenName \fR?\fIexposedCmdName\fR?
.
This command exposes the hidden command \fIhiddenName\fR, eventually bringing
it back under a new \fIexposedCmdName\fR name (this name is currently
accepted only if it is a valid global name space name without any ::),
in \fIchild\fR.
in \fIslave\fR.
If an exposed command with the targeted name already exists, this command
fails.
For more details on hidden commands, see \fBHIDDEN COMMANDS\fR, below.
.TP
\fIchild \fBhide \fIexposedCmdName\fR ?\fIhiddenCmdName\fR?
\fIslave \fBhide \fIexposedCmdName\fR ?\fIhiddenCmdName\fR?
.
This command hides the exposed command \fIexposedCmdName\fR, renaming it to
the hidden command \fIhiddenCmdName\fR, or keeping the same name if the
argument is not given, in the \fIchild\fR interpreter.
argument is not given, in the \fIslave\fR interpreter.
If a hidden command with the targeted name already exists, this command
fails.
Currently both \fIexposedCmdName\fR and \fIhiddenCmdName\fR can
not contain namespace qualifiers, or an error is raised.
Commands to be hidden are looked up in the global
namespace even if the current namespace is not the global one. This
prevents children from fooling a parent interpreter into hiding the wrong
prevents slaves from fooling a master interpreter into hiding the wrong
command, by making the current namespace be different from the global one.
For more details on hidden commands, see \fBHIDDEN COMMANDS\fR, below.
.TP
\fIchild \fBhidden\fR
\fIslave \fBhidden\fR
.
Returns a list of the names of all hidden commands in \fIchild\fR.
Returns a list of the names of all hidden commands in \fIslave\fR.
.TP
\fIchild \fBinvokehidden\fR ?\fI\-option ...\fR? \fIhiddenName \fR?\fIarg ..\fR?
\fIslave \fBinvokehidden\fR ?\fI\-option ...\fR? \fIhiddenName \fR?\fIarg ..\fR?
.
This command invokes the hidden command \fIhiddenName\fR with the
supplied arguments, in \fIchild\fR. No substitutions or evaluations are
supplied arguments, in \fIslave\fR. No substitutions or evaluations are
applied to the arguments. Three \fI\-option\fRs are supported, all
of which start with \fB\-\fR: \fB\-namespace\fR (which takes a single
argument afterwards, \fInsName\fR), \fB\-global\fR, and \fB\-\|\-\fR.
If the \fB\-namespace\fR flag is given, the hidden command is invoked in
the specified namespace in the child.
the specified namespace in the slave.
If the \fB\-global\fR flag is given, the command is invoked at the global
level in the child; otherwise it is invoked at the current call frame and
level in the slave; otherwise it is invoked at the current call frame and
can access local variables in that or outer call frames.
The \fB\-\|\-\fR flag allows the \fIhiddenCmdName\fR argument to start with a
.QW \-
@@ -515,37 +513,37 @@ character, and is otherwise unnecessary.
If both the \fB\-namespace\fR and \fB\-global\fR flags are given, the
\fB\-namespace\fR flag is ignored.
Note that the hidden command will be executed (by default) in the
current context stack frame of \fIchild\fR.
current context stack frame of \fIslave\fR.
For more details on hidden commands,
see \fBHIDDEN COMMANDS\fR, below.
.TP
\fIchild \fBissafe\fR
\fIslave \fBissafe\fR
.
Returns \fB1\fR if the child interpreter is safe, \fB0\fR otherwise.
Returns \fB1\fR if the slave interpreter is safe, \fB0\fR otherwise.
.TP
\fIchild \fBlimit\fR \fIlimitType\fR ?\fI\-option\fR? ?\fIvalue\fR \fI...\fR?
\fIslave \fBlimit\fR \fIlimitType\fR ?\fI\-option\fR? ?\fIvalue\fR \fI...\fR?
.
Sets up, manipulates and queries the configuration of the resource
limit \fIlimitType\fR for the child interpreter. If no \fI\-option\fR
limit \fIlimitType\fR for the slave interpreter. If no \fI\-option\fR
is specified, return the current configuration of the limit. If
\fI\-option\fR is the sole argument, return the value of that option.
Otherwise, a list of \fI\-option\fR/\fIvalue\fR argument pairs must
supplied. See \fBRESOURCE LIMITS\fR below for a more detailed explanation of
what limits and options are supported.
.TP
\fIchild \fBmarktrusted\fR
\fIslave \fBmarktrusted\fR
.
Marks the child interpreter as trusted. Can only be invoked by a
Marks the slave interpreter as trusted. Can only be invoked by a
trusted interpreter. This command does not expose any hidden
commands in the child interpreter. The command has no effect if the child
commands in the slave interpreter. The command has no effect if the slave
is already trusted.
.TP
\fIchild\fR \fBrecursionlimit\fR ?\fInewlimit\fR?
\fIslave\fR \fBrecursionlimit\fR ?\fInewlimit\fR?
.
Returns the maximum allowable nesting depth for the \fIchild\fR interpreter.
If \fInewlimit\fR is specified, the recursion limit in \fIchild\fR will be
Returns the maximum allowable nesting depth for the \fIslave\fR interpreter.
If \fInewlimit\fR is specified, the recursion limit in \fIslave\fR will be
set so that nesting of more than \fInewlimit\fR calls to \fBTcl_Eval()\fR
and related procedures in \fIchild\fR will return an error.
and related procedures in \fIslave\fR will return an error.
The \fInewlimit\fR value is also returned.
The \fInewlimit\fR value must be a positive integer between 1 and the
maximum value of a non-long integer on the platform.
@@ -569,14 +567,14 @@ For example, commands to create files on disk are removed, and the
\fBexec\fR command is removed, since it could be used to cause damage
through subprocesses.
Limited access to these facilities can be provided, by creating
aliases to the parent interpreter which check their arguments carefully
aliases to the master interpreter which check their arguments carefully
and provide restricted access to a safe subset of facilities.
For example, file creation might be allowed in a particular subdirectory
and subprocess invocation might be allowed for a carefully selected and
fixed set of programs.
.PP
A safe interpreter is created by specifying the \fB\-safe\fR switch
to the \fBinterp create\fR command. Furthermore, any child created
to the \fBinterp create\fR command. Furthermore, any slave created
by a safe interpreter will also be safe.
.PP
A safe interpreter is created with exactly the following set of
@@ -663,15 +661,15 @@ including itself.
.SH "ALIAS INVOCATION"
.PP
The alias mechanism has been carefully designed so that it can
be used safely in an untrusted script which is being executed in a
safe interpreter even if the target of the alias is not a safe
interpreter. The most important thing in guaranteeing safety is to
ensure that information passed from the child to the parent is
never evaluated or substituted in the parent; if this were to
occur, it would enable an evil script in the child to invoke
arbitrary functions in the parent, which would compromise security.
be used safely when an untrusted script is executing
in a safe slave and the target of the alias is a trusted
master. The most important thing in guaranteeing safety is to
ensure that information passed from the slave to the master is
never evaluated or substituted in the master; if this were to
occur, it would enable an evil script in the slave to invoke
arbitrary functions in the master, which would compromise security.
.PP
When the source for an alias is invoked in the child interpreter, the
When the source for an alias is invoked in the slave interpreter, the
usual Tcl substitutions are performed when parsing that command.
These substitutions are carried out in the source interpreter just
as they would be for any other command invoked in that interpreter.
@@ -698,8 +696,8 @@ the alias's source command is parsed in the source interpreter.
When writing the \fItargetCmd\fRs for aliases in safe interpreters,
it is very important that the arguments to that command never be
evaluated or substituted, since this would provide an escape
mechanism whereby the child interpreter could execute arbitrary
code in the parent. This in turn would compromise the security
mechanism whereby the slave interpreter could execute arbitrary
code in the master. This in turn would compromise the security
of the system.
.SH "HIDDEN COMMANDS"
.PP
@@ -726,28 +724,28 @@ invoke\fR. Hidden commands and exposed commands reside in separate name
spaces. It is possible to define a hidden command and an exposed command by
the same name within one interpreter.
.PP
Hidden commands in a child interpreter can be invoked in the body of
procedures called in the parent during alias invocation. For example, an
alias for \fBsource\fR could be created in a child interpreter. When it is
invoked in the child interpreter, a procedure is called in the parent
Hidden commands in a slave interpreter can be invoked in the body of
procedures called in the master during alias invocation. For example, an
alias for \fBsource\fR could be created in a slave interpreter. When it is
invoked in the slave interpreter, a procedure is called in the master
interpreter to check that the operation is allowable (e.g. it asks to
source a file that the child interpreter is allowed to access). The
procedure then it invokes the hidden \fBsource\fR command in the child
source a file that the slave interpreter is allowed to access). The
procedure then it invokes the hidden \fBsource\fR command in the slave
interpreter to actually source in the contents of the file. Note that two
commands named \fBsource\fR exist in the child interpreter: the alias, and
commands named \fBsource\fR exist in the slave interpreter: the alias, and
the hidden command.
.PP
Because a parent interpreter may invoke a hidden command as part of
Because a master interpreter may invoke a hidden command as part of
handling an alias invocation, great care must be taken to avoid evaluating
any arguments passed in through the alias invocation.
Otherwise, malicious child interpreters could cause a trusted parent
Otherwise, malicious slave interpreters could cause a trusted master
interpreter to execute dangerous commands on their behalf. See the section
on \fBALIAS INVOCATION\fR for a more complete discussion of this topic.
To help avoid this problem, no substitutions or evaluations are
applied to arguments of \fBinterp invokehidden\fR.
.PP
Safe interpreters are not allowed to invoke hidden commands in themselves
or in their descendants. This prevents them from gaining access to
or in their descendants. This prevents safe slaves from gaining access to
hidden functionality in themselves or their descendants.
.PP
The set of hidden commands in an interpreter can be manipulated by a trusted
@@ -766,12 +764,12 @@ qualifiers, and you must first rename a command in a namespace to the
global namespace before you can hide it.
Commands to be hidden by \fBinterp hide\fR are looked up in the global
namespace even if the current namespace is not the global one. This
prevents children from fooling a parent interpreter into hiding the wrong
prevents slaves from fooling a master interpreter into hiding the wrong
command, by making the current namespace be different from the global one.
.SH "RESOURCE LIMITS"
.PP
Every interpreter has two kinds of resource limits that may be imposed by any
parent interpreter upon its children. Command limits (of type \fBcommand\fR)
master interpreter upon its slaves. Command limits (of type \fBcommand\fR)
restrict the total number of Tcl commands that may be executed by an
interpreter (as can be inspected via the \fBinfo cmdcount\fR command), and
time limits (of type \fBtime\fR) place a limit by which execution within the
@@ -780,7 +778,7 @@ interpreter must complete. Note that time limits are expressed as
\fBafter\fR) because they may be modified after creation.
.PP
When a limit is exceeded for an interpreter, first any handler callbacks
defined by parent interpreters are called. If those callbacks increase or
defined by master interpreters are called. If those callbacks increase or
remove the limit, execution within the (previously) limited interpreter
continues. If the limit is still in force, an error is generated at that point
and normal processing of errors within the interpreter (by the \fBcatch\fR
@@ -837,13 +835,13 @@ This option specifies the number of commands that the interpreter may execute
before triggering the command limit. This option may be the empty string,
which indicates that a command limit is not set for the interpreter.
.PP
Where an interpreter with a resource limit set on it creates a child
interpreter, that child interpreter will have resource limits imposed on it
that are at least as restrictive as the limits on the creating parent
interpreter. If the parent interpreter of the limited parent wishes to relax
Where an interpreter with a resource limit set on it creates a slave
interpreter, that slave interpreter will have resource limits imposed on it
that are at least as restrictive as the limits on the creating master
interpreter. If the master interpreter of the limited master wishes to relax
these conditions, it should hide the \fBinterp\fR command in the child and
then use aliases and the \fBinterp invokehidden\fR subcommand to provide such
access as it chooses to the \fBinterp\fR command to the limited parent as
access as it chooses to the \fBinterp\fR command to the limited master as
necessary.
.SH "BACKGROUND EXCEPTION HANDLING"
.PP
@@ -904,9 +902,9 @@ set i [\fBinterp create\fR]
}
.CE
.SH "SEE ALSO"
bgerror(n), load(n), safe(n), Tcl_CreateChild(3), Tcl_Eval(3), Tcl_BackgroundException(3)
bgerror(n), load(n), safe(n), Tcl_CreateSlave(3), Tcl_Eval(3), Tcl_BackgroundException(3)
.SH KEYWORDS
alias, parent interpreter, safe interpreter, child interpreter
alias, master interpreter, safe interpreter, slave interpreter
'\"Local Variables:
'\"mode: nroff
'\"End:
+2 -3
View File
@@ -49,9 +49,8 @@ Using \fBlappend\fR to build up a list of numbers.
1 2 3 4 5
.CE
.SH "SEE ALSO"
list(n), lassign(n), lindex(n), linsert(n), llength(n),
lmap(n), lpop(n), lrange(n), lremove(n), lrepeat(n), lreplace(n),
lreverse(n), lsearch(n), lset(n), lsort(n)
list(n), lindex(n), linsert(n), llength(n), lset(n),
lsort(n), lrange(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
append, element, list, variable
.\" Local variables:
+1 -3
View File
@@ -52,9 +52,7 @@ command in many shell languages like this:
set ::argv [\fBlassign\fR $::argv argumentToReadOff]
.CE
.SH "SEE ALSO"
list(n), lappend(n), lindex(n), linsert(n), llength(n),
lmap(n), lpop(n), lrange(n), lremove(n), lrepeat(n), lreplace(n),
lreverse(n), lsearch(n), lset(n), lsort(n)
lindex(n), list(n), lrange(n), lset(n), set(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
assign, element, list, multiple, set, variable
'\"Local Variables:
+8 -3
View File
@@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ will read all the \fB.tcl\fR files in subdirectory \fBfoo\fR and
generate a new index file \fBfoo/tclIndex\fR.
.PP
\fBAuto_mkindex\fR parses the Tcl scripts by sourcing them into a
child interpreter and monitoring the proc and namespace commands that
slave interpreter and monitoring the proc and namespace commands that
are executed. Extensions can use the (undocumented)
auto_mkindex_parser package to register other commands that can
contribute to the auto_load index. You will have to read through
@@ -299,13 +299,18 @@ These variables are only used in the \fBtcl_endOfWord\fR,
This variable contains a regular expression that is used by routines
like \fBtcl_endOfWord\fR to identify whether a character is part of a
word or not. If the pattern matches a character, the character is
considered to be a non-word character. The default is "\\W".
considered to be a non-word character. On Windows platforms, spaces,
tabs, and newlines are considered non-word characters. Under Unix,
everything but numbers, letters and underscores are considered
non-word characters.
.TP
\fBtcl_wordchars\fR
This variable contains a regular expression that is used by routines
like \fBtcl_endOfWord\fR to identify whether a character is part of a
word or not. If the pattern matches a character, the character is
considered to be a word character. The default is "\\w".
considered to be a word character. On Windows platforms, words are
comprised of any character that is not a space, tab, or newline. Under
Unix, words are comprised of numbers, letters or underscores.
.SH "SEE ALSO"
env(n), info(n), re_syntax(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
+2 -3
View File
@@ -115,9 +115,8 @@ set idx 3
\fI\(-> f\fR
.CE
.SH "SEE ALSO"
list(n), lappend(n), lassign(n), linsert(n), llength(n),
lmap(n), lpop(n), lrange(n), lremove(n), lrepeat(n), lreplace(n),
lreverse(n), lsearch(n), lset(n), lsort(n),
list(n), lappend(n), linsert(n), llength(n), lsearch(n),
lset(n), lsort(n), lrange(n), lreplace(n),
string(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
element, index, list
+2 -3
View File
@@ -45,9 +45,8 @@ set newList [\fBlinsert\fR $midList end-1 lazy]
set newerList [\fBlinsert\fR [\fBlinsert\fR $oldList end-1 quick] 1 lazy]
.CE
.SH "SEE ALSO"
list(n), lappend(n), lassign(n), lindex(n), llength(n),
lmap(n), lpop(n), lrange(n), lremove(n), lrepeat(n), lreplace(n),
lreverse(n), lsearch(n), lset(n), lsort(n),
list(n), lappend(n), lindex(n), llength(n), lsearch(n),
lset(n), lsort(n), lrange(n), lreplace(n),
string(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
element, insert, list

Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff Show More